SPARANO + MOONEY ARCHITECTURE
ADDENDUM #2
PROJECT:
Utah State University – Scene Shop
Addition
DFCM Project #: 14385770
ARCHITECT:
Sparano + Mooney Architecture
DATE: September 14, 2015
CONTRACTOR: Gramoll Construction
PAGES: (242) Total Pages
Notice to all Plan Holders: The following modifications, additions, deletions, clarifications
and/or information are hereby made part of the Contract Documents and shall be fully binding.
Addendum must be acknowledged as part of the Bid Form.
Item #1: Bid Due Date
The due date for bids has been revised to September 24, 2015 at 2:00 p.m. Provide bids to Gramoll
Construction. If you have questions contact Gary Hansen at (801) 295-2356 or gary@Gramoll.com.
Item #2: Subcontractor Agreement and Tax Exemption Certificate
See attached Subcontractor Agreement, (14) pages, provided by Gramoll Construction. Please note
the inclusion of the Utah State Tax Commission – Tax Exemption Certificate. If you have questions
contact Gary Hansen at (801) 295-2356 or gary@Gramoll.com.
Item #3: Project Schedule
See attached Project Schedule, (4) pages, provided by Gramoll Construction. If you have questions
contact Gary Hansen at (801) 295-2356 or gary@Gramoll.com.
Item #4: Parking
Please note that parking is very limited on the USU Campus and surrounding areas. Parking
passes at the stadium or other remote locations can be purchased at USU’s Parking Services
office. No parking is available on site and all transportation, parking, and driving related
expenses to and from the site are the responsibility of the subcontractor.
Item #5: Division 1 Specifications
See attached revisions to the Specification sections noted below:
00 0110 TOC
01 1100 Summary of Work
01 3323 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples
01 7823 Operating and Maintenance Manuals
01 7839 Project Record Documents
Addendum #2 – Utah State University Scene Shop Addition
Item #6: Division 4 Specifications
See attached revisions to the Specification section noted below:
04 2200 Masonry
Item #7: Division 6 Specifications
See attached revisions to the Specification section noted below:
06 4116 Plastic Laminate Case Work
Item #8: Division 8 Specifications
See attached revisions to the Specification sections noted below:
08 3323 Overhead Coiling Doors
Item #9: Electrical Scope
See attached (13) pages from Spectrum Engineering.
Item #10: Electrical Scope Clarification – Deduct Alternate #3
In regard to Deduct Alternate #3 as noted in Addendum #1 issued on September 10, 2015, please
note the following electrical clarifications: Delete the electrical and lighting items related to Offices
151C and 151D including at total of (5) G4 light fixtures, a total of (8) duplex receptacles, and a total
of (4) data jacks. In addition, maintain and do not demolish (2) additional rows of the existing 4’ light
fixtures in Costume Area 151.
Item #11: Mechanical/Plumbing Scope
See attached (152) pages from Van Boerum & Frank Associates.
Addendum #2 – Utah State University Scene Shop Addition
09/11/2015
09/11/2015
09/11/2015
09/11/2015
09/11/2015
09/11/2015
09/11/2015
09/11/2015
09/11/2015
09/11/2015
09/11/2015
09/11/2015
09/11/2015
09/11/2015
USU FAC Scene Shop
FAC Scene Shop 14 Sept
GRAMOLL CONSTRUCTION
14-Sep-15 14:49
Scene Shop
Ac Activity Name
ID
Original
Duration
Start
Finish
%
015
2016
50% CD Review
1
04-Aug-15 A
04-Aug-15 A
100%
50% CD Review
Construction Schedule Start
1
02-Aug-15 A
02-Aug-15 A
100%
Construction Schedule Start
Construction Documents Issue for Bid
15
27-Aug-15 A
17-Sep-15
70%
Pre-Bid Walk Thru
1
02-Sep-15 A
11-Sep-15
0%
120
14-Sep-15
26-Feb-16
0%
Bids Due to Gramoll Construction
1
17-Sep-15*
17-Sep-15
0%
Notification to Subs
1
24-Sep-15*
24-Sep-15
0%
Notification to Subs
Submittals Start
1
25-Sep-15
25-Sep-15
0%
Submittals Start
Site Work Starts
3
28-Sep-15
30-Sep-15
0%
Work Starts
1
07-Mar-16*
07-Mar-16
0%
Owner Training
5
30-Aug-16
05-Sep-16
0%
Project Closeout & Final Commissioning
7
13-Sep-16
21-Sep-16
0%
Project Closeout & Final Commissioning
Final Cleaning
9
13-Sep-16
23-Sep-16
0%
Final Cleaning
Architects Inspection
1
26-Sep-16
26-Sep-16
0%
Architects Inspection
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION TCO
1
26-Sep-16
26-Sep-16
0%
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION TCO
Punch List Corrections
10
27-Sep-16
10-Oct-16
0%
Punch List Corrections
Final Inspection, Submit for CO
1
11-Oct-16
11-Oct-16
0%
Final Inspection, Submit for CO
Site Clearing & Demo
7
01-Oct-15
09-Oct-15
0%
Relocate Existing Utilities, Irrigation Main & Wire
5
12-Oct-15
16-Oct-15
0%
Relocate Existing Utilities, Irrigation Main & Wire
Site Grading, Cut All Areas to Subgrade
3
12-Oct-15
14-Oct-15
0%
Site Grading, Cut All Areas to Subgrade
Relocate Exiting Utilities, Low Voltage Underground
5
19-Oct-15
23-Oct-15
0%
Subgrade at Parking Lot
2
08-Mar-16
09-Mar-16
0%
Excavation for Building Footings
3
29-Mar-16
31-Mar-16
0%
Backfill & Compact Foundation Systems
5
20-Apr-16
26-Apr-16
0%
Site Concrete, Curb & Gutter
5
27-Apr-16
03-May-16
0%
Gravel Under Slab
3
05-May-16
09-May-16
0%
Site Concrete Curb & Gutter @ Service Drive
5
08-Jul-16
14-Jul-16
0%
New Entrance, Concrete & Asphalt
15
15-Jul-16
04-Aug-16
0%
Site Concrete, Surround Building
5
15-Jul-16
21-Jul-16
0%
Site Concrete, Surround Building
Site Concrete, Sidewalk
5
15-Jul-16
21-Jul-16
0%
Site Concrete, Sidewalk
Asphalt Paving w/ Roadbase Parking Lot& Drive
5
22-Jul-16
28-Jul-16
0%
Asphalt Paving w/ Roadbase Parking Lot& Drive
Landscape & Irrigation Systems
25
29-Jul-16
01-Sep-16
0%
Landscape & Irrigation Systems
Q3
Q4
Q1
2017
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Project
Project
Relocate Materials in Building- USU
Construction Documents Issue for Bid
Pre-Bid Walk Thru
Relocate Materials in Building- USU
CMGC
Bids Due to Gramoll Construction
Site Work Starts
Work Starts
Owner Training
Site Activities
Site
Actual Work
Remaining Work
Critical Remaining Work
Milestone
Site Clearing & Demo
Relocate Exiting Utilities, Low Voltage Underground
Subgrade at Parking Lot
Excavation for Building Footings
Backfill & Compact Foundation Systems
Site Concrete, Curb & Gutter
Gravel Under Slab
Site Concrete Curb & Gutter @ Service Drive
New Entrance, Concrete & Asphalt
Page 1 of 4
Date
Revision
10-Sep-15 Revisions
11-Sep-15 Revisions
14-Sep-15 Revisions Scene Shop
Checked
John T
John T
Approved
Ac Activity Name
ID
Original
Duration
Start
Finish
%
015
2016
Shoring & Demolition, Existing Bldg. START
1
08-Mar-16
08-Mar-16
0%
Demo to Install Shoring
5
09-Mar-16
15-Mar-16
0%
Shoring to Support Existing Structure
5
16-Mar-16
22-Mar-16
0%
Roof Modifications to Protect Existing Roofing
3
23-Mar-16
25-Mar-16
0%
Cut Floors for Footings @ Shoring Areas
3
28-Mar-16
30-Mar-16
0%
Concrete Mix Designs & Rebar Submittal
20
28-Sep-15
23-Oct-15
0%
Concrete Mix Design, Approvals
5
26-Oct-15
30-Oct-15
0%
Concrete Mix Design, Approvals
Concrete Rebar Submittal Approval
5
26-Oct-15
30-Oct-15
0%
Concrete Rebar Submittal Approval
Concrete Rebar Fab & Deliver
20
02-Nov-15
27-Nov-15
0%
Concrete Footing System
8
01-Apr-16
12-Apr-16
0%
Concrete Footing System
Concrete Foundation System
8
06-Apr-16
15-Apr-16
0%
Concrete Foundation System
Concrete Floors on Grade
5
10-May-16
16-May-16
0%
Concrete Board Formed Concrete Walls
8
11-May-16
20-May-16
0%
Concrete Board Formed Concrete Walls
Concrete Floors, On Deck
5
10-Jun-16
16-Jun-16
0%
Concrete Floors, On Deck
Q3
Q4
Q1
2017
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Demolition & Protection Activities
Demolition
Shoring & Demolition, Existing Bldg. START
Demo to Install Shoring
Shoring to Support Existing Structure
Roof Modifications to Protect Existing Roofing
Cut Floors for Footings @ Shoring Areas
Concrete Activites
Concrete Mix Designs & Rebar Submittal
Concrete Rebar Fab & Deliver
Concrete Floors on Grade
Masonry
Masonry
Masonry, CMU Load Bearing
15
27-Apr-16
17-May-16
0%
Masonry, Brick Veneer
12
25-May-16
09-Jun-16
0%
Masonry, CMU Load Bearing
CMU Walls on Concrete Deck
5
17-Jun-16
23-Jun-16
0%
Anchor Bolt Submittal
5
28-Sep-15
02-Oct-15
0%
Steel Shop Drawing Submittal
15
28-Sep-15
16-Oct-15
0%
Joist & Deck Submittal
15
29-Sep-15
19-Oct-15
0%
Anchor Bolt Submittal /Approval
3
05-Oct-15
07-Oct-15
0%
Anchor Bolt & Template Delivery
5
08-Oct-15
14-Oct-15
0%
Steel Shop Drawing Submittal Approval
5
19-Oct-15
23-Oct-15
0%
Steel Shop Drawing Submittal Approval
Joist & Deck Submittal Approval
3
20-Oct-15
22-Oct-15
0%
Joist & Deck Submittal Approval
Joist & Deck Order
20
23-Oct-15
19-Nov-15
0%
Joist & Deck Order
Steel Fabrication
30
26-Oct-15
04-Dec-15
0%
Steel Erection
12
18-May-16
02-Jun-16
0%
Steel Deck, Floor
5
03-Jun-16
09-Jun-16
0%
Steel Deck, Floor
Steel Joists
5
03-Jun-16
09-Jun-16
0%
Steel Joists
Steel Deck Roof
5
10-Jun-16
16-Jun-16
0%
10
10-Jun-16
23-Jun-16
0%
Metal Wall Panels
Rough Carpentry, Roof
5
17-Jun-16
23-Jun-16
0%
Rough Carpentry, Roof
Misc Blocking in Walls L-1
3
01-Jul-16
05-Jul-16
0%
Masonry, Brick Veneer
CMU Walls on Concrete Deck
Structural Steel
Structural
Anchor Bolt Submittal
Steel Shop Drawing Submittal
Joist & Deck Submittal
Anchor Bolt Submittal /Approval
Anchor Bolt & Template Delivery
Steel Fabrication
Steel Erection
Steel Deck Roof
Exterior Construction
Exterior
Metal Wall Panels
Carpentry
Actual Work
Remaining Work
Critical Remaining Work
Milestone
Misc Blocking in Walls L-1
Page 2 of 4
Date
Revision
10-Sep-15 Revisions
11-Sep-15 Revisions
14-Sep-15 Revisions Scene Shop
Checked
John T
John T
Approved
Ac Activity Name
ID
Original
Duration
Start
3
12-Jul-16
14-Jul-16
0%
Damproofing
1
18-Apr-16
18-Apr-16
0%
Damproofing
Rigid Insulation
2
19-Apr-16
20-Apr-16
0%
Rigid Insulation
Air Moisture Barrier @ CMU
5
18-May-16
24-May-16
0%
Exterior Insulation w/ Z Furring @ Metal Panels
10
25-May-16
07-Jun-16
0%
Roof Specialties
2
24-Jun-16
27-Jun-16
0%
Roof Specialties
SPM Roofing
8
28-Jun-16
07-Jul-16
0%
SPM Roofing
Insulation, Interior & Soundbatts L-1
3
08-Jul-16
12-Jul-16
0%
Insulation, Interior & Soundbatts L-1
Insulation, Interior & Soundbatts L-2
3
08-Jul-16
12-Jul-16
0%
Insulation, Interior & Soundbatts L-2
Division 8 Submittals / Approvals
20
28-Sep-15
23-Oct-15
0%
Curtain Wall & Storefront Order
40
26-Oct-15
18-Dec-15
0%
Curtain Wall & Storefront Systems, Start
1
25-May-16
25-May-16
0%
Aluminum Storefronts & Doors, Exterior
15
24-Jun-16
14-Jul-16
0%
Aluminum Storefronts & Doors, Exterior
Curtain Wall Systems
15
24-Jun-16
14-Jul-16
0%
Curtain Wall Systems
Wood Doors & Hardware
10
15-Aug-16
26-Aug-16
0%
Aluminum Storefront & Doors, Interior
3
15-Aug-16
17-Aug-16
0%
Metal Stud & Gyp Submittal / Approval
20
28-Sep-15
23-Oct-15
0%
Metal Stud & Gyp Submittal / Approval
Ceramic Tile Submittal / Approval
30
28-Sep-15
06-Nov-15
0%
Ceramic Tile Submittal / Approval
Acoustical Ceilings Submittal / Approval
30
28-Sep-15
06-Nov-15
0%
Acoustical Ceilings Submittal / Approval
Painting Submittals & Approvals
30
28-Sep-15
06-Nov-15
0%
Painting Submittals & Approvals
Metal Stud Framing L-1
5
10-Jun-16
16-Jun-16
0%
Metal Stud Framing L-2
5
28-Jun-16
04-Jul-16
0%
Gyp Board HT&F L-1
10
15-Jul-16
28-Jul-16
0%
Gyp Board HT&F L-2
10
22-Jul-16
04-Aug-16
0%
Gyp Board HT&F L-2
Paint L-1
5
29-Jul-16
04-Aug-16
0%
Paint L-1
Grid Ceiling L-1
5
05-Aug-16
11-Aug-16
0%
Grid Ceiling L-1
Paint L-2
5
08-Aug-16
12-Aug-16
0%
Paint L-2
Grid Ceiling L-2
5
15-Aug-16
19-Aug-16
0%
Grid Ceiling Tile L-1
3
19-Aug-16
23-Aug-16
0%
Grid Ceiling Tile L-2
3
25-Aug-16
29-Aug-16
0%
Floor Coverings / Finishes
7
02-Sep-16
12-Sep-16
0%
20
28-Sep-15
23-Oct-15
0%
Specialties Submittals & Approvals
Fire Sprinkler, Design, & Submittal
20
28-Sep-15
23-Oct-15
0%
Fire Sprinkler, Design, & Submittal
Fire Sprinkler Submittal Approval
5
26-Oct-15
30-Oct-15
0%
Fire Sprinkler Submittal Approval
Misc Blocking in Walls L-2
Finish
%
015
2016
Q3
Q4
Q1
2017
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Misc Blocking in Walls L-2
Thermal & Moisture Protection
Air Moisture Barrier @ CMU
Exterior Insulation w/ Z Furring @ Metal Panels
Doors & Windows
Doors
Division 8 Submittals / Approvals
Curtain Wall & Storefront Order
Curtain Wall & Storefront Systems, Start
Wood Doors & Hardware
Aluminum Storefront & Doors, Interior
Finishes
Metal Stud Framing L-1
Metal Stud Framing L-2
Gyp Board HT&F L-1
Grid Ceiling L-2
Grid Ceiling Tile L-1
Grid Ceiling Tile L-2
Floor Coverings / Finishes
Specialties
Specialties
Specialties Submittals & Approvals
Fire Protection Systems
Actual Work
Remaining Work
Critical Remaining Work
Milestone
Page 3 of 4
Date
Revision
10-Sep-15 Revisions
11-Sep-15 Revisions
14-Sep-15 Revisions Scene Shop
Checked
John T
John T
Approved
Ac Activity Name
ID
Original
Duration
Start
Fire Sprinkler Fab & Delivery
20
02-Nov-15
Fire Sprinkler Rough L-1
10
Fire Sprinkler Rough L-2
10
Fire Sprinkler Finish & Trim L-1
Fire Sprinkler Finish & Trim L-2
Finish
%
015
2016
Q3
Q4
Q1
2017
Q2
Q3
Q4
27-Nov-15
0%
08-Jul-16
21-Jul-16
0%
22-Jul-16
04-Aug-16
0%
3
12-Aug-16
16-Aug-16
0%
3
22-Aug-16
24-Aug-16
0%
Plumbing Submittals & Approvals
30
28-Sep-15
06-Nov-15
0%
Plumbing Rough, Slab on Grade
5
27-Apr-16
03-May-16
0%
Rough Plumbing O/H L-1 & L-2
20
17-Jun-16
14-Jul-16
0%
Plumbing Rough, In Walls L-1
5
17-Jun-16
23-Jun-16
0%
Plumbing Rough, In Walls L-2
5
05-Jul-16
11-Jul-16
0%
Mechanical Equipment Submittal Approval
1
11-Sep-15
11-Sep-15
0%
Mechanical Equipment Submittal Approval
Mechanical Systems, Submittals
20
28-Sep-15
23-Oct-15
0%
Mechanical Systems, Submittals
Mechanical Equipment, Order, Deliver, Install
70
26-Oct-15
29-Jan-16
0%
Mechanical Equipment, Install in Mech Room
5
01-Feb-16
05-Feb-16
0%
Mechanical Piping Install & Test
15
17-Jun-16
07-Jul-16
0%
Mechanical Piping Install & Test
Mechanical Piping System Flush
3
08-Jul-16
12-Jul-16
0%
Mechanical Piping System Flush
Mechanical HVAC Install & Test L-1
15
08-Jul-16
28-Jul-16
0%
Mechanical HVAC Install & Test L-2
15
08-Jul-16
28-Jul-16
0%
Mechanical Equip. & Piping Chemical Clean
5
13-Jul-16
19-Jul-16
0%
Mechanical Equip.- Start Up & Commissioning
10
20-Jul-16
02-Aug-16
0%
Test & Balance
8
30-Aug-16
08-Sep-16
0%
Q1
Fire Sprinkler Fab & Delivery
Fire Sprinkler Rough L-1
Fire Sprinkler Rough L-2
Fire Sprinkler Finish & Trim L-1
Fire Sprinkler Finish & Trim L-2
Plumbing
Plumbing
Plumbing Submittals & Approvals
Plumbing Rough, Slab on Grade
Rough Plumbing O/H L-1 & L-2
Plumbing Rough, In Walls L-1
Plumbing Rough, In Walls L-2
Mechanical Systems
Mechanical
Mechanical Equipment, Order, Deliver, Install
Mechanical Equipment, Install in Mech Room
Mechanical HVAC Install & Test L-1
Mechanical HVAC Install & Test L-2
Mechanical Equip. & Piping Chemical Clean
Mechanical Equip.- Start Up & Commissioning
Test & Balance
Electrical Systems
Electrical
Electrical Systems, Submittals
25
28-Sep-15
30-Oct-15
0%
Electrical, Fire Alarm Approved Submittal
10
02-Nov-15
13-Nov-15
0%
Electrical Site Systems, Submittals & Approval
30
02-Nov-15
11-Dec-15
0%
Electrical Equipment, Submittal Approval
10
02-Nov-15
13-Nov-15
0%
Electrical Equipment, Submittal Approval
Electrical Light Fixture Submittal Approval
10
02-Nov-15
13-Nov-15
0%
Electrical Light Fixture Submittal Approval
Electrical, Order/Delivery
30
16-Nov-15
25-Dec-15
0%
Electrical Hookup of Mechanical Equipment
10
01-Feb-16
12-Feb-16
0%
Electrical Rough, Slab on Grade
3
02-May-16
04-May-16
0%
Electrical and IT/AV Rough in Walls L-1
10
17-Jun-16
30-Jun-16
0%
Electrical and IT/AV Rough in Walls L-2
5
05-Jul-16
11-Jul-16
0%
Electrical and IT/AV Rough in Walls L-2
Electrical Systems, Building Rough
10
08-Jul-16
21-Jul-16
0%
Electrical Systems, Building Rough
Electrical Site Lighting Fixtures
12
29-Jul-16
15-Aug-16
0%
Electrical Site Lighting Fixtures
Electrical Light Fixtures L-1
5
12-Aug-16
18-Aug-16
0%
Electrical Light Fixtures L-1
Electrical Light Fixtures L-2
3
22-Aug-16
24-Aug-16
0%
Electrical Light Fixtures L-2
Electrical Finish & Trim
5
25-Aug-16
31-Aug-16
0%
Electrical Finish & Trim
Electrical Systems Complete
1
01-Sep-16
01-Sep-16
0%
Actual Work
Remaining Work
Critical Remaining Work
Milestone
Electrical Systems, Submittals
Electrical, Fire Alarm Approved Submittal
Electrical Site Systems, Submittals & Approval
Electrical, Order/Delivery
Electrical Hookup of Mechanical Equipment
Electrical Rough, Slab on Grade
Electrical and IT/AV Rough in Walls L-1
Electrical Systems Complete
Page 4 of 4
Date
Revision
10-Sep-15 Revisions
11-Sep-15 Revisions
14-Sep-15 Revisions Scene Shop
Checked
John T
John T
Approved
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Division
00 0101
00 0102
00 0110
00 3132
Section Title
PROJECT TITLE PAGE
PROJECT DIRECTORY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GEOTECHNICAL DATA
DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
01 1100
01 2513
01 2514
01 2613
01 2973
01 3113
01 3119
01 3216
01 3231
01 3323
01 3513
01 4216
01 4516
01 5000
01 5639
01 5813
01 6400
01 6600
01 7123
01 7400
01 7516
01 7700
01 7823
01 7836
01 7837
01 7839
01 9115
01 9116
SUMMARY OF WORK
PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM
CONTRACTOR'S REQUEST FOR INFORMATION
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
PROJECT COORDINATION
PROJECT MEETINGS
NETWORK ANALYSIS
CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
TEMPORARY TREE PROTECTION
TEMPORARY SITE SIGNAGE
OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS
PRODUCT HANDLING
FIELD ENGINEERING
CLEANING
STARTING OF SYSTEMS
PROJECT CLOSEOUT
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
WARRANTIES AND BONDS
WARRANTY FORM
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
BUILDING ENCLOSURE COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS
BUILDING ENCLOSURE FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTING
REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS
02 4119
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE
03 0560
03 3000
03 3116
INTERIOR CONCRETE FLOOR SEALER
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
ARCHITECTURAL CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FORMING
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
TABLE OF CONTENTS
01 0110-1
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
DIVISION 04 - MASONRY
04 2114
04 2200
BRICK VENEER MASONRY
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
DIVISION 05 - METALS
05 0515
05 0516
05 1200
05 2100
05 3100
05 4000
05 5000
ANODIZED ALUMINUM FINISHES
POWDER COATINGS
STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
STEEL JOIST FRAMING
STEEL DECKING
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING
METAL FABRICATIONS
DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES
06 1053
06 1643
06 1645
06 4116
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
GYPSUM SHEATHING BOARD
GYPSUM ROOFING UNDERLAYMENT BOARD
PLASTIC LAMINATE CASEWORK
DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07 1900
07 2100
07 2616
07 2726
07 2727
07 4213
07 5421
07 6000
07 8413
07 9200
07 9219
07 9220
07 9513
WATER-REPELLENT COATING
BUILDING INSULATION
BELOW GRADE VAPOR RETARDER
FLUID-APPLIED AIR AND WATER BARRIER
SELF-ADHERED AIR AND WATER BARRIER
METAL WALL PANEL SYSTEM
POLYVINYL-CHLORIDE (PVC) ROOFING
ROOFING HISTORY RECORD – SINGLE PLY ROOFING
CONTRACTOR ROOFING WARRANTY
WARRANTY FOR SINGLE PLY ROOFING
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS
JOINT SEALERS
ACOUSTICAL BLANKET INSULATION AND SEALANTS
ACOUSTICAL PARTITION CLOSURE
SEISMIC JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES
DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS
08 1113
08 1416
08 3323
08 3473
08 4413
08 7100
08 8100
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
SOUND CONTROL DOOR ASSEMBLIES
GLAZED ALUMINUM CURTAIN WALLS
DOOR HARDWARE
GLASS AND GLAZING
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
TABLE OF CONTENTS
01 0110-2
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
DIVISION 09 - FINISHES
09 2216
09 2900
09 5100
09 6453
09 6513
09 6519
09 6723
09 9100
09 9600
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
GYPSUM BOARD
ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
RESILIENT WOOD FLOORING
RESILIENT WALL BASE
RESILIENT FLOORING
RESINOUS FLOORING
PAINTING
HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
10 1400
10 4413
10 5623
SIGNAGE
FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS
WIRE STORAGE SHELVING
DIVISIONS 11 - 20
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION
21 1000
WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING
22 0500
22 0523
22 0529
22 0548
22 0553
22 0700
22 1116
22 1119
22 1316
22 1319
22 1413
22 1423
22 1513
22 1519
22 4000
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND
EQUIPMENT
IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PLUMBING INSULATION
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING
DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES
SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING
SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES
FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING
STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES
GENERAL-SERVICE COMPRESSED-AIR PIPING
GENERAL-SERVICE PACKAGED AIR COMPRESSORS AND RECEIVERS
PLUMBING FIXTURES
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
TABLE OF CONTENTS
01 0110-3
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
DIVISION 23 - HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING
23 0100
23 0150
23 0500
23 0513
23 0516
23 0519
23 0523
23 0529
23 0548
23 0550
23 0553
23 0594
23 0710
23 0713
23 0720
23 0800
23 0900
23 0993
23 2113
23 2123
23 2500
23 3001
23 3113
23 3114
23 3115
23 3119
23 3300
23 3423
23 3600
23 3713
23 3714
23 3715
23 7325
MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
TEMPORARY USE OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC
COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT
EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR HVAC PIPING
METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC PIPING
GENERAL PIPING VALVES FOR HVAC PIPING
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
SEISMIC RESTRAINT AND VIBRATION ISOLATION
OPERATIONS & MAINTENANCE MANUALS
IDENTIFICATION FOR PIPING & EQUIPMENT
GENERAL TESTING, ADJUSTING, BALANCING AND COMMISSIONING
EQUIPMENT INSULATION
DUCT INSULATION
PIPE INSULATION
COMMISSIONING MECHANICAL SYSTEMS
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM
SEQUENCES OF OPERATION
HYDRONIC PIPING
HYDRONIC PUMPS
CHEMICAL WATER TREATMENT
COMMON DUCT REQUIREMENTS
METAL DUCTS
SAWDUST EXHAUST DUCTS
DUST COLLECTOR
HVAC CASINGS
AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES
HVAC POWER VENTILATORS
AIR TERMINALS
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
LOUVERS AND VENTS
GRAVITY HOODS
FAN WALL TYPE CUSTOM AIR-HANDLING UNITS
DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL
26 0500
26 0519
26 0526
26 0529
26 0533
26 0536
26 0548
26 0553
26 0923
26 0936
26 0943
26 2200
26 2413
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
CABLE TRAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
MODULAR DIMMING CONTROLS
NETWORK LIGHTING CONTROLS
LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
SWITCHBOARDS
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
TABLE OF CONTENTS
01 0110-4
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
26 2416
26 2726
26 27261
26 2813
26 2816
26 2913
26 2923
26 5100
26 5600
PANELBOARDS
WIRING DEVICES
WIRING DEVICE SCHEDULE
FUSES
ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS
ENCLOSED CONTROLLERS
VARIABLE-FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLERS
INTERIOR LIGHTING
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
DIVISION 27 - COMMUNICATIONS
27 1100
COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOM FITTINGS
DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
28 1300
28 1330
28 3111
ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM
SECURITY SYSTEM
DIGITAL, ADDRESSABLE FIRE-ALARM SYSTEM
DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK
31 1000
31 2200
31 2300
31 2500
SITE CLEARING
SITE EXCAVATION AND ROUGH GRADING
EARTHWORK
EROSION CONTROL
DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
32 1216
32 1313
32 8400
32 9020
32 9030
ASPHALT PAVING
CAST-IN-PLACE EXTERIOR CONCRETE
IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
LAWNS AND GRASSES
PLANTS
DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES
33 0500
33 4100
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR UTILITIES
STORM DRAINAGE
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A
APPENDIX B
GEOTECHNICAL REPORT
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS REPORT
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
TABLE OF CONTENTS
01 0110-5
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
SECTION 01 1100
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
General Conditions: The Division of Facilities Construction and Management (DFCM) General
Conditions apply to this project. Download the General Conditions at
http://dfcm.utah.gov/downloads/1const/2005_0525_gen_conditions.pdf.
A.B.
Section includes:
1.
Description of the Work.
2.
Work not in contract.
3.
Contractor’s use of premises.
4.
Specification language and interpretation.
B.C. The Project consists of the renovations and addition to the Scene Shop in the Fine Arts
Complex at the Utah State University in Logan, Utah and adjacent site work, in compliance with
the Contract Documents and Code requirements.
1.2
WORK NOT IN CONTRACT
A.
1.3
The following will be provided by the University under separate contracts:
1.
Tests and inspections specified to be provided by the University in the Contract
Documents.
2.
Items noted NIC (Not In Contract) on the Drawings or in the Specifications.
UNIVERSITY-FURNISHED/CONTRACTOR-INSTALLED ITEMS (OFCI)
A.
B.
Submittals:
1.
Obtain all necessary information from the University as to manufacturer, model, and type
of each OFCI item to be furnished by the University.
2.
Submit shop drawings, in compliance with the requirements of Section 01 3323, showing
dimensioned rough-in diagrams for each OFCI item requiring utility connections,
dimensioned locations of backing plates required in walls and partitions, and details of
connections to supports for all OFCI items.
General: Contractor is responsible for correct and properly located installation of the OFCI
items in compliance with the various manufacturers' specifications and instructions.
1.
If a conflict occurs between manufacturer's instructions and actual field conditions, do not
install the affected items until the conflict is resolved. No extra payment will be made to
the Contractor for correction of improper installation of OFCI items when reasonably
adequate data and instructions for installation were furnished by the University or various
OFCI item manufacturers.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
SUMMARY OF WORK
01 1100-1
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
2.
OFCI items will be delivered FOB jobsite. Contractor shall receive and unload the OFCI
items, place in covered storage or enclosed building, and be responsible therefore after
delivery. OFCI items that are damaged, abused, lost, or stolen while in Contractor's
custody and control or damaged or defaced during installation shall be repaired,
replaced, or otherwise made good to the University's satisfaction at the Contractor's
expense.
3.
Within 5 days after delivery of the OFCI items, open and uncrate the items for inspection.
The University and Contractor shall inspect each item and maintain a written record of all
damage, missing parts, and other defects disclosed, all of which will be made good by
the University. After the inspection, Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
equipment as specified above.
4.
Contractor may request and receive from the University necessary additional information,
such as specifications, templates, and like items from any of the manufacturers of the
OFCI items. The Contractor may request a manufacturer's representative to supervise
installation of any OFCI item, but at no extra cost to University.
C.
Installation materials: Provide attachments, fittings, fasteners, connectors, and other ancillary
materials required to make complete workable installations.
D.
Installation: conform to each OFCI item manufacturer's specifications, templates, and
information, including the necessary assembling of components or sub-assemblies.
E.
Tests: Operate and test each operable OFCI item when installed and connected. If malfunction
occurs through no fault of the Contractor, the University will make the defect good; otherwise,
the Contractor shall make the necessary corrections so the item operates properly and as
intended, at the Contractor's expense.
1.4
CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
A.
B.
General:
1.
During the construction period the Contractor shall have full use of the premises for
construction operations, including use of the site for staging, field offices and storage
sheds.
2.
Only the University’s right to perform construction operations with its own forces and to
employ separate contractors on portions of the Project limits the Contractor’s use of the
premises and the site.
3.
Allow University access to maintain and operate temporary and existing facilities.
4.
Permit unimpeded access by fire fighting or rescue equipment.
5.
Access to and egress from construction site shall be in strict conformance to prearranged
routes approved by the University, with the understanding that curtailment of traffic or
revision of access routes may be required on short notice if the University's operations
mandate such changes because of excessive noise, or problems with safety, service, or
supply.
Partial University's occupancy: The University reserves the right to place and install equipment
in areas of the Project prior to Substantial Completion provided that it doesn't interfere with the
normal completion of the Work. This partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the
Work.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
SUMMARY OF WORK
01 1100-2
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
1.5
SPECIFICATION LANGUAGE AND INTERPRETATION
A.
Gender: Whenever the context of the Contract Documents require, the neuter gender includes
the feminine and masculine, the masculine gender includes the feminine and neuter, the
singular number includes the plural, and the plural includes the singular.
B.
Definitions: In addition to other definitions included in these Specifications, the following applies
to the Work:
1.
Approved, approved equal, or equal, mean as approved and accepted by the Architect
and University as defined in the General Conditions and Section 01 2513 of the
Specifications.
2.
As necessary means essential to the completion of the Work.
3.
As required means as required by the Contract Documents.
4.
As selected, as approved, as directed or words of similar import mean as selected by,
as approved by, or as accepted by the Architect. No implied meaning shall be interpreted
to extend the Architect's responsibility into the Contractor's area of Contractor's
supervision.
5.
As shown, as detailed, as indicated and words of similar import mean as indicated on
the Drawings.
6.
Basis of Design: Product/material selection by the Architect.
7.
Building Department and Authorities Having Jurisdiction: All agencies, individually
or collectively, charged by statute with administration/enforcement of the requirements of
the Building Code at the Project location.
8.
Computer Data Base means the digital computer data issued by the Architect as a part
of the Contract Documents, including 2-dimensional and 3-dimensional computer model,
and drawing files in CAD format.
9.
Concealed means embedded in masonry, concrete or other construction, installed within
furred spaces, within a wall/partitions or above suspended ceilings, in trenches, in crawl
spaces, or in enclosures.
10.
Division means Division of these Specifications except where the obvious intent is the
act or process of dividing. Divisions are groups of related Sections.
11.
Equipment means a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually
operated, that requires service connections such as wiring or piping. This definition is in
addition to definition in the General Conditions.
12.
Exposed means not installed underground or concealed as defined above.
13.
Exterior means a space that does not meet the definition for "interior" below.
14.
Fabricated means items specifically assembled or made out of selected materials to
meet individual design requirements for the Project.
15.
Factory Finished/Prefinished means finished under controlled environmental conditions
off site, and requiring no additional finish, except for touchup, at the Project site.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
SUMMARY OF WORK
01 1100-3
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
C.
16.
Furnish (materials) means to supply and deliver to the Project ready for installation and
in operable condition.
17.
Include/including means inclusion without limitation.
18.
Install (services or labor) means to place in final position, complete, anchored,
connected, and in operable condition.
19.
Installer means the Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee,
Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation,
including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.
20.
Interior means a space completely enclosed by walls, solid door(s), floor and ceiling.
21.
Manufactured applies to standard units usually mass-produced.
22.
Manufacturer's directions, instructions, recommendations, specifications means
manufacturer's written directions, instruction, recommendations, specifications.
23.
Match means providing a portion of the Work using the same product, technique,
sequence, dimensions, finishes, color, texture, and degree of craftsmanship as (a)
another portion of the Work, (b) existing conditions adjacent to the new portion of the
Work, (c) as an approved sample, range of samples, or mockup or sample panel, or (d)
as a control sample in the University’s or Architect’s possession.
24.
Materials are products substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined or
otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work.
25.
Named products are items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or
model designation, indicated in the manufacturer's published product literature current as
of the date of the Contract Documents.
26.
Product(s) means new materials, machinery, components, systems, fixtures, equipment,
and terms of similar intent.
27.
Provide means to supply, fabricate, deliver, place, and connect, complete in-place, ready
for operation and use. When neither furnish, install nor provide is stated, provide is
implied.
28.
Section means Section of these Specifications, except where the obvious intent is one of
several components, a piece. Section is usually a basic unit of Work.
29.
Shall is mandatory.
30.
Similar means a portion of the Work that matches the whole or part of another portion of
the Work but has a different geometric configuration.
31.
Submit, submittal, submission mean submit to the Architect for review, unless
otherwise stated.
32.
Symmetrical means a portion of the Work which matches adjacent work, or itself, but
reversed about centerline(s) or the axis of a surface or a space.
Titling and arrangements:
1.
Article, Paragraph, and subparagraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in
the Specifications are intended as an aid in locating and recognizing various
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
SUMMARY OF WORK
01 1100-4
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
requirements in the beginning words of a sentence or where the title establishes the
subject, the titles are subordinate to and do not define, limit, or otherwise restrict the
Specification text.
D.
2.
Underlining, bolding or capitalizing of words in the text does not signify or mean that such
words convey special or unusual meaning.
3.
Specification text shall govern over titling and shall be understood to be and interpreted
as a whole.
4.
The order of articles, paragraphs, subparagraphs, and sub-subparagraphs in the
Specifications text is defined by the sequence of indentations.
Interpretation:
1.
Unless otherwise stated, technical words and abbreviations contained in the Contract
Documents are used in accordance with commonly understood construction industry
meanings; and non-technical words and abbreviations are used in accordance with their
commonly understood meanings.
2.
The Contract Documents may omit modifying words such as "all" and "any," and articles
such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one
statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either
statement.
3.
The use of the word "including," when following any general statement, shall not be
construed to limit such statement to specific items or matters, whether or not non-limiting
language (such as "without limitation," "but not limited to," or words of similar import) is
used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or
matters that could reasonably fall within the broadest possible scope of such general
statement.
4.
Whenever the context so requires, the use of the singular number shall be deemed to
include the plural and vice versa.
5.
The captions and headings of the various subdivisions of the Contract Documents are
intended only as a matter of reference and convenience and in no way define, limit, or
prescribe the scope or intent of the Contract Documents or any subdivision thereof.
END OF SECTION
• FILENAME \p Z:\SPECS\public\(1) CSI WORKFILES\UTAH FINE ARTS\(1) Scene Shop\(7) 08 26 15 - 90% CD\ADDENDUM 2 - 09 14 15\01 1100 mc Summary of Work
ADD2.doc•
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
SUMMARY OF WORK
01 1100-5
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
SECTION 01 3323
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes:
1.
A requirement for submittal of shop drawings, product data, samples and other submittals
so specified below.
B.
In addition to other requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to submittals, submit
shop drawings, product data, samples, and similar submittals required by the Contract
Documents for the Architect's review before proceeding with the work affected by these
submittals.
C.
Submittals made by the Contractor to the Architect that are not required by the Contract
Documents may be returned without review.
D.
Do not perform any portion of the Work requiring submittal and review of shop drawings,
product data and samples, and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents, until the
Architect has approved the respective submittal. Such work shall be in compliance with the
approved submittals.
E.
Related work:
1.
Section 01 3216 for construction schedules.
2.
Section 01 7700 for closeout submittals.
3.
Section 01 7839 for record documents.
1.2SCHEDULING
A.Designate in construction schedule, specified in Section 01 3216, dates for submittal and suggested
dates when approved shop drawings, product data and samples are expected to be returned by
the Architect.
1.31.2
A.
1.41.3
A.
LOG
Prepare, and update on a regular basis, a shop drawing log using AIA Form G712, or similar
form acceptable to the Architect, listing all the required shop drawings by reference to
Specification Section number and their submittal date coordinated with the construction
schedule.
DEFINITIONS
The terms "shop drawings" and "product data" as used herein also include, but are not limited
to, fabrication, erection, layout and setting drawings, manufacturers' standard drawings,
descriptive literature, catalogues, brochures, performance and test data, wiring and control
diagrams, all other drawings and descriptive data pertaining to materials, equipment, piping,
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA
AND SAMPLES
01 3323-1
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
duct and conduit systems, and methods of construction as may be required to show that the
materials, equipment, or systems and the positions thereof conform to the Contract Documents.
1.51.4
A.
1.61.5
1.
Shop drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other date specially prepared for
the Work by the Contractor or a subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to
illustrate some portion of the Work.
2.
Samples are physical examples that illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and
establish standards by which the Work will be judged.
3.
Product data are illustrations, schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures,
diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or
equipment for some portion of the Work.
SUBMITTALS
Prior to the first submittal, submit for review the proposed submittal transmittal form and an
impression of the Contractor’s approval stamp to be used on submittals.
SHOP DRAWINGS
A.
Identify details by reference to sheet and detail numbers shown on the Drawings.
B.
Shop drawings shall show in detail, materials, dimensions, including thickness, methods of
assembly, attachments, relation to adjoining work, and all other pertinent data and information.
C.
Shop drawings with the notation "VERIFY DIMENSIONS" will not be reviewed.
D.
Prepare composite shop drawings and installation layout drawings, where required, to depict
proposed solutions for tight or critical field conditions. These composite shop drawings or
installation layout drawings shall be coordinated by the Contractor and subcontractors for
proper relationship with the work of all other trades based on field conditions.
E.
All shop drawings to have a clear 3.5 inch by 7 inch space reserved for shop drawing stamps by
Contractor, Architect and Structural Engineer of Record (SEOR). Each submittal to SEOR to
consist of one reproducible copy, to be marked and returned by SEOR, and one copy bond for
SEOR to keep. Additional copies will be returned unmarked by SEOR. Submittals shall be
submitted digitally. Submit well in advance of procurement or fabrication; allow at least 3 weeks
for SEOR review, and additional time for review and forwarding by Architect and Contractor,
and for revisions and resubmittal, if required.
1.71.6
A.
B.
PRODUCT DATA
Manufacturer standard schematic drawings:
1.
Modify drawings to delete information not applicable to Project.
2.
Supplement standard information to provide additional information applicable to Project.
Manufacturer catalog sheets, brochures, diagrams, schedules, performance charts, illustrations
and other standard descriptive data.
1.
Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent materials, products or models.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA
AND SAMPLES
01 3323-2
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
1.81.7
2.
Show dimensions and clearances required.
3.
Show performance characteristics and capacities.
4.
Show complete wiring diagrams and controls.
SAMPLES
A.
Unless otherwise specified, submit samples of sufficient size and quantity to clearly illustrate
characteristics of product or material, and full range of colors and/or texture. Whenever
possible provide color and texture samples on product specified.
B.
Label each sample to indicate the Project name, Contractor, manufacturer, brand, quarry, job
number, color, type, and similar required information. Label shall be solidly attached or adhered
to the samples; samples received without labels will be returned without action.
C.
Erect field samples and mockups at Project site, unless specified otherwise, in locations
acceptable to the Architect. Construct each sample or mockup complete, including work of all
trades required in finished work.
1.91.8
A.
STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS
Where required by the Contract Documents, submit calculations signed and sealed by a Utahlicensed civil or structural engineer for the material or assembly specified to demonstrate
compliance with provisions of the Contract Documents and Code.
1.101.9 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
A.
Submittals for temporary facilities and controls, when made to the Architect, are for information
only and will not be returned.
1.111.10 CERTIFICATES AND AFFIDAVITS
A.
Statements made by the Contractor, subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, fabricator, or
distributor to certify that certain requirements of the Specifications have been met.
B.
Review certificates before submitting to Architect, to ensure that the affidavit is properly worded
and signed.
C.
Each certificate shall be signed by an official authorized to certify on behalf of the Contractor,
subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, fabricator, or distributor of the and shall contain the name
and address of the Contractor, the Project name and location, reference to products, systems,
shop drawings, and product data, and the quantity and date or dates of shipment or delivery to
which the certificates apply.
1.
D.
Copies of laboratory test reports submitted with certificates shall contain the name and
address of the testing laboratory and the dates of tests to which the report applies.
Certification shall not relieve the Contractor from providing satisfactory material if, after tests are
performed on selection samples, the material is found not to meet the specified requirements.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA
AND SAMPLES
01 3323-3
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
1.121.11 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS
A.
Submittals dates shall be staggered to correspond to the chronological sequence of
construction. Early submittals for products or assemblies, such as finishes, unless they affect
the critical path, will not be reviewed and will be returned to the Contractor for later re-submittal.
B.
Submittals not in compliance with the milestone dates accepted by the Architect in the
construction and submittal schedule (out-of-sequence submittals), will not be reviewed and will
be returned to the Contractor.
C.
Review, approve, and submit shop drawings, product data and samples, and similar submittals
required by the Contract Documents, to the Architect with reasonable promptness and in such
sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the University or of separate
contractors, and to allow Architect ample time for review before the date approved submittals
will be needed to maintain construction schedule. Contractor shall allow 10 full working days for
Architect to review and return submittals; additional time may be required for certain submittal
items.
D.
Submit 3 prints of digital shop drawings, and number of copies of project data that Contractor
requires for distribution, plus 3 copies, which will be retained by Architect. Bind each set in
sequence.
E.
Submit 3 2 samples, unless specified otherwise. By pre-arrangement with the Architect, or
where so specified, submit a single sample for review; this sample, when approved, shall be
installed in the Work where it can easily be referenced for future comparison with work of the
same kind.
F.
Submit 3 copies of digital structural calculations, bound in sequence.
G.
Accompany submittals with transmittal letter, in duplicate, containing the following information.
Number all submittals, and the accompanying transmittal, sequentially.
H.
1.
Date.
2.
Project title and number.
3.
Contractor name and address.
4.
The number of each shop drawing, product data and sample submitted.
5.
Notification of deviations from Contract Documents.
6.
Other pertinent data.
Normally a separate transmittal form shall be used for each specific item or class of material or
equipment for which a submittal is required.
1.
Transmittal of a submittal for more than one item using a single transmittal form will be
permitted only when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer "package" or are
so functionally related that expediency indicates a review of the group or package as a
whole.
2.
Collate multiple-page submittal into sets and staple or bind each set as appropriate prior
to transmittal to the Architect.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA
AND SAMPLES
01 3323-4
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
I.
Submittals shall include the following:
1.
Date and revision number.
2.
Project title and number.
3.
The names of: Architect, Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, manufacturer, and separate
detailer, when pertinent.
4.
Identification of product or material.
5.
Relation to adjacent structure or materials.
6.
Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.
7.
Specification Section number.
8.
Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification number.
9.
Two 2 -inch by 4 -inch blank spaces for the Contractor and Architect stamp.
10.
Identification of deviations from Contract Documents. Contractor stamp, initialed or
signed, certifying to review of submittal, verification of field measurements and
compliance with Contract Documents.
J.
By approving and submitting shop drawings, product data, samples and similar submittals the
Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials, field
measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and has checked and
coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work
and of the Contract Documents.
K.
Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may
be so identified in the Contract Documents.
L.
When professional certification of performance criteria of materials, systems or equipment is
required by the Contract Documents, the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the accuracy
and completeness of such calculations and certifications furnished by the Contractor.
1.131.12 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS
A.
Revise initial shop drawings, when required, and resubmit as specified for initial submittal.
Indicate on drawings changes made, other than those requested by Architect, clearly by
clouding or similar acceptable method.
B.
Submit new product data and samples as required for initial submittal.
C.
Submit revised calculations as required for initial submittal.
D.
Identify resubmittal with the original submittal number followed by an alphabetic suffix (i.e. 10A).
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA
AND SAMPLES
01 3323-5
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
1.141.13 DISTRIBUTION OF SUBMITTALS
A.
Distribute copies of shop drawings, product data and other required submittals to Contractor
Project site file and project record documents file, and to subcontractors, supplier and fabricator,
as applicable.
B.
Distribute samples to manufacturer, distributor, supplier or subcontractor, as applicable.
1.151.14 ARCHITECT DUTIES
A.
The Architect will review submittals with reasonable promptness and approve them or take
other appropriate action, when applicable, for design concept of Project and information given in
Contract Documents.
B.
Approval of separate item will not constitute review of an assembly in which item functions.
C.
The Architect will stamp and initial or sign submittals indicating review of same, and will return
submittals to Contractor for distribution.
D.
The term “informational submittals” means that Contractor-furnished data and drawings are for
Architect’s review only, and do not require Architect’s approval.
END OF SECTION
• FILENAME \p Z:\SPECS\public\(1) CSI WORKFILES\UTAH FINE ARTS\(1) Scene Shop\(7) 08 26 15 - 90% CD\ADDENDUM 2 - 09 14 15\01 3323 mc Submittals
ADD2.doc•
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA
AND SAMPLES
01 3323-6
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
SECTION 01 7823
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
B.
1.2
Section includes:
1.
Compilation of product data and related information appropriate for University's
maintenance and operation of products furnished under the Contract.
2.
Instruction of University's personnel in the maintenance of products and in the operation
of equipment and systems.
Related work:
1.
Section 01 3323 for submittals of shop drawings, product data and sample.
2.
Section 01 7700 for contract closeout submittals.
3.
Section 01 7836 for submittals of warranties and bond.
SUBMITTALS
A.Preliminary:
1.Submit 2 copies of proposed manual or manuals to the Architect for review and approval at
least 15 days prior to request for final inspection or acceptance.
2.Show general arrangement, nature of contents in each portion, and proposed method of
binding and covering for the manual.
B.Final:
1.A.
Following instruction of operating and maintenance personnel, make necessary revisions of the
manual.
2.B.
Submit specified number of copies of approved data in final form at final inspection or
acceptance.
1.
1.3
Submit 1 hard copy and 2 electronic copies in pdf format, on CD or DVD, of all materials.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
1.4
Preparation of data shall be done by personnel trained and experienced in maintenance and
operation of the described products.
FORMAT
A.
Prepare data in the form of an instruction manual for use by University's personnel.
B.
Text: 20 lb. white bond paper, 8-1/2 -inch x 11 -inch
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
01 7823-1
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
C.
Drawings: Provide reinforced punched binder tab. Bind drawings with text.
1.
D.
E.
F.
G.
Fan-fold larger drawings to size of text pages.
Flyleaf: For each separate product or each piece of operating equipment provide the following.
1.
Brief description of product, and major component parts of equipment.
2.
Indexed tabs.
Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed tile OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE
INSTRUCTIONS. List the following.
1.
Title of Project.
2.
Identity of separate structures as applicable.
3.
A brief and general identification of the subject matter covered in the manual.
Binders:
1.
Commercial quality D-ring type 3-ring binders with durable vinyl covers.
2.
When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related groupings.
Labels: Provide front and end spine labels for each manual clearly identified with the following
information.
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION
Name and address of Work
Name of Contractor
General subject of the manual
Space for approval date
H.
1.5
Electronic media: Each disk shall be clearly labeled to its contents. Disks shall be placed in
clear, plastic sleeves, designed to hold CD or DVD. Plastic sleeves shall be placed in binder
and labeled as specified above.
CONTENT OF MANUAL
A.
B.
Table of contents:
1.
List of each product required to be included, indexed to the content of the volume.
2.
List, with each product, the name, address and telephone number of (a) subcontractor
and installer, (b) maintenance contractor, as appropriate, and (c) local source of supply
for parts and replacement.
Product data:
1.
Include only those sheets pertinent to the specific product.
2.
Annotate each sheet to clearly identify the data applicable to the installation. Delete
references to inapplicable information.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
01 7823-2
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
C.
Drawings: Supplement product date with drawings as necessary to illustrate the following.
1.
Relations of component parts of equipment and systems.
2.
Project record drawings shall not be used as maintenance drawings.
D.
Instructions: Written text as required to supplement product data for the particular installation.
E.
Copy of each warranty, guaranty, bond, and service contract issued. Provide information sheet
for University's personnel, giving the following information:
1.6
1.
Proper procedures in the event of failure or emergency.
2.
Instances which might affect the validity of warranties, guaranties, or bonds.
MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A.
1.7
Instructions for care and maintenance including:
1.
Manufacturer's recommendation for types of cleaning agents and methods.
2.
Cautions against cleaning agents and methods, which may be detrimental to the product.
3.
Recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.
MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A.
Content, for each unit of mechanical equipment and system, as appropriate:
1.
2.
3.
Description of unit and component parts:
a.
Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b.
Performance curves, engineering data and tests.
c.
Complete nomenclature and commercial number of all replaceable parts.
Operating procedures:
a.
Start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating instructions.
b.
Regulation, control, stopping, shutdown and emergency instructions.
c.
Summer and winter operating instructions.
Maintenance procedures:
a.
Routine operations.
b.
Guide to "trouble-shooting."
c.
Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
d.
Alignment, adjusting and checking.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
01 7823-3
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
B.
4.
Servicing and lubrication schedule: List of lubricants required.
5.
Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
6.
Description of sequence of operation by control manufacturer.
7.
Original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings and diagrams required
for maintenance.
a.
Predicted life of parts subject to wear.
b.
Items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
8.
Control diagrams by manufacturer of controls as installed in Project.
9.
Coordination drawings of color-coded piping diagrams as installed by each subcontractor.
10.
Charts of valve tag numbers with the location and function of each valve.
11.
List of original manufacturer's spare parts, manufacturer's current prices and
recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.
Content, for each electric and electronic system, appropriate:
1.
2.
Description of system and component parts:
a.
Function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions.
b.
Performance curves, engineering data and test.
c.
Complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts.
Circuit directories of panelboards:
a.
Electrical service.
b.
Controls.
c.
Communications.
3.
As-installed color-coded wiring diagrams.
4.
Operating procedures:
5.
a.
Routine and normal operating instructions.
b.
Sequences required.
c.
Special operating instructions.
Maintenance procedures:
a.
Routine operations.
b.
Guide to "trouble-shooting."
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
01 7823-4
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
6.
C.
1.8
c.
Disassembly, repair and reassembly.
d.
Adjustment and checking.
Manufacturer's printed operating and maintenance instructions.
Prepare and include additional data when the need for such data becomes apparent during
instruction of University's personnel.
INSTRUCTION OF UNIVERSITY'S PERSONNEL
A.
Prior to final inspection or acceptance, instruct University's designated operating and
maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment and maintenance of all products,
equipment, and systems installed in Project.
B.
Provide services of factory-trained instructors from the manufacturer of each major item of
equipment or system.
C.
Operating and maintenance manual shall constitute the basis of instruction.
D.
Review contents of manual(s) with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of operations
and maintenance.
END OF SECTION
• FILENAME \p Z:\SPECS\public\(1) CSI WORKFILES\UTAH FINE ARTS\(1) Scene Shop\(7) 08 26 15 - 90% CD\ADDENDUM 2 - 09 14 15\01 7823 mc Operating and
Maintenance Manuals ADD2.doc•
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
01 7823-5
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
SECTION 01 7839
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
1.2
Section includes general requirements for preparation, maintenance and delivery of record
documents.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Deliver record documents and transparencies to Architect at completion of Project
B.
Accompany submittal with transmittal letter, in duplicate, containing date, Project title and
number, Contractor's name and address, title and number of each record document,
certification that each document as submitted is complete and accurate, and signature of
Contractor or its authorized representative.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
DOCUMENT MAINTENANCE
A.
Maintain one copy of the following in Contractor's field office at the site:
1.
Contract Drawings, including the Building Department stamped set.
2.
Specifications and Addenda.
3.
Reviewed shop drawings.
4.
Bulletins and change orders, field change authorization and notice of clarification, and
other modifications to Contract.
5.
Field test records.
B.
File record documents apart from constructions documents and maintain in clean, dry, legible
condition. Make record documents available for review by the University and Architect during
regular business hours.
C.
Do not use record documents for construction purpose.
D.
Record documents will be subject to a monthly review by the Architect prior to approval of each
progress payment.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01 7839-1
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
3.2
RECORDING
A.
Clearly label each document "PROJECT RECORD."
B.
Keep record documents current.
C.
Record and properly dimension deviations on the record drawings within 24 hours after work in
affected area is completed. Dimensions shall be accurate to within 1 inch
D.
1.
Use a fine felt or nylon tip pen with waterproof colored ink for marking.
2.
Legibly mark to record actual construction of the following:
a.
Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to first floor level.
b.
Horizontal and vertical location of underground utilities and appurtenances
referenced to permanent surface improvements. Cut-off points and point of
connections of utilities.
c.
Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction
referenced to visible and accessible features of structure.
d.
Field changes of dimension and detail.
e.
Changes made by Change Order, Field Change Authorization and Notice of
Clarification.
f.
Details not on original Contract Drawings.
g.
Do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been
recorded.
Legibly mark-up each Section of the Specifications to record the following:
1.
Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and supplier of each product and item of
equipment installed.
2.
Changes made by change order, field change authorization and notice of clarification.
3.
Other matters not originally specified.
E.
Maintain shop drawings as record documents. Legibly annotate to record changes made after
approval.
F.
Submit Record Documents to Architect as specified in Section 01 7700.
3.3CAD FILES
A.For the work listed below, submit record shop drawings prepared electronically using the latest
version of AutoCAD.
B.Each of the work listed below shall be included in its own layer (or layers) within the electronic file.
Provide DVD disks with these files to the Architect for forwarding to the University.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01 7839-2
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
C.Index each files with layering reference guide and reference file matrix.
D.Work to be included in CAD files:
1.HVAC.
2.Plumbing.
3.Fire protection.
4.Lighting.
5.Fire alarm.
6.Electrical power.
END OF SECTION
• FILENAME \p Z:\SPECS\public\(1) CSI WORKFILES\UTAH FINE ARTS\(1) Scene Shop\(7) 08 26 15 - 90% CD\ADDENDUM 2 - 09 14 15\01 7839 mc Project Record
Documents ADD2.doc•
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01 7839-3
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
SECTION 04 2200
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
B.
1.2
Section includes:
1.
Concrete masonry units.
2.
Decorative concrete masonry units.
3.
Pre-faced concrete masonry units.
4.
Mortar and grout.
5.
Steel reinforcing bars.
6.
Masonry-joint reinforcement.
7.
Embedded flashing.
8.
Miscellaneous masonry accessories.
9.
Masonry-cell fill.
Related Requirements:
1.
Section 03 3000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for installing dovetail slots for masonry
anchors.
2.
Section 04 2114 “Brick Veneer Masonry” for installing brick veneer.
3.
Section 05 1200 "Structural Steel Framing" for installing anchor sections of adjustable
masonry anchors for connecting to structural steel frame.
4.
Section 07 1900 "Water Repellent Coating" for water repellents applied to unit masonry
assemblies.
5.
Section 07 6000 "Flashing and Sheet Metal" for exposed sheet metal flashing and for
furnishing manufactured reglets installed in masonry joints.
DEFINITIONS
A.
CMU(s): Concrete masonry unit(s).
B.
Reinforced Masonry: Masonry containing reinforcing steel in grouted cells.
1.3
PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A.
Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at the Utah State University Project Site.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
04 2200-1
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
1.4
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product.
B.
Shop Drawings: For the following:
C.
D.
1.5
1.
Masonry Units: Show sizes, profiles, coursing, and locations of special shapes.
2.
Reinforcing Steel: Detail bending, lap lengths, and placement of unit masonry reinforcing
bars. Comply with ACI 315. Show elevations of reinforced walls.
3.
Fabricated Flashing: Detail corner units, end-dam units, and other special applications.
Samples for Initial Selection:
1.
Decorative CMUs, in the form of small-scale units.
2.
Pre-faced CMUs.
3.
Weep holes/vents.
Samples for Verification: For each type and color of the following:
1.
CMUs.
2.
Pre-faced CMUs.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Qualification Data: For testing agency.
B.
Material Certificates: For each type and size of the following:
1.
Masonry units.
a.
Include data on material properties and material test reports substantiating
compliance with requirements.
b.
For masonry units used in structural masonry, include data and calculations
establishing average net-area compressive strength of units.
2.
Integral water repellant used in CMUs.
3.
Cementitious materials. Include name of manufacturer, brand name, and type.
4.
Mortar admixtures.
5.
Preblended, dry mortar mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients.
6.
Grout mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients.
7.
Reinforcing bars.
8.
Joint reinforcement.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
04 2200-2
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
9.
C.
Anchors, ties, and metal accessories.
Mix Designs: For each type of mortar and grout. Include description of type and proportions of
ingredients.
1.
Include test reports for mortar mixes required to comply with property specification. Test
according to ASTM C 109/C 109M for compressive strength, ASTM C 1506 for water
retention, and ASTM C 91/C 91M for air content.
2.
Include test reports, according to ASTM C 1019, for grout mixes required to comply with
compressive strength requirement.
D.
Statement of Compressive Strength of Masonry: For each combination of masonry unit type and
mortar type, provide statement of average net-area compressive strength of masonry units,
mortar type, and resulting net-area compressive strength of masonry determined according to
TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6.
E.
Cold-Weather and Hot-Weather Procedures: Detailed description of methods, materials, and
equipment to be used to comply with requirements.
1.6
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1093 for testing indicated.
B.
Sample Panels: Build sample panels to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to
demonstrate aesthetic effects. Comply with requirements in Section 014000 "Quality
Requirements" for mockups.
1.
Build sample panels for a typical exterior wall and interior wall in sizes approximately 48
inches long by 32 inches by full thickness.
2.
Build sample panels facing south.
3.
Where masonry is to match existing, build panels adjacent and parallel to existing
surface.
4.
Protect approved sample panels from the elements with weather-resistant membrane.
5.
Approval of sample panels is for color, texture, and blending of masonry units;
relationship of mortar and sealant colors to masonry unit colors; tooling of joints;
aesthetic qualities of workmanship; and other material and construction qualities
specifically approved by Architect in writing.
a.
C.
Approval of sample panels does not constitute approval of deviations from the
Contract Documents contained in sample panels unless Architect specifically
approves such deviations in writing.
Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate
aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution.
1.
Build mockup of typical wall area as shown on Drawings.
2.
Build mockups for a typical wall with exposed interior surface, including flush struck
joints, in a 48” long by 34” high by full thickness, including face and backup wythes and
accessories.
a.
Include a sealant-filled joint at least 16 inches long in each mockup.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
04 2200-3
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
Include lower corner of window opening at upper corner of exterior wall mockup.
Make opening approximately 12 inches wide by 16 inches high.
c.
Include through-wall flashing installed for a 24-inch length in corner of exterior wall
mockup approximately 16 inches down from top of mockup, with a 12-inch length
of flashing left exposed to view (omit masonry above half of flashing).
3.
Protect accepted mockups from the elements with weather-resistant membrane.
4.
Approval of mockups is for color, texture, and blending of masonry units; relationship of
mortar and sealant colors to masonry unit colors; tooling of joints; and aesthetic qualities
of workmanship.
5.
1.7
b.
a.
Approval of mockups is also for other material and construction qualities
specifically approved by Architect in writing.
b.
Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract
Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such
deviations in writing.
Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the
completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in an
enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. If units
become wet, do not install until they are dry.
B.
Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not
use cementitious materials that have become damp.
C.
Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and
contamination avoided.
D.
Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture-resistant containers. Store preblended, dry
mortar mix in delivery containers on elevated platforms in a dry location or in covered
weatherproof dispensing silos.
E.
Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt
and oil.
1.8
FIELD CONDITIONS
A.
Protection of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with
waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when
construction is not in progress.
1.
B.
Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides of walls, and hold cover securely
in place.
Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least 12 hours and concentrated loads for at least
three days after building masonry walls or columns.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
04 2200-4
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
C.
D.
Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left
exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such
masonry.
1.
Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and from mortar splatter by spreading
coverings on ground and over wall surface.
2.
Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings.
3.
Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and
integral finishes, from mortar droppings.
4.
Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from
splashing mortar and dirt onto completed masonry.
Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice
or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost
or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in
TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6.
1.
E.
Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40
deg F and higher and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than seven
days after completing cleaning.
Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in
TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and
color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from single
source from single manufacturer for each product required.
B.
Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, from
single manufacturer for each cementitious component and from single source or producer for
each aggregate.
2.2
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
2.3
Provide structural unit masonry that develops indicated net-area compressive strengths at 28
days.
1.
Determine net-area compressive strength of masonry from average net-area
compressive strengths of masonry units and mortar types (unit-strength method)
according to TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6.
2.
Determine net-area compressive strength of masonry by testing masonry prisms
according to ASTM C 1314.
UNIT MASONRY, GENERAL
A.
Masonry Standard: Comply with TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 except as modified by
requirements in the Contract Documents.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
04 2200-5
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
B.
Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to
contain chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated. Do not use units where such
defects are exposed in the completed Work and will be within 20 feet vertically and horizontally
of a walking surface.
C.
Fire-Resistance Ratings: Comply with requirements for fire-resistance-rated assembly designs
indicated.
1.
2.4
Where fire-resistance-rated construction is indicated, units shall be listed and labeled by
a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
A.
Shapes: Provide shapes indicated and as follows, with exposed surfaces matching exposed
faces of adjacent units unless otherwise indicated.
1.
Provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers,
bonding, and other special conditions.
2.
Provide square-edged units for outside corners unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Insulated CMUs: Where indicated, units shall contain rigid, specially shaped, cellular thermal
insulation units complying with ASTM C 578, Type I, designed for installing in cores of masonry
units.
C.
CMUs: ASTM C 90.
2.5
1.
Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net-area compressive
strength of 1900 psi.
2.
Density Classification: Lightweight.
3.
Size (Width): Manufactured to dimensions 3/8 inch less-than-nominal dimensions.
4.
Exposed Faces: Provide color and texture matching the range represented by Architect's
sample.
5.
Faces to Receive Plaster: Where units are indicated to receive a direct application of
plaster, provide textured-face units made with gap-graded aggregates.
MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS
A.
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for coldweather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color
indicated.
1.
Alkali content shall not be more than 0.1 percent when tested according to ASTM C 114.
B.
Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
C.
Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement and hydrated lime containing
no other ingredients.
D.
Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91/C 91M.
E.
Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329/C 1329M.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
04 2200-6
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
F.
Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use
in mortar mixes and complying with ASTM C 979/C 979M. Use only pigments with a record of
satisfactory performance in masonry mortar.
G.
Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144.
1.
For mortar that is exposed to view, use washed aggregate consisting of natural sand or
crushed stone.
2.
For joints less than 1/4 inch thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the
No. 16 sieve.
3.
White-Mortar Aggregates: Natural white sand or crushed white stone.
H.
Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404.
I.
Epoxy Pointing Mortar: ASTM C 395, epoxy-resin-based material formulated for use as pointing
mortar for glazed or pre-faced masonry units (and approved for such use by manufacturer of
units); in color indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from
manufacturer's colors.
J.
Cold-Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture complying with
ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type C, and recommended by manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of
composition indicated.
K.
Water-Repellent Admixture: Refer to Section 7 1900.
L.
Water: Potable.
2.6
REINFORCEMENT
A.
Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M or ASTM A 996/A 996M, Grade 60.
B.
Reinforcing Bar Positioners: Wire units designed to fit into mortar bed joints spanning masonry
unit cells and to hold reinforcing bars in center of cells. Units are formed from 0.148-inch steel
wire, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication. Provide units designed for number of bars indicated.
C.
Masonry-Joint Reinforcement, General: Ladder type complying with ASTM A 951/A 951M.
2.7
1.
Interior Walls: Hot-dip galvanized carbon steel.
2.
Exterior Walls: Hot-dip galvanized carbon steel.
3.
Wire Size for Side Rods: 0.187-inch diameter.
4.
Wire Size for Cross Rods: 0.187-inch diameter.
5.
Spacing of Cross Rods: Not more than 16 inches o.c.
6.
Provide in lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and tee units.
TIES AND ANCHORS
A.
General: Ties and anchors shall extend at least 1-1/2 inches into masonry but with at least a
5/8-inch cover on outside face.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
04 2200-7
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
B.
C.
D.
Materials: Provide ties and anchors specified in this article that are made from materials that
comply with the following unless otherwise indicated:
1.
Mill-Galvanized, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M, with ASTM A 641/A 641M, Class
1 coating.
2.
Hot-Dip Galvanized, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82/A 82M, with ASTM A 153/A 153M,
Class B-2 coating.
3.
Stainless-Steel Wire: ASTM A 580/A 580M, Type 304.
4.
Galvanized-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel, G60 zinc coating.
5.
Steel Sheet, Galvanized after Fabrication: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel,
with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B coating.
6.
Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 304.
7.
Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Structural Steel Framing: Provide anchors that allow
vertical or horizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to
plane of wall.
1.
Anchor Section for Welding to Steel Frame: Crimped 1/4-inch- diameter, hot-dip
galvanized steel wire.
2.
Tie Section: Triangular-shaped wire tie made from 0.25-inch- diameter, hot-dip
galvanized steel wire.
Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Concrete: Provide anchors that allow vertical or horizontal
adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall.
1.
Connector Section: Dovetail tabs for inserting into dovetail slots in concrete and attached
to tie section; formed from 0.105-inch- thick steel sheet, galvanized after fabrication.
a.
0.108-inch- thick, galvanized-steel sheet may be used at interior walls unless
otherwise indicated.
2.
Tie Section: Triangular-shaped wire tie made from 0.25-inch- diameter, hot-dip
galvanized steel wire.
3.
Corrugated-Metal Ties: Metal strips not less than 7/8 inch wide with corrugations having a
wavelength of 0.3 to 0.5 inch and an amplitude of 0.06 to 0.10 inch made from 0.105inch- thick steel sheet, galvanized after fabrication with dovetail tabs for inserting into
dovetail slots in concrete.
a.
0.108-inch- thick, galvanized sheet may be used at interior walls unless otherwise
indicated.
E.
Partition Top Anchors: 0.105-inch- thick metal plate with a 3/8-inch- diameter metal rod 6 inches
long welded to plate and with closed-end plastic tube fitted over rod that allows rod to move in
and out of tube. Fabricate from steel, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.
F.
Rigid Anchors: Fabricate from steel bars 1-1/2 inches wide by 1/4 inch thick by 24 inches long,
with ends turned up 2 inches or with cross pins unless otherwise indicated.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
04 2200-8
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
1.
2.8
Corrosion Protection: Hot-dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M.
EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS
A.
B.
Metal Flashing: Provide metal flashing complying with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal
Manual" and as follows:
1.
Stainless Steel: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 304, 0.016 inch thick.
2.
Copper: ASTM B 370, Temper H00, cold-rolled copper sheet, 16-oz./sq. ft. weight or
0.0216 inch thick or ASTM B 370, Temper H01, high-yield copper sheet, 12-oz./sq. ft.
weight or 0.0162 inch thick.
3.
Fabricate continuous flashings in sections 96 inches long minimum, but not exceeding 12
feet. Provide splice plates at joints of formed, smooth metal flashing.
4.
Fabricate through-wall metal flashing embedded in masonry from stainless steel, with ribs
at 3-inch intervals along length of flashing to provide an integral mortar bond.
5.
Fabricate through-wall flashing with snaplock receiver on exterior face where indicated to
receive counterflashing.
6.
Fabricate through-wall flashing with drip edge unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate by
extending flashing 1/2 inch out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and
hemmed.
7.
Fabricate through-wall flashing with sealant stop unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate by
bending metal back on itself 3/4 inch at exterior face of wall and down into joint 1/4 inch
to form a stop for retaining sealant backer rod.
8.
Fabricate metal drip edges and sealant stops for ribbed metal flashing from plain metal
flashing of same metal as ribbed flashing and extending at least 3 inches into wall with
hemmed inner edge to receive ribbed flashing and form a hooked seam. Form hem on
upper surface of metal so that completed seam sheds water.
9.
Fabricate metal drip edges from stainless steel. Extend at least 3 inches into wall and 1/2
inch out from wall, with outer edge bent down 30 degrees and hemmed.
10.
Fabricate metal sealant stops from stainless steel. Extend at least 3 inches into wall and
out to exterior face of wall. At exterior face of wall, bend metal back on itself for 3/4 inch
and down into joint 1/4 inch to form a stop for retaining sealant backer rod.
11.
Fabricate metal expansion-joint strips from stainless steel to shapes indicated.
12.
Solder metal items at corners.
Flexible Flashing: Use the following unless otherwise indicated:
1.
Rubberized-Asphalt Flashing: Composite flashing product consisting of a pliable,
adhesive rubberized-asphalt compound, bonded to a high-density, cross-laminated
polyethylene film to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.040 inch.
a.
Accessories: Provide preformed corners, end dams, other special shapes, and
seaming materials produced by flashing manufacturer.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
04 2200-9
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
2.
Butyl Rubber Flashing: Composite, self-adhesive, flashing product consisting of a pliable,
butyl rubber compound, bonded to a high-density polyethylene film, aluminum foil, or
spunbonded polyolefin to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.040 inch.
a.
3.
Accessories: Provide preformed corners, end dams, other special shapes, and
seaming materials produced by flashing manufacturer.
Elastomeric Thermoplastic Flashing: Composite flashing product consisting of a
polyester-reinforced ethylene interpolymer alloy.
a.
Monolithic Sheet: Elastomeric thermoplastic flashing, 0.040 inch thick.
b.
Self-Adhesive Sheet: Elastomeric thermoplastic flashing, 0.025 inch thick, with a
0.015-inch- thick coating of adhesive.
c.
Self-Adhesive Sheet with Drip Edge: Elastomeric thermoplastic flashing, 0.025
inch thick, with a 0.015-inch- thick coating of rubberized-asphalt adhesive. Where
flashing extends to face of masonry, rubberized-asphalt coating is held back
approximately 1-1/2 inches from edge.
1)
d.
4.
C.
Color: Gray.
Accessories: Provide preformed corners, end dams, other special shapes, and
seaming materials produced by flashing manufacturer.
EPDM Flashing: Sheet flashing product made from ethylene-propylene-diene terpolymer,
complying with ASTM D 4637/D 4637M, 0.040 inch thick.
Application: Unless otherwise indicated, use the following:
1.
Where flashing is indicated to receive counterflashing, use metal flashing.
2.
Where flashing is indicated to be turned down at or beyond the wall face, use metal
flashing.
3.
Where flashing is partly exposed and is indicated to terminate at the wall face, use metal
flashing with a drip edge or flexible flashing with a metal drip edge or flexible flashing with
a metal sealant stop.
4.
Where flashing is fully concealed, use metal flashing or flexible flashing.
D.
Single-Wythe CMU Flashing System: System of CMU cell flashing pans and interlocking CMU
web covers made from UV-resistant, high-density polyethylene. Cell flashing pans have integral
weep spouts designed to be built into mortar bed joints and that extend into the cell to prevent
clogging with mortar.
E.
Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashings: As specified in Section 07 6000 "Flashing and
Sheet Metal."
1.
Solder for Stainless Steel: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn60, with acid flux of type recommended
by stainless-steel sheet manufacturer.
2.
Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, chemically curing silicone sealant; of type, grade,
class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and remain
watertight.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
04 2200-10
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
F.
2.9
Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products
or products recommended by flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other
and to substrates.
MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES
A.
Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1;
compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from urethane or
PVC.
B.
Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Made from styrene-butadiene-rubber compound, complying
with ASTM D 2000, Designation M2AA-805 or PVC, complying with ASTM D 2287, Type PVC65406 and designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall;
size and configuration as indicated.
C.
Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated felt complying with ASTM D 226/D 226M, Type I (No.
15 asphalt felt).
2.10
MASONRY-CELL FILL
A.Loose-Fill Insulation: Perlite complying with ASTM C 549, Type II (surface treated for water
repellency and limited moisture absorption) or Type IV (surface treated for water repellency and
to limit dust generation).
B.A. Lightweight-Aggregate Fill: ASTM C 331/C 331M.
2.11
A.
MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES
General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators,
retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures unless otherwise
indicated.
1.
Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.
2.
Use portland cement-lime or mortar cement mortar unless otherwise indicated.
3.
For exterior masonry, use portland cement-lime or mortar cement mortar.
4.
For reinforced masonry, use portland cement-lime or mortar cement mortar.
5.
Add cold-weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar that will be exposed to
view, regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent.
B.
Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblended mix.
Measure quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients
before delivering to Project site.
C.
Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, ProportionSpecification. Provide the
following types of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated or needed to
provide required compressive strength of masonry.
1.
For masonry below grade or in contact with earth, use Type S.
2.
For reinforced masonry, use Type S.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
04 2200-11
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
3.
D.
E.
For exterior, above-grade, load-bearing and nonload-bearing walls and parapet walls; for
interior load-bearing walls; for interior nonload-bearing partitions; and for other
applications where another type is not indicated, use Type N.
Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476.
1.
Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will
comply with TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height.
2.
Proportion grout in accordance with paragraph 4.2.2 for specified 28-day compressive
strength indicated, but not less than 2000 psi.
3.
Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 11 inches as measured according to ASTM C 143/C
143M.
Epoxy Pointing Mortar: Mix epoxy pointing mortar to comply with mortar manufacturer's written
instructions.
1.
Application: Use epoxy pointing mortar for exposed mortar joints with pre-faced CMUs.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
1.
For the record, prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental
to performance of the Work.
2.
Verify that foundations are within tolerances specified.
3.
Verify that reinforcing dowels are properly placed.
4.
Verify that substrates are free of substances that would impair mortar bond.
B.
Before installation, examine rough-in and built-in construction for piping systems to verify actual
locations of piping.
C.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2
INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A.
Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections.
B.
Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completing masonry. After installing
equipment, complete masonry to match construction immediately adjacent to opening.
C.
Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous
pattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor-driven saws; provide clean, sharp,
unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut
units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
04 2200-12
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
3.3
TOLERANCES
A.
B.
C.
3.4
Dimensions and Locations of Elements:
1.
For dimensions in cross section or elevation, do not vary by more than plus 1/2 inch or
minus 1/4 inch.
2.
For location of elements in plan, do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or
minus 1/2 inch.
3.
For location of elements in elevation, do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or
minus 1/4 inch in a story height or 1/2 inch total.
Lines and Levels:
1.
For bed joints and top surfaces of bearing walls, do not vary from level by more than 1/4
inch in 10 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum.
2.
For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary
from level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum.
3.
For vertical lines and surfaces do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet,
3/8 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum.
4.
For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and
expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4
inch in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum.
5.
For lines and surfaces, do not vary from straight by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch
in 20 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum.
6.
For vertical alignment of exposed head joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4
inch in 10 feet, or 1/2-inch maximum.
7.
For faces of adjacent exposed masonry units, do not vary from flush alignment by more
than 1/16 inch.
Joints:
1.
For bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch,
with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch.
2.
For exposed bed joints, do not vary from bed-joint thickness of adjacent courses by more
than 1/8 inch.
3.
For head and collar joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus 3/8
inch or minus 1/4 inch.
4.
For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus
1/8 inch.
LAYING MASONRY WALLS
A.
Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint
thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
04 2200-13
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at
other locations.
B.
Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in
running bond; do not use units with less-than-nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at
corners or jambs.
C.
Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less
than 4 inchesBond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. Do not use units with
less-than-nominal 4-inchorizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs.
D.
Stopping and Resuming Work: Stop work by stepping back units in each course from those in
course below; do not tooth. When resuming work, clean masonry surfaces that are to receive
mortar, remove loose masonry units and mortar, and wet brick if required before laying fresh
masonry.
E.
Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections. Fill
in solidly with masonry around built-in items.
F.
Anchorage for brick veneer: Install ladder reinforcing ties for brick veneer between CMU
courses in a full bed of mortar. Ties protruding surface of the CMU shall be perpendicular to the
face of the CMU. Exposed ties shall be unbent or damaged.
G.
Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar unless otherwise indicated.
H.
Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of
metal lath, wire mesh, or plastic mesh in the joint below, and rod mortar or grout into core.
I.
Fill cores in hollow CMUs with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and
similar items unless otherwise indicated.
J.
Build nonload-bearing interior partitions full height of story to underside of solid floor or roof
structure above unless otherwise indicated.
3.5
1.
Install compressible filler in joint between top of partition and underside of structure
above.
2.
Fasten partition top anchors to structure above and build into top of partition. Grout cells
of CMUs solidly around plastic tubes of anchors and push tubes down into grout to
provide 1/2-inch clearance between end of anchor rod and end of tube. Space anchors
48 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated.
3.
Wedge nonload-bearing partitions against structure above with small pieces of tile, slate,
or metal. Fill joint with mortar after dead-load deflection of structure above approaches
final position.
4.
At fire-rated partitions, treat joint between top of partition and underside of structure
above to comply with Section 078443 "Joint Firestopping."
MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING
A.
Lay hollow CMUs as follows:
1.
Bed face shells in mortar and make head joints of depth equal to bed joints.
2.
Bed webs in mortar in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
04 2200-14
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
3.
Bed webs in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course on footings.
4.
Fully bed entire units, including areas under cells, at starting course on footings where
cells are not grouted.
B.
Lay solid CMUs with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to
fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head joints.
C.
Rake out mortar joints at pre-faced CMUs to a uniform depth of 1/4 inch and point with epoxy
mortar to comply with epoxy-mortar manufacturer's written instructions.
D.
Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint
thickness unless otherwise indicated.
E.
Face of CMU shall be free of mortar or gaps greater than 1/8 in.
F.
Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct-applied finishes (other than
paint) unless otherwise indicated.
G.
Cut joints flush where indicated to receive waterproofing unless otherwise indicated.
3.6MASONRY-CELL FILL
A.Pour loose-fill insulation or lightweight-aggregate fill into cavities to fill void spaces. Maintain
inspection ports to show presence of fill at extremities of each pour area. Close the ports after
filling has been confirmed. Limit the fall of fill to one story high, but not more than 20 feet.
B.Install molded-polystyrene insulation units into masonry unit cells before laying units.
3.73.6
A.
MASONRY-JOINT REINFORCEMENT
General: Install entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch
on exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches.
1.
Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches o.c.
2.
Space reinforcement not more than 8 inches o.c. in foundation walls and parapet walls.
3.
Provide reinforcement not more than 8 inches above and below wall openings and
extending 12 inches beyond openings in addition to continuous reinforcement.
B.
Interrupt joint reinforcement at control and expansion joints unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Provide continuity at wall intersections by using prefabricated T-shaped units.
D.
Provide continuity at corners by using prefabricated L-shaped units.
E.
Cut and bend reinforcing units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at corners, returns,
offsets, column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions.
3.83.7
A.
ANCHORING MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL STEEL AND CONCRETE
Anchor masonry to structural steel and concrete, where masonry abuts or faces structural steel
or concrete, to comply with the following:
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
04 2200-15
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
3.93.8
1.
Provide an open space not less than 1 inch wide between masonry and structural steel or
concrete unless otherwise indicated. Keep open space free of mortar and other rigid
materials.
2.
Anchor masonry with anchors embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure.
3.
Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 24 inches o.c. vertically and 36 inches
o.c. horizontally.
CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS
A.
General: Install control- and expansion-joint materials in unit masonry as masonry progresses.
Do not allow materials to span control and expansion joints without provision to allow for inplane wall or partition movement.
B.
Form control joints in concrete masonry using one of the following methods:
1.
Fit bond-breaker strips into hollow contour in ends of CMUs on one side of control joint.
Fill resultant core with grout, and rake out joints in exposed faces for application of
sealant.
2.
Install preformed control-joint gaskets designed to fit standard sash block.
3.
Install interlocking units designed for control joints. Install bond-breaker strips at joint.
Keep head joints free and clear of mortar, or rake out joint for application of sealant.
4.
Install temporary foam-plastic filler in head joints, and remove filler when unit masonry is
complete for application of sealant.
3.103.9 LINTELS
A.
Provide masonry lintels where shown and where openings of more than 12 inches for brick-size
units and 24 inches for block-size units are shown without structural steel or other supporting
lintels.
B.
Provide minimum bearing of 8 inches at each jamb unless otherwise indicated.
3.113.10 FLASHING
A.
General: Install embedded flashing at ledges and other obstructions to downward flow of water
in wall where indicated.
B.
Install flashing as follows unless otherwise indicated:
1.
Prepare masonry surfaces so they are smooth and free from projections that could
puncture flashing. Where flashing is within mortar joint, place through-wall flashing on
sloping bed of mortar and cover with mortar. Before covering with mortar, seal
penetrations in flashing with adhesive, sealant, or tape as recommended by flashing
manufacturer.
2.
At lintels, extend flashing a minimum of 6 inches into masonry at each end. At heads and
sills, extend flashing 6 inches at ends and turn up not less than 2 inches to form end
dams.
3.
Interlock end joints of ribbed sheet metal flashing by overlapping ribs not less than 1-1/2
inches or as recommended by flashing manufacturer, and seal lap with elastomeric
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
04 2200-16
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
sealant complying with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" for application
indicated.
4.
Install metal drip edges and sealant stops with ribbed sheet metal flashing by interlocking
hemmed edges to form hooked seam. Seal seam with elastomeric sealant complying
with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" for application indicated.
5.
Install metal drip edges beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible
flashing 1/2 inch back from outside face of wall, and adhere flexible flashing to top of
metal drip edge.
6.
Install metal flashing termination beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop
flexible flashing 1/2 inch back from outside face of wall, and adhere flexible flashing to top
of metal flashing termination.
7.
Cut flexible flashing off flush with face of wall after masonry wall construction is
completed.
C.
Install single-wythe CMU flashing system in bed joints of CMU walls where indicated to comply
with manufacturer's written instructions. Install CMU cell pans with upturned edges located
below face shells and webs of CMUs above and with weep spouts aligned with face of wall.
Install CMU web covers so that they cover upturned edges of CMU cell pans at CMU webs and
extend from face shell to face shell.
D.
Install reglets and nailers for flashing and other related construction where they are shown to be
built into masonry.
3.123.11 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION
A.
Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores as needed to support
reinforced masonry elements during construction.
1.
Construct formwork to provide shape, line, and dimensions of completed masonry as
indicated. Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie,
and support forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of
reinforced masonry.
2.
Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened
sufficiently to carry their own weight and other loads that may be placed on them during
construction.
B.
Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6.
C.
Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained enough
strength to resist grout pressure.
1.
Comply with requirements in TMS 602/ACI 530.1/ASCE 6 for cleanouts and for grout
placement, including minimum grout space and maximum pour height.
2.
Limit height of vertical grout pours to not more than 60 inches.
3.133.12 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage special inspectors to perform tests and inspections
and prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas as needed to
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
04 2200-17
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
perform tests and inspections. Retesting of materials that fail to comply with specified
requirements shall be done at Contractor's expense.
B.
Inspections: Special inspections according to Level B in TMS 402/ACI 530/ASCE 5.
1.
Begin masonry construction only after inspectors have verified proportions of siteprepared mortar.
2.
Place grout only after inspectors have verified compliance of grout spaces and of grades,
sizes, and locations of reinforcement.
3.
Place grout only after inspectors have verified proportions of site-prepared grout.
C.
Testing Prior to Construction: One set of tests.
D.
Testing Frequency: One set of tests for each 5000 sq. ft. of wall area or portion thereof.
E.
Concrete Masonry Unit Test: For each type of unit provided, according to ASTM C 140 for
compressive strength.
F.
Mortar Aggregate Ratio Test (Proportion Specification): For each mix provided, according to
ASTM C 780.
G.
Mortar Test (Property Specification): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 780. Test
mortar for compressive strength.
H.
Grout Test (Compressive Strength): For each mix provided, according to ASTM C 1019.
I.
Prism Test: For each type of construction provided, according to ASTM C 1314 at 28 days.
3.143.13 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING
A.
Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise
damaged or that do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install
in fresh mortar, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement.
B.
Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and
completely fill with mortar. Point up joints, including corners, openings, and adjacent
construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for sealant application,
where indicated.
C.
In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove
mortar fins and smears before tooling joints.
D.
Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows:
1.
Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape
hoes or chisels.
2.
Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for
comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding
with cleaning of masonry.
3.
Protect adjacent surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid
strippable masking agent or polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
04 2200-18
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
4.
Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by
rinsing surfaces thoroughly with clear water.
5.
Clean concrete masonry by applicable cleaning methods indicated in NCMA TEK 8-4A.
3.153.14 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL
A.
Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractor's
property. At completion of unit masonry work, remove from Project site.
B.
Waste Disposal as Fill Material: Dispose of clean masonry waste, including excess or soilcontaminated sand, waste mortar, and broken masonry units, by crushing and mixing with fill
material as fill is placed.
1.
Crush masonry waste to less than 4 inches in each dimension.
2.
Mix masonry waste with at least two parts of specified fill material for each part of
masonry waste. Fill material is specified in Section 31 2000 "Earth Moving."
3.
Do not dispose of masonry waste as fill within 18 inches of finished grade.
C.
Masonry Waste Recycling: Return broken CMUs not used as fill to manufacturer for recycling.
D.
Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as
described above or recycled, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's
property.
END OF SECTION
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
04 2200-19
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
SECTION 06 4116
PLASTIC LAMINATE CASEWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
B.
1.2
Section includes:
1.
Plastic laminate clad casework, including, but not limited to base and wall mounted
cabinets.
2.
Plastic laminate countertops.
3.
Rough and finish hardware for this work.
4.
Nailers and blockings for this work.
Related work:
1.
Division 6 for nailers and blockings other than for the work of this Section.
2.
Division 8 for finish hardware.
REFERENCES
A.
American Hardboard Association (AHA): AHA A135.4 Basic Hardboard (copyrighted by AHA,
ANSI approved).
B.
American National Standards Institute (ANSI): ANSI A208.1 Mat-Formed Wood Particleboard.
C.
American Wood Preservers Association (AWPA): AWPA C20 Structural Lumber, FireRetardant Pressure Treatment.
D.
Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association, Inc. (BHMA):
E.
ANSI/BHMA Cabinet Hardware (copyrighted by BHMA, ANSI A156.9 approved).
F.
ANSI/BHMA Materials and Finishes (copyrighted by BHMA, ANSI A156.18 approved).
G.
Federal Specifications (FS):
1.
FS FF-N-105 Nails, Brads, Staples and Spikes: Wire, Cut and Wrought.
2.
FS FF-S-111 Screw, Wood.
H.
National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): NEMA LD 3 High Pressure Decorative
Laminate.
I.
National Particleboard Association (NPA): NPA 8 Voluntary Standard for Formaldehyde
Emission from Particleboard.
J.
American Laminators Association (ALA).
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PLASTIC LAMINATE CASEWORK
06 4116-1
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
K.
ALSC, American Lumber Standards Committee: Softwood Lumber Standards.
L.
AWPA, American Wood Preservers' Association.
M.
NFPA, National Forest Products Association.
N.
WCLIB, West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau, Standard Grading Rules for West Coast
Lumber.
O.
WWPA, Western Wood Products Association.
P.
Architectural Woodworking Standards (AWS), published jointly by Woodworking Institute (WI),
the Architectural Woodwork Manufacturer’s Association of Canada and the Architectural
Woodwork Institute (AWI).
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A.
Procedure: In accordance with the requirements of AWS.
B.
Data: Manufacturer’s data of all specialty items required by this Section that are not
manufactured by the millwork manufacturer.
C.
Shop drawings:
D.
1.
Comply with these Specifications and the AWS for shop drawing policy and procedure.
2.
Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large scale details,
attachment devices, finishes, and finish hardware type and location.
Samples:
1.
8-1/2- by 11-inch samples of each type, color and texture of plastic laminate.
2.
12 in. long sample of wood trim of the specified wood species, with correct finish.
Prepare sample for final approval from the same material to be used for the Work.
3.
Samples of each type and manufacturer of cabinet hardware.
E.
Hardware list: Identify each item by manufacturers name, catalog number, size, finish, and
intended use.
F.
Qualifications: Information that substantiates that the manufacturer has the qualifications,
experience and reputation for doing quality work in a timely manner for installations similar to
that specified in this Section.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Manufacturer’s qualifications: Firm (woodwork manufacturer) with not less than 5 years of
production experience similar to this Project, whose qualifications indicate the ability to comply
with the requirements of this Section.
B.
Installer’s qualifications: Firm specializing in custom millwork with 3 years experience in
installation of custom millwork similar to that required for the Project.
C.
Single source responsibility: Single manufacturer for all work of this Section.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PLASTIC LAMINATE CASEWORK
06 4116-2
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
D.
Wood product quality standards:
1.
Softwood lumber standards: NIFT PS 20 and applicable grading rules of the respective
grading and inspecting agency for the species and product specified.
2.
Hardwood lumber standard: NIFT PS 51.
E.
Referenced standards: Fabricate and install the work of this Section from materials of the
species and grades specified in compliance with the American Laminators Association (ALA),
ANSI A161.2, and Performance Standards for Fabricated High Pressure Decorative Laminate
Countertops, and the following.
F.
Mockup:
1.5
1.
Before starting production work, assemble a full size base and wall cabinet with
countertop for the Architect's review and approval.
2.
Locate at the Project site.
3.
Finish the mockup as intended for the finish work.
4.
Approved mockup will be used as a standard for the Work.
HANDLING
A.
Procedure: In accordance with AWS Section 2 "Care and Storage".
B.
Delivery: Deliver materials to project site in protective wrappings clearly labeled with
identification of manufacturer, item name, and specific installation location.
C.
Storage: Store work in original undamaged protective wrapping, set flat, blocked off ground to
prevent sagging and warping.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
LUMBER
A.
Seasoning: Wood shall be properly kiln-dried according to accepted methods for the thickness
and species required in compliance with AWS.
B.
Species and grade:
2.2
C.1.
Concealed nailers and blockings: Any grade and specie complying with AWS provisions
for the woodwork grade specified.
2.
For a transparent finish: Plain sawn Baltic Birch conforming with AWS Section 3.
PANEL PRODUCTS
A.
Core: One of the following.
1.
Particleboard core stock: Medium density, complying with ANSI A 208.1, Table I, Grade
2-M-2 where sinks occur; Grade 1-M-3 elsewhere.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PLASTIC LAMINATE CASEWORK
06 4116-3
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
2.
B.
2.3
Medium density fiberboard: ANSI A208.2.
Plywood for drawers: Baltic Birch, minimum 1/2 in. thick, 9 ply, BB/BB grade.
PLASTIC LAMINATE
A.
B.
2.4
General: HPDL, AWS Premium Grade complying with NEMA LD-3. Unless otherwise noted,
the face color of laminate edge exposed in the Work shall run through the full thickness of the
laminate.
1.
Horizontal surfaces: HGS 1.2 mm. When post-forming in radius less than 6 inches, use
HGP one mm.
2.
Vertical surfaces: HGL one mm.
3.
Cabinet liner: CLS 0.5 mm.
4.
Backer: BKM one mm.
Melamine: ALA low-pressure laminate carrying the "Permalam" mark and meeting ALA
performance requirements. Color as selected by the Architect.
ADHESIVES
A.
2.5
Type II as recommended by AWS.
ROUGH HARDWARE
A.
Wood screws, nails and anchors: As selected by the Contractor.
B.
Toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled-in-place anchors. Furnish inserts and
anchors, as required, to be set into concrete work for anchorage.
2.6
FINISH HARDWARE
A.
General:
1.
As required for a complete installation, as indicated and specified, and as listed in WI's
current Approved Hardware Listings, except as herein modified.
2.
Hardware finish shall match door hardware specified in Section 08 7100, unless
otherwise noted.
B.
Locks: 6-pin tumbler lock with single bitted keys. Unless otherwise instructed by the Owner,
key all keyways in the same room or space alike.
C.
Hinges:
1.
Grade 2, concealed (European style) with 3-way independent adjustment.
2.
Self-closing, 170-degree opening, except 90-degree where door opens against a wall, or
otherwise limited to 90-degree.
3.
Provide at least 3 hinges where doors exceed 24-inch wide and 36-inch high.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PLASTIC LAMINATE CASEWORK
06 4116-4
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
D.
Drawer slides:
1.
Self-closing, metal runners with ball-bearing rollers, full extension type, rail-mounted by
Accuride, Hafele America Co. or equal with the following weigh capacity:
a.
Pencil drawers: 50 lbs.
b.
General purpose drawers: 75 lb.
c.
File drawers: 150 lbs.
E.
Pulls: Wire type, 5 inches center-to-center.
F.
Door bumpers: Drilled-in, clear, soft plastic.
G.
Grommets in casework: Plastic, of the color selected by the Architect, with flip-top of
appropriate size for wire management, by Doug Mockett & Co., Hardware Concepts, Inc., Wood
Technology, Inc., Blanton & Moore, or Metcor Manufacturing Co.
1.
2.7
Grommet for wire management: EDP/V2 by Mockett. Choice of solid cap, powered cap,
USB cap and Lily pad for charging cell phones.
FINISH MATERIALS
A.
2.72.8
A.
Fillers, sealers, stains and finishes: RJ McGlennon Co., Inc. Sherwin Williams, Sikkens,
Minwax, WD Lockwood (stains and dyes), or equal, used with compliant stains and bases.
FABRICATION
General:
1.
Fabricate woodwork to the dimensions, profiles and details shown in compliance with
Section 6 of the AWS, except as specified.
2.
The Drawings indicate form and profile concept only. Fabrication and construction details
shall comply with the AWS, unless specified otherwise.
3.
Exposed surfaces shall be faced with plastic laminate. Semi-exposed surfaces may be
faced with plastic laminate or matching Melamine, except that top surface of shelving,
and bottom surface of base and wall cabinets, and toe base are considered to be an
"exposed surface" for the purpose of this Section, unless the toe base is indicated to
receive a resilient base.
4.
Shop assemble work in as large units as practicable to minimize field cutting and jointing.
Where necessary to fit at site, provide ample allowance for cutting and fitting.
5.
Provide sufficient scribe where casework and tops intersect walls and partitions.
6.
Conceal means of fastening various parts and members together.
7.
Make-up units to 8-foot long by 4-foot wide in one piece. For longer pieces spline
backing and laminate plastic with flush, hairline joints. Indicate joints on shop drawings.
Ease intersections of planes of self edged plastic laminate work.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PLASTIC LAMINATE CASEWORK
06 4116-5
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
B.
8.
Cut openings in plastic tops for fixtures installed by other trades after verifying size of
opening with actual size of equipment to be used, before cutting openings. Comply with
ANSI A161.2. Seal edges of openings after fabrication.
9.
Assemblies shall be free from open joints, hammer and machine marks, structural
defects and surface blemishes.
Casework: Fabricate casework using flush overlay AWS, Section 10, Style A (frameless), Type
II construction (single length Section) in compliance with AWS Custom Grade.
1.
Tops: Minimum 1-inch thick, 5-ply construction, maximum deflection, 1/8 inch over 72
inches.
2.
End panels and back panel: Recessed or flush, provided for all cabinets.
3.
Box drawers: 1/2-inch solid hardwood sides Baltic Birchwood plywood, dovetailed and
glued. 1/4 inch, 5-ply hardwood bottom, fitted into dado, glued and blocked into place.
Equip with drawer glides with stops to prevent accidental removal.
4.
File drawers: 1/2-inch solid hardwood sides Baltic Birchwood plywood, dovetailed and
glued. 1/2 inch, 5-ply hardwood bottom, fitted into dado, glued and blocked into place.
Equip with drawer slides with stops to prevent accidental removal.
C.
Shelving: Comply with Section 10, Appendix B of AWS, loading 40 psf, 3/4-inch minimum
thickness, maximum deflection L/144, except that all shelving shall be of the same thickness in
the same assembly, room or space where not concealed by doors.
D.
Opening in casework for equipment provided under this Contract, and equipment furnished by
the Owner for installation under this or separate contract:
E.
2.82.9
1.
Verify size of equipment by measuring the actual equipment from shop drawings or
templates to be provided by those furnishing the equipment.
2.
Make accurate cutouts and openings, plumb, level and square. When the equipment
does not cover cut edges, finish edges same as faces.
Finish hardware:
1.
Fit hardware accurately and install in compliance with the hardware manufacturer's
printed instructions.
2.
Accurately fit doors and drawers with uniform clearance at all edges.
3.
Doors and drawers shall operate freely, but not loosely, without sticking or binding, with
all hardware adjusted and functioning properly.
FINISHING
A.
This Article applies to surfaces not covered with plastic laminate.
B.
In preparation for finish, clean woodwork and fill nail holes. Use matching wood filler.
C.
Finish surfaces at the mill, smoothly dressed, belt-sanded and hand-sanded. In sanding, use
same sequence and grade of abrasive used in the Architect's control sample to achieve the
same finish. Clean woodwork thoroughly with a tack cloth.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PLASTIC LAMINATE CASEWORK
06 4116-6
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
D.
Finish surfaces shall be free from open joints, hammer and machine marks, structural defects
and surface blemishes.
E.
For millwork scheduled to receive a transparent finish: Comply with AWS section 5 and the
following.
1.
System: AWS Custom Grade, system No. 2, water reducible acrylic lacquer.
2.
Filler: Fill open grade wood.
3.
Staining: Match Architect’s control samples.
4.
Sheen: 10 to 15 gloss range, ASTM D 523.
D.F. Finish surfaces to be concealed after the millwork is in place with a coat of clear or opaque
sealer. Finish inside of drawers, where not covered by plastic laminate, with a clear, glossy
sealer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine conditions and measurements affecting the work of this Section at site.
B.
Correct conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of this work before
proceeding with installation.
3.2
PREPARATION
A.
3.3
Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas prior to
installing.
INSTALLATION
A.
B.
General:
1.
Install woodwork in compliance with AWS, plumb, level, with tight, flush joints.
2.
Shim as required using concealed shims.
3.
Comply with Code requirements for seismic attachment and bracing.
Casework:
1.
Install in a manner consistent with the specified quality grade, plumb, level, true and
straight with no distortions.
2.
Secure to ground, stripping and blocking with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind
nailing as required for a satisfactory installation. Scribe and cut for accurate fit to
adjacent finished surfaces.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PLASTIC LAMINATE CASEWORK
06 4116-7
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
3.4
REPAIRING/CLEANING/PROTECTING
A.
Replace woodwork damaged beyond satisfactory field repair, as determined by the Architect,
with satisfactory millwork at no additional cost to the Owner.
B.
Clean exposed interior and exterior surfaces. Touchup finish, where repairs are acceptable to
the Architect, as required, otherwise remove and refinish damaged or soiled areas of finish.
C.
Protect woodwork against damage during remainder of construction period, complying with
manufacturer's directions.
D.
Before inspection for Substantial Completion, remove protective covering and clean surfaces
using procedures and materials recommended by manufacturer.
3.5
PLASTIC LAMINATE SCHEDULE
A.
To be selected by Architect.
END OF SECTION
Z:\SPECS\public\(1) CSI WORKFILES\UTAH FINE ARTS\(1) Scene Shop\(7) 08 26 15 - 90% CD\ADDENDUM 2 - 09 14 15\06 4116 mc PLASTIC LAM CASEWORK ADD2.doc
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PLASTIC LAMINATE CASEWORK
06 4116-8
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
SECTION 08 3323
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
B.
Section includes:
1.
Power-operated coiling doors complete with hardware, operators and accessories.
2.
Supplementary parts and components, such as inserts, clips, fasteners, anchors, and
other miscellaneous supports and accessories required for a complete installation.
Work installed but furnished in other Sections:
1.
C.
1.2
Division 8 for lock cylinders.
Related work:
1.
Division 9 for finish painting doors.
2.
Division 26 for power and disconnect switch for door motors, and conduits between
motors and controls.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Wind load: Design, engineer and fabricate doors to safely support a wind load of 20 psf without
failure, and with a maximum deflection on curtain and guides of L/240 of span.
B.
Operation-cycle requirements: Design overhead coiling door components and operator for a
useful life of 10,000 cycles, at a minimum of 10 operations per day and a speed of not less than
2/3 fpm.
C.
Motor size: Adequate to open or close the door from any position in its travel at a speed of 2/3
fpm.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A.
Data: Manufacturer's specifications, roughing-in diagrams, and installation instructions for door.
B.
Shop drawings:
1.
For special components and installation conditions not fully dimensioned or detailed on
manufacturer's data sheets.
2.
Show attachment details to adjacent construction.
C.
Wiring diagrams: Detail wiring for power, signal, and control systems. Differentiate between
manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring and between components provided by door
manufacturer and those provided by others.
D.
Samples: 12-inch long samples of slat.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
08 3323-1
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
E.
Installer’s certificates: Signed by manufacturer certifying that installer complies with specified
requirements.
F.
Closeout submittals: Operating and maintenance instructions for the door.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer’s qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative trained and approved for both
installation and maintenance of units required for this Project.
B.
Source limitations:
1.
Obtain overhead coiling doors through one source from a single manufacturer.
2.
Obtain operators and controls from overhead coiling door manufacturer.
C.Fire-test-response characteristics: Provide assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are identical to
door and frame assemblies tested for fire-test-response characteristics per UL 10b and NFPA
252, and that are listed and labeled for fire ratings indicated by UL, FMG, ITS, or another testing
and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
D.C. Electrical components, devices, and accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURE
A.
Cookson Co. (basis of design).
B.
Cornell Iron Works.
C.
Overhead Door Corp.
D.
Pacific Rolling Door Co.
E.
The Lawrence Co.
F.
McKeon Doors.
2.2
MATERIALS
A.
B.
Basic materials:
1.
Sheet steel: ASTM A 653, Grade 33, galvanized.
2.
Structural shapes and plates: ASTM A 36.
Component materials:
1.
Endlocks and windlocks: Heavy malleable iron castings.
2.
Guides and guide supports: Hot-rolled steel sections.
3.
Hood: 24-gage sheet steel.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
08 3323-2
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
2.3
4.
Barrel: Steel pipe.
5.
Brackets: Cold-formed galvanized steel plates or hot-rolled sections.
6.
Curtain slats:
a.
Interior: Minimum 20-gage steel, style equivalent to slat No. 4 by the Cookson Co.
b.
Exterior: Insulated slats with polyurethane, minimum 20 gage steel on exterior face
and 18 gage on the interior face; style equivalent to slat No. 44 by the Cookson Co.
The door shall have a minimum R value of 6.
FABRICATION
A.
B.
Curtain:
1.
Provide with endlocks securely attached to both ends of alternate slats with a minimum of
2 galvanized rivets.
2.
Use windlocks where required to meet design criteria.
3.
Reinforce bottom slat with 2 steel angles.
Guides:
1.
3 continuous steel angles, bolted together to form a groove for the curtain, and extended
above door opening to support coil brackets.
2.
Top of each guide shall be flared to facilitate entry of curtain, and provided with removable
stops.
C.
Brackets: Manufacturer's standard design, with bellmouth guide groove for curtain.
D.
Gears:
E.
1.
Cast iron with teeth cast from machine cut patterns.
2.
The pinion gears shall not be less than 3-inch pitch diameter.
3.
Gear ratio shall be designed for a maximum manual effort of 30 lb.
Barrel:
1.
Not less than 4-inch diameter steel tubing designed to limit maximum deflection to 0.03inch/ft.
2.
Oil-tempered torsion springs capable of correctly counterbalancing weight of curtain and
adjustable by an exterior wheel.
F.
Hood: Formed to fit the curvature of the brackets and attached securely thereto. Roll and
reinforce top and bottom edges.
G.
Weatherstripping: Replaceable wool pile weatherstripping at the guides; natural rubber or
neoprene for hood baffle and bottom of curtain.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
08 3323-3
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
H.
2.4
Finishes:
1.
Galvanizing: ASTM A 653, coating designation G90 for sheets; ASTM A 123 or A 153, as
applicable for other steel components, except that zinc coating shall be 1.25 oz./sq.-foot
minimum.
2.
Pretreatment for primer: Phosphate coating in compliance with manufacturer's standard.
3.
Primer: Manufacturer standard primer compatible with finish paint systems.
4.
Finish coat: Manufacturer standard baked enamel finish of the custom color and sheen
selected by the Architect.
OPERATION
A.
Motorized operation: Door shall be electrically operated, driven by an integral power unit
enclosed in NEMA 1 housing. Components shall be as follows.
1.
Gear reducer; belt or chain drives are not acceptable.
2.
Enclosed emergency hand-chain operator and electrical device.
3.
Motor: High torque, totally enclosed with thermal protective device, UL listed.
4.
Disc brake.
5.
Geared limit switch.
6.
Magnetic reversing contactor encased in power unit and prewired as required by legal
requirements.
7.
Motor and brake removable without affecting chain operator or limit switch setting. Power
unit connected to operating shaft to raise and lower door not less than 1/2-foot per
second.
a.
Equip motor with an endless cadmium-plated steel hand chain for emergency
operation when the power is off. Design chain hoist with a self-locking mechanism
to allow curtain to be stopped at any point in its travel, and to remain in position
until movement is reactivated.
8.
Flush-mounted control station, unless otherwise indicated, key-operated "OPEN" and
"CLOSE," NEMA 3R enclosure, with stop button.
9.
Electrical leads between motor, brake, interlock and limit switch factory prewired.
10.
Except as otherwise indicated on Drawings, required by electrical power source (junction
box) locations, or required for obstruction clearances, locate motor operators on the right
side of door assembly when viewed from the "interior" side.
B.Automatic closing device:
1.Equip fire-rated door assemblies with manufacturer's standard, UL or FM listed, electronically
controlled, automatic door release (closing) device with delay feature. Provide with
governor to limit closing speed to not more than 24 inches/second.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
08 3323-4
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
a.Replaceable fusible links with temperature rise and melting point of 165 deg F;
interconnected and mounted on both sides of door opening.
2.Provide a time-delay device, equivalent to Cookson Co. "Firefly" to prevent closing due to
momentary interruption of the electrical current.
3.Provide ADA-compliant audible/visible warning device for fire release closure.
C.B. Safety device:
1.
Provide safety edge to automatically reverse the door if the device detects an obstruction
in the downward travel of the door.
2.
The system shall operate with airwave technology and shall not rely on pneumatic
pressure or electrical strip contacts to operate properly, and shall not be subject to
interference by temperature, barometric pressure, water infiltration or cuts in the rubber
boot.
3.
Connecting electrical cable attached to the sensor is not acceptable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine adjacent construction and supports.
B.
Verify that openings are within allowable tolerances, plumb, level, clean, will provide solid
anchoring surfaces, and that other conditions detrimental to the proper or timely completion of
this work are corrected before proceeding with installation.
3.2
INSTALLATION
A.
Install doors and their operating equipment in compliance with the door manufacturer's
instructions, plumb, in true alignment, free of springing, forcing, racking or distortion.
B.
Provide necessary hardware, jamb and head mold stops, anchors, inserts, hanger, equipment
supports and other accessories required for a complete installation.
C.
Attach door guide assembly to walls with galvanized bolts (in expansion shields for masonry
walls) for a rigid installation of the door curtain and operating equipment. Place anchor bolts to
be concealed from exterior when doors are closed.
3.3
TOUCHUP
A.
3.4
Touchup damaged shop primer by cleaning and sanding the damaged area and applying the
same paint as that used for shop painting.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL/DEMONSTRATION
A.
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup services and to train
University’s maintenance personnel as specified below:
B.
Test and adjust controls and safeties.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
08 3323-5
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
C.
Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
D.
Test door closing when activated by detector or alarm connected fire-release system. Reset
door-closing mechanism after successful test.
E.
Train University's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup and
shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, preventive maintenance, and procedures for testing and
resetting release devices.
F.
Review data in the maintenance manuals.
G.
Schedule training with University with at least 7 days' advance notice.
END OF SECTION
Z:\SPECS\public\(1) CSI WORKFILES\UTAH FINE ARTS\(1) Scene Shop\(7) 08 26 15 - 90% CD\ADDENDUM 2 - 09 14 15\08 3323 mc OH COILING DR ELECT ADD2.doc
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
OVERHEAD COILING DOORS
08 3323-6
ADDENDUM 2 – 09/14/15
Electrical Addendum 002
Project:
USU Fine Arts – Scene Shop Addition
Date:
09.11.15
Owner:
USU
Architect:
Sparano + Mooney Architecture
Engineer:
Spectrum
Contractor:
Gramoll
Bid date:
Refer to Gramoll
Bid time: Refer to Gramoll
This Addendum shall be considered part of the Contract Documents and Project Manual for the above
mentioned project as though it had been issued at the same time and shall be incorporated integrally therewith.
Where provisions of the following supplementary data differ from those of the original Contract Documents and
Project Manual, the Addendum shall govern and take precedence.
Drawings:
Item
1.1
1.2
1.3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
3.1
3.2
3.3
4.1
5.1
Sheet No
EE001
ES101
ED101
EP101
EP102
EP601
EP602
EL101
EL501
EL601
ET101
EY101
Description
Clarifications to symbols legend, see attached sheet EE001.
Clarifications on overall plan, see attached sheet ES101.
Clarification on existing fixtures in costume area, see attached sheet ED101.
Revisions to EP101, see attached sheet EP101.
Sheet Added, see attached sheet EP102.
Revisions to EP601, see attached sheet EP601.
Updated schedule, see attached sheet EP602.
Refer to updates on lighting plan, see attached sheet EL101.
Revised details, see attached sheet EL501.
Updated lighting schedule, see attached sheet EL601.
Updated data outlet locations, see attached sheet ET101.
Clarification to auxiliary plan, see attached sheet EY101.
Attachments: < Sheets: EE001, ES101, ED101, EP101, EP102, EP601, EP602, EL101, EL501, EL601, ET101, EY101>
End of Addendum 002
DESCRIPTION
FIRE ALARM
FSA
FIRE SYSTEM ANNUNCIATOR.
FCP
FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL, SEMI-RECESSED.
FPS
SYMBOL
SYMBOLS LEGEND
DESCRIPTION
SYMBOL
REFERENCE AND LINE SYMBOLS
A5
E-501
WIRING DEVICES
FIRE ALARM NOTIFICATION POWER SUPPLY.
FTR
C
FIRE ALARM TRANSPONDER OR TRANSMITTER.
E-201
AUTOMATIC DOOR CLOSERS: DOOR CLOSERS SHALL BE
FURNISHED WITH DOOR HARDWARE AND CONNECTED TO
BY FIRE ALARM INSTALLERS.
C
CM
CONTROL MODULE.
MM
MONITOR MODULE.
E-201
ROOM NAME
100
SHUT DOWN RELAY: INSTALL RELAY IN CONTROL CIRCUIT
OF EQUIPMENT TO BE CONTROLLED IN THE EVENT OF A
FIRE.
R
D
ELEVATION OR SECTION INDICATOR, INTERIOR: A5 INDICATES
ELEVATION OR SECTION NUMBER, E-201 INDICATES DRAWING
SHEET WHERE ELEVATION OR SECTION IS SHOWN.
IG
FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATION.
P
ELEVATION OR SECTION INDICATOR, EXTERIOR: A5 INDICATES
ELEVATION OR SECTION NUMBER, E-201 INDICATES DRAWING
SHEET WHERE ELEVATION OR SECTION IS SHOWN.
DF
A5
MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDER.
ROOM IDENTIFIER WITH ROOM NAME AND NUMBER.
1
KEYNOTE INDICATOR.
1
REVISION INDICATOR.
CU-1
EQUIPMENT INDICATOR.
X-X
XMDP
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT INDICATOR. "X-X" INDICATES EQUIPMENT
MARK SHOWN ON EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. "XMDP" IDENTIFIES PANEL
EQUIPMENT IS CIRCUITED TO. REFER TO EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX, CEILING: NEMA 5-20R.
RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX, ISOLATED GROUND: NEMA 5-20R.
S
RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX, SWITCHED: NEMA 5-20R.
W
RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX WITH GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT
INTERRUPTER, WET LABEL, "WEATHERPROOF IN USE":
NEMA 5-20R.
WP
FIRE SERVICE OR EMERGENCY TELEPHONE STATION, JACK.
BREAK, ROUND
RECEPTACLE, QUADRAPLEX: NEMA 5-20R.
MATCH LINE INDICATOR: CENTER, EXTRA WIDE LINE.
RECEPTACLE, QUADRAPLEX ON EMERGENCY POWER:
NEMA 5-20R.
NEW LINE: MEDIUM LINE.
RECEPTACLE, QUADRAPLEX WITH GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT
INTERRUPTER: NEMA 5-20R.
HIDDEN FEATURES LINE: HIDDEN, THIN LINE
RECEPTACLE, SPECIAL PURPOSE. PROVIDE RECEPTACLE TO
MATCH EQUIPMENT PLUG.
DETECTOR, SMOKE WITH AUXILIARY CONTACT.
BR
BT
DETECTOR, SMOKE, BEAM RECEIVER.
WP
RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX WITH GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT
INTERRUPTER, WEATHERPROOF: NEMA 5-20R.
CIRCUIT BREAKER, MOLDED CASE (ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
CIRCUIT BREAKER, MOLDED CASE WITH SHUNT TRIP
(ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
D
MCP
CIRCUIT BREAKER, MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTION
(ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
R
R
DETECTOR, SMOKE WITH GUARD.
PROPERTY LINE: DASHED, WIDE LINE.
DETECTOR, SMOKE, RESIDENTIAL.
CONTRACT LIMIT LINE: DASHDOT, WIDE LINE.
XXX
EF-X
DETECTOR, SMOKE, DUCT WITH HOUSING AND SAMPLING TUBE.
DETECTOR, HEAT.
X-X
XKP
C
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INDICATOR. "XXX" INDICATES TYPE OF
EQUIPMENT OR EQUIPMENT ID. "EF-X" IDENTIFIES MECHANICAL
EQUIPMENT BEING SERVED. REFER TO EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
RECEPTACLE, DRYER: NEMA 14-30R.
CIRCUIT BREAKER, SOLID STATE WITH GROUND FAULT
PROTECTION (ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
MULTI-OUTLET ASSEMBLY: NEMA 5-20R.
GFP
DROP CORD. SEE DETAIL.
MOTOR.
FB#
FLUSH FLOOR BOX. "#" SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. REFER TO
WIRING DEVICE SCHEDULE IN THE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
FOR CONFIGURATION AND DEVICES.
TRANSFORMER (ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
PP#
POWER POLE. "#" SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. REFER TO WIRING
DEVICE SCHEDULE IN THE ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONFIGURATION AND DEVICES.
D
KITCHEN EQUIPMENT INDICATOR. "X-X" INDICATES EQUIPMENT
MARK SHOWN ON EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. "XKP" IDENTIFIES
PANEL EQUIPMENT IS CIRCUITED TO. REFER TO EQUIPMENT
SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
RECEPTACLE, RANGE: NEMA 14-50R.
RECEPTACLE, CLOCK HANGER: NEMA 5-15R.
J
INDICATOR LAMP.
WIRING METHODS
75
STROBE.
WIRING.
STROBE. SUBSCRIPT INDICATES CANDELA RATING.
BRANCH CIRCUIT HOME RUN TO PANELBOARD: NUMBER OF
ARROWS INDICATES NUMBER OF CIRCUITS. LETTER AND
NUMBER NOTATIONS IDENTIFY PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBERS.
USE #12 CONDUCTORS, EXCEPT #10 CONDUCTORS SHALL BE
INSTALLED IF DISTANCES EXCEED THOSE SPECIFIED IN THE
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS.
WP ALARM, HORN/SPEAKER, WEATHERPROOF.
A-1,3,5
ALARM, HORN/STROBE, ONE ASSEMBLY.
75
C
ALARM, CHIME/STROBE, ONE ASSEMBLY.
ALARM, HORN/STROBE WITH GUARD, ONE ASSEMBLY.
M
ALARM, MINI HORN/STROBE, ONE ASSEMBLY.
E
E
PANELBOARD (ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
225/3
PANELBOARD WITH MAIN LUGS ONLY. BUS SIZE AND PHASE AS
SHOWN (ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
"1H"
SWITCH, DIMMER.
D
X
ALARM, HORN/STROBE, ONE ASSEMBLY. SUBSCRIPT
INDICATES CANDELA RATING.
G
"1H"
FLUSH FIRE RATED POKE THRU. "#" SHOWN ON DRAWINGS.
REFER TO WIRING DEVICE SCHEDULE IN THE ELECTRICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONFIGURATION AND DEVICES.
PT#
1
A-1,3,5
SPEAKER, EVACUATION.
WIRING AND/OR RACEWAY: THIN LINE. WHERE "X" = :
SPEAKER, EVACUATION, COMBINATION STROBE.
CATV
CCTV
=
=
FA
FO
I
=
=
=
X
DETECTOR, FLOW SWITCH: FLOW SWITCHES SHALL BE
PROVIDED AND INSTALLED WITH FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM
AND SHALL BE CONNECTED TO LOCATIONS SHOWN ON
THE FIRE SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS.
SWITCH, SINGLE POLE ("x" INDICATES FIXTURES CONTROLLED).
BRANCH CIRCUIT HOME RUN TO PANELBOARD: NUMBER OF
ARROWS INDICATES NUMBER OF CIRCUITS. LETTER AND
NUMBER NOTATIONS IDENTIFY PANEL AND CIRCUIT NUMBERS.
NUMBER IN BOX REFERS TO THE CONDUCTOR AND CONDUIT
SCHEDULE. FOR BRANCH WIRING USE #12 CONDUCTORS,
EXCEPT #10 CONDUCTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IF DISTANCES
EXCEED THOSE SPECIFIED IN THE ELECTRICAL
SPECIFICATIONS.
CABLE TELEVISION
CLOSED CIRCUIT
TELEVISION
FIRE ALARM
FIBER OPTICS
INTERCOM
NC
P
RC
S
T
TV
=
=
=
=
=
=
X
3
SWITCH, THREE-WAY ("x" INDICATES FIXTURES CONTROLLED).
225/3
K
SWITCH, KEY OPERATED.
M
SWITCH, MOMENTARY.
P
SWITCH, PILOT LIGHT.
T
SWITCH, TIMER OPERATED.
WP
SWITCH, WEATHERPROOF.
T
OTHERS AS NOTED IN OTHER SCHEDULES. RACEWAYS AND
WIRING SHALL BE SIZED AS SHOWN AND/OR SPECIFIED.
DETECTOR, TAMPER SWITCH WITH VALVE: TAMPER SWITCHES
SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED WITH FIRE SPRINKLER
SYSTEM AND SHALL BE CONNECTED TO LOCATIONS SHOWN ON
THE FIRE SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS.
PANELBOARD WITH MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER. SIZE AND PHASE AS
SHOWN (ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
"1H"
225/3
NURSE CALL
POWER
RIGID CONDUIT
SOUND
TELEPHONE
TELEVISION
RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX, TAMPER RESISTANT: NEMA 5-20R.
"1H"
PANELBOARD WITH MAIN AND SUB FEED CIRCUIT BREAKER
(ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
60/3
RECEPTACLE, SINGLE PLEX, WITH USB OUTLET
4PDT
4PST
4W
4WAY
A
AC
ADA
ADJ
AFF
AFG
AIC
ALUM
AMP
ANN
AP
AR
ASC
ATS
AV
AWG
BB
XFMR
C
CATV
CB
CCBA
CF/OI
CKT
CM
CND
CO
COR
CP
CT
CTV
CU
dBA
DPDT
DS
EA
EM
EMT
ENT
EPO
EQUIP
EX
F
FA
FCP
FLA
FMC
FOB
FVNR
FVR
G
GEN
GFCI
GFP
HD
HID
HOA
HP
HPF
HPS
HV
HZ
I/O
IG
IMC
225/3
SMOKE DAMPER.
1
SD
HC
(W-3)
CONDUCTOR & CONDUIT ("CC") SCHEDULE INDICATOR. REFER
TO ONE-LINE DIAGRAM.
ADA ACCESS PUSH PLATE
(W-3)
FSD
BELL (GONG).
25/3
FIXTURE IDENTIFICATION: (W-3) INDICATES FIXTURE TYPE AS
SCHEDULED.
J
JUNCTION BOX.
FIXTURE IDENTIFICATION, EMERGENCY WITH BATTERY PACK,
CONNECTED TO GENERATOR AS INDICATED: (W-3) INDICATES
FIXTURE TYPE AS SCHEDULED.
J SC
JUNCTION BOX, SYSTEMS FURNITURE COMMUNICATION
CONNECTION.
EGRESS DIRECTION ARROW (EXIT SIGNS).
FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPER.
PANELBOARD WITH MAIN LUGS ONLY AND SURGE PROTECTION
WITH CIRCUIT BREAKER (ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
"1H"
LIGHTING (REFER TO FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR SYMBOLS)
LOW VOLTAGE WIRING: DIVIDE, MEDIUM LINE.
CONDUIT STUB. DIMENSION RECORD DRAWINGS AND MARK.
CT CABINET PER UTILITY'S REQUIREMENTS (ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
PB
DETECTOR, CARBON MONOXIDE.
C
C
PULL BOX.
LV
LOW VOLTAGE LIGHTING TRANSFORMER.
CABLE TRAY ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING.
EXIT SIGN: SINGLE FACE; CEILING MOUNTED
EARTH GROUND (ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
EXIT SIGN: SINGLE FACE; WALL MOUNTED
JUNCTION BOX, CEILING.
EXIT SIGN: DOUBLE FACE; CEILING MOUNTED
LADDER RACK.
EXIT SIGN: DOUBLE FACE; WALL MOUNTED
DMM
J C
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTION. REFER TO EQUIPMENT
SCHEDULE FOR REQUIREMENTS.
LIGHTING CONTROL
OCCUPANCY SENSOR, DUAL TECHNOLOGY,
OMNI-DIRECTIONAL, CEILING.
OCCUPANCY SENSOR, DUAL TECHNOLOGY, WALL.
G
GENERATOR, POWER (ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
M
METER.
VFC
VFD
VARIABLE FREQUENCY MOTOR CONTROLLER (ONE-LINE
DIAGRAM).
DISCONNECT SWITCH, FUSED.
SWITCH/OCCUPANCY SENSOR COMBO, DUAL TECHNOLOGY, WALL.
STARTER OR MOTOR CONTROLLER.
SWITCH/VACANCY SENSOR COMBO, DUAL TECHNOLOGY, WALL.
PUSHBUTTON.
DIMMER SWITCH/OCCUPANCY SENSOR COMBO,
DUAL TECHNOLOGY, WALL.
PUSHBUTTONS, MOTOR CONTROL.
DIMMER SWITCH/VACANCY SENSOR COMBO,
DUAL TECHNOLOGY, WALL.
PANELBOARD CABINET, FLUSH MOUNTED.
PANELBOARD CABINET, SURFACE MOUNTED, 1 SECTION.
PANELBOARD CABINET, SURFACE MOUNTED, 2 SECTION.
OUTLET, DATA COMMUNICATION ("X" INDICATES QUANTITY OF
CABLES).
DP#__
LP
DISTRIBUTION PANEL OR SWITCHBOARD.
LIGHTING RELAY, CONTACTOR PANEL, OR DIMMING ENCLOSURE.
LIGHTING CONTROL STATION.
1
DIMMING ENTRY STATION OR CONTROL STATION, FLUSH
MOUNTED.
ST
75
SWITCH, TOGGLE MOTOR STARTER WITH OVERLOAD
PROTECTION.
TRANSFORMER: NUMBER INDICATES kVA.
2.
OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS: THE OWNER WILL FURNISH MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
AS INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO BE INCORPORATED INTO THE
WORK. THESE ITEMS ARE ASSIGNED TO THE INSTALLER AND COSTS FOR
RECEIVING, HANDLING, STORAGE, IF REQUIRED, AND INSTALLATION ARE INCLUDED
IN THE CONTRACT SUM.
INDICATED: THE TERM "INDICATED" REFERS TO GRAPHIC REPRESENTATIONS,
NOTES, OR SCHEDULES ON THE DRAWINGS, OTHER PARAGRAPHS OR
SCHEDULES IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, AND SIMILAR REQUIREMENTS IN THE
CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. WHERE TERMS SUCH AS "SHOWN", "NOTED",
"SCHEDULED", AND "SPECIFIED" ARE USED, IT IS TO HELP THE READER
LOCATE THE REFERENCE, NO LIMITATION ON LOCATION IS INTENDED.
FURNISH: THE TERM "FURNISH" IS USED TO MEAN "SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO
THE PROJECT SITE, READY FOR UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY,
INSTALLATION, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS."
INSTALL: THE TERM "INSTALL" IS USED TO DESCRIBE OPERATIONS AT
PROJECT SITE INCLUDING THE ACTUAL "UNLOADING, UNPACKING, ASSEMBLY,
ERECTION, PLACING, ANCHORING, APPLYING, WORKING TO DIMENSION,
FINISHING, CURING, PROTECTING, CLEANING, AND SIMILAR OPERATIONS."
PROVIDE: THE TERM "PROVIDE" MEANS "TO FURNISH AND INSTALL,
COMPLETE AND READY FOR THE INTENDED USE."
INSTALLER: AN "INSTALLER" IS THE CONTRACTOR OR AN ENTITY ENGAGED BY
THE CONTRACTOR, EITHER AS AN EMPLOYEE, SUBCONTRACTOR, OR SUBSUBCONTRACTOR, FOR PERFORMANCE OF A PARTICULAR CONSTRUCTION
ACTIVITY, INCLUDING INSTALLATION, ERECTION, APPLICATION, AND SIMILAR
OPERATIONS. INSTALLERS ARE REQUIRED TO BE EXPERIENCED IN THE
OPERATIONS THEY ARE ENGAGED TO PERFORM.
TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS: THE TERM "TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS" IS USED TO
DESCRIBE ALL LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS GENERALLY REFERRED TO AS
"SPECIAL SYSTEMS". THESE SYSTEMS INCLUDE BUT ARE NOT NECESSARILY
LIMITED TO ALL SYSTEMS WHICH UTILIZE VOLTAGES OF LESS THAN 71
VOLTS SUCH AS SOUND SYSTEMS, VIDEO SYSTEMS, TV SYSTEMS, SECURITY
SYSTEMS, VOICE AND DATA CABLING SYSTEMS, ETC...
A.
THE INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITIES ARE THE SAME AS IF THE INSTALLER
FURNISHED THE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT.
B.
THE OWNER WILL ARRANGE AND PAY FOR DELIVERY OF OWNER FURNISHED
ITEMS FREIGHT ON BOARD JOB SITE AND THE INSTALLER WILL INSPECT
DELIVERIES FOR DAMAGE. IF OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS ARE DAMAGED,
DEFECTIVE OR MISSING, DOCUMENT DAMAGED ITEMS WITH THE
TRANSPORT COMPANY AND THE OWNER WILL ARRANGE
FOR REPLACEMENT. THE OWNER WILL ALSO ARRANGE FOR
MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES, AND THE DELIVERY OF
MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTIES AND BONDS TO THE INSTALLER.
C.
EXPOSED STRUCTURE AREAS (EXCLUDING MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND
COMMUNICATION SPACES): INSTALL RACEWAYS BETWEEN DECK AND STRUCTURE
WHEREVER POSSIBLE IN EXPOSED STRUCTURE CEILING AREAS. ROUTE
RACEWAYS IN CONCEALED AREAS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. REFER ALL CONDITIONS
WHERE RACEWAYS MUST BE INSTALLED WHICH CANNOT COMPLY WITH THESE
REQUIREMENTS TO THE ARCHITECT.
4.
SUBMITTALS: PROVIDE ORIGINAL ELECTRONIC PDF FORMAT, BOUND,
BOOKMARKED (EACH SECTION AND PRODUCT), AND HIGHLIGHTED. JOB NAME AND
SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL BE ON THE FRONT COVER. PREPARE INDEX OF
EQUIPMENT SUBMITTED IN EACH TAB.
5.
REFLECTED CEILING PLANS: COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF LIGHT FIXTURES
WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS. REFER ALL
DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER.
6.
ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE ACCORDING TO THE CURRENT NATIONAL ELECTRIC
CODE (NEC), IBC, NFPA, AND IFC. COMPLIANCE AND FINAL APPROVAL IS SUBJECT
TO THE ON SITE FIELD INSPECTION OF THE AHJ.
ELECTRICAL SHEET INDEX -...
1
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
26 AUG 2015
PERMIT SET
11 SEP 2015
ADDENDUM #2
THE INSTALLER IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DESIGNATING THE DELIVERY DATES
OF OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS AND FOR RECEIVING, UNLOADING AND
HANDLING OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS AT THE SITE.THE INSTALLER IS
RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS FROM
DAMAGE, INCLUDING DAMAGE FROM EXPOSURE TO THE ELEMENTS, AND TO
REPAIR OR REPLACE ITEMS DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF HIS OPERATIONS.
3.
EE001
EE501
EE701
ES100
ED101
EP101
EP102
EP601
EP602
EL101
EL501
EL601
ET101
EY101
EY601
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
SHEET INDEX, ABBREVIATIONS, AND GENERAL NOTES
ELECTRICAL DETAILS
TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHT DETAILS
SCENE SHOP ELECTRICAL SITE & OVERALL PLAN
SCENE SHOP ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN
LEVELS B & C POWER PLAN - SCENE SHOP
ROOF LEVEL POWER PLAN
ONE-LINE DIAGRAM
ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES
LEVELS B & C LIGHTING PLAN - SCENE SHOP
LIGHTING DETAILS
LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
LEVELS B & C TELECOM PLAN - SCENE SHOP
LEVELS B & C AUXILIARY PLAN - SCENE SHOP
FIRE ALARM RISER
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
324 S. State St., Suite 400
Salt Lake City, UT 84111
800-678-7077
801-328-5151
fax: 801-328-5155
www.spectrum-engineers.com
SEAL
SEAL
PR
OF E
S S I ON
A
L
No.
5497590-2202
Christopher Kelly
Kobayashi
G I NEER
STARTER, COMBINATION WITH DISCONNECT SWITCH.
CLARIFICATION METHODS: AT THE TIME OF BIDDING, BIDDERS SHALL FAMILIARIZE
THEMSELVES WITH THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ANY QUESTIONS,
MISUNDERSTANDINGS, CONFLICTS, DELETIONS, DISCONTINUED PRODUCTS,
CATALOG NUMBER DISCREPANCIES, DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE EQUIPMENT
SUPPLIED AND THE INTENT OR FUNCTION OF THE EQUIPMENT, ETC, SHALL BE
SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER IN WRITING FOR CLARIFICATION PRIOR
TO ISSUANCE OF THE FINAL ADDENDUM AND BIDDING OF THE PROJECT. WHERE
DISCREPANCIES OR MULTIPLE INTERPRETATIONS OCCUR, THE MOST STRINGENT
(WHICH IS GENERALLY RECOGNIZED AS THE MOST COSTLY) THAT MEETS THE
INTENT OF THE DOCUMENTS SHALL BE ENFORCED.
EN
PHOTOCELL.
DATA CONNECTION: WIRELESS ACCESS POINT (WAP).
REQUIRES (2) DATA DROPS PER DEVICE
ALL DEFINITIONS MAY NOT BE USED.
APPROVED: THE TERM "APPROVED", WHERE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE
ENGINEER'S ACTION ON THE CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS, APPLICATIONS,
AND REQUESTS, IS LIMITED TO THE ENGINEER'S DUTIES AND
RESPONSIBILITIES AS STATED IN GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY
CONDITIONS.
DISCONNECT SWITCH, UNFUSED.
LAN RACK, FLOOR STANDING.
DEFINITIONS
SERVICE ENTRANCE SURGE PROTECTION (ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
VACANCY SENSOR, DUAL TECHNOLOGY, WALL.
TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD, FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD
PAINTED.
CEILING MOUNTED
COMMUNITY ANTENNA
TELEVISION
CIRCUIT BREAKER
CUSTOM COLOR AS SELECTED
BY ARCHITECT
CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED/
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
CONTRACTOR FURNISHED/
OWNER INSTALLED
CUSTOM FINISH AS SELECTED
BY ARCHITECT
CIRCUIT
CONSTRUCTION MANAGER
CONDUIT
CONVENIENCE OUTLET
CONTRACTING OFFICER'S
REPRESENTATIVE
CONTROL PANEL
CURRENT TRANSFORMER
CABLE TELEVISION
COPPER
UNIT OF SOUND LEVEL
DOUBLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW
DISCONNECT SWITCH
EACH
EMERGENCY
ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING
ELECTRIC NONMETALLIC
TUBING
EMERGENCY POWER OFF
EQUIPMENT
EXISTING
FURNITURE MOUNTED
FIRE ALARM
FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL
FULL LOAD AMPS
FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT
FREIGHT ON BOARD
FULL VOLTAGE
NON-REVERSING
FULL VOLTAGE REVERSING
GROUND
GENERATOR
GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER
GROUND FAULT PROTECTION
HEAVY DUTY
HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE
HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC
HORSE POWER
HIGH POWER FACTOR
HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM
HIGH VOLTAGE
HERTZ
INPUT/ OUTPUT
ISOLATED GROUND
INTERMEDIATE METAL
CONDUIT
INSULATED/ ISOLATED
INFRARED
JUNCTION BOX
KILOVOLT
KILOVOLT AMPERE
KILOVOLT AMPERE REACTIVE
KILOWATT
KILOWATT HOUR
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL
CONDUIT
LFNC
LIQUID TIGHT FLEXIBLE
NONMETALLIC CONDUIT
LPS
LOW PRESSURE SODIUM
LRA
LOCKED ROTOR AMPS
LTG
LIGHTING
LV
LOW VOLTAGE
MATV
MASTER ANTENNA TELEVISION
SYSTEM
MAX
MAXIMUM
MC
METAL CLAD
MCA
MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPS
MCB
MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER
MCC
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
MCP
MOTOR CIRCUIT PROTECTION
MDP
MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL
MG
MOTOR GENERATOR
MH
MANHOLE
MIN
MINIMUM
MLO
MAIN LUGS ONLY
MOCP
MAXIMUM OVERCURRENT
PROTECTION
NA
NOT APPLICABLE
NC
NORMALLY CLOSED
NEC
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
NEMA
NATIOANL ELECTRICAL
MANUFACTURERS
ASSOCIATION
NFC
NATIONAL FIRE CODE
NFPA
NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION
ASSOCIATION
NIC
NOT IN CONTRACT
NL
NIGHT LIGHT
NO
NORMALLY OPEN
NTS
NOT TO SCALE
OC
ON CENTER
OCP
OVER CURRENT PROTECTION
OF/CI
OWNER FURNISHED/
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED
OF/OI
OWNER FURNISHED/ OWNER
INSTALLED
OFP
OBTAIN FROM PLANS
OH DR
OVERHEAD (COILING) DOOR
OL
OVERLOAD
PB
PUSHBUTTON
PF
POWER FACTOR
PH
PHASE
PNL
PANEL
PT
POTENTIAL TRANSFORMER
PTZ
PAN/TILT/ZOOM
QTY
QUANTITY
R
REMOVE
RCP
REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
RMC
RIGID METAL CONDUIT
RNC
RIGID NONMETAL CONDUIT
RPM
REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE
RR
REMOVE AND RELOCATE
S/S
START/STOP
SCA
SHORT CIRCUIT AMPS
SCBA
STANDARD COLOR AS
SELECTED BY ARCHITECT
SF
SQUARE FOOT (FEET)
SFBA
STANDARD FINISH AS
SELECTED BY ARCHITECT
SPDT
SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW
SPEC
SPECIFICATION
SPST
SINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROW
ST
SINGLE THROW
SWBD
SWITCHBOARD
SWGR
SWITCHGEAR
TL
TWIST LOCK
TP
TELEPHONE POLE
TP
TWISTED PAIR
TTB
TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD
TV
TELEVISION
TVSS
TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE
SUPPRESSER
TYP
TYPICAL
UF
UNDERFLOOR
UGND
UNDERGROUND
UPS
UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER
SUPPLY
V
VOLTS
VA
VOLT AMPERE
VFC/VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY MOTOR
CONTROLLER
W/
WITH
W/O
WITHOUT
WP
WEATHERPROOF
XFMR
TRANSFORMER
1.
kVA
kVAR
kW
kWh
LED
LFMC
DIRECTED: TERMS SUCH AS "DIRECTED", "REQUESTED", AUTHORIZED",
"SELECTED", "APPROVED", "REQUIRED", AND "PERMITTED" MEAN "DIRECTED BY
THE ENGINEER", "REQUESTED BY THE ENGINEER", AND SIMILAR PHRASES.
GENERATOR, ANNUNCIATOR (ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
STRUCTURED CABLING
X
SINGLE POLE
SINGLE-PHASE
ONE-WAY
TWO-CONDUCTOR
TWO-WAY
THREE-CONDUCTOR
THREE-WAY
QUADRUPLE RECEPTACLE
OUTLET
FOUR-POLE DOUBLE THROW
FOUR-POLE SINGLE THROW
FOUR-WIRE
FOUR-WAY
ABOVE COUNTER
ARMORED CABLE
AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES
ACT
ADJACENT
ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR
ABOVE FINISHED GRADE
AMPERE INTERRUPTING
CAPACITY
ALUMINUM
AMPERE
ANNUNCIATOR
ACCESS POINT (WIRELESS
DATA)
AS REQUIRED
AMPS SHORT CIRCUIT
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
AUDIO VISUAL
AMERICAN WIRE GAGE
BUCK-BOOST TRANSFORMER
DIGITAL MULTIMETER (ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
G
VACANCY SENSOR, DUAL TECHNOLOGY,
OMNI-DIRECTIONAL, CEILING.
P
IN/IS
IR
J-BOX
kV
ALL ABBREVIATIONS MAY NOT BE USED.
NOTE:
TRANSFER SWITCH (ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
CO
1P
1PH
1WAY
2/C
2WAY
3/C
3WAY
4OUT
CFBA
CIRCUIT BREAKER, SOLID STATE (ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
G
NOTE:
CCTV
CF/CI
RECEPTACLE, SPECIAL PURPOSE ON EMERGENCY POWER.
PROVIDE RECEPTACLE TO MATCH EQUIPMENT PLUG.
DEMOLITION LINE: DASHED, MEDIUM LINE
DETECTOR, SMOKE, ELEVATOR RECALL DESIGNATION.
E
STARTER (ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX WITH GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT
INTERRUPTER: NEMA 5-20R.
EXISTING TO REMAIN LINE: THIN LINE.
DETECTOR, SMOKE, BEAM TRANSMITTER.
OVERLOAD RELAY (ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX ON EMERGENCY POWER: NEMA 5-20R.
BREAK, STRAIGHT: TO BREAK PARTS OF DRAWING
A
DISCONNECT WITH FUSE AND MOTOR STARTER COMBINATION
(ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX, WEATHERPROOF: NEMA 5-20R.
FIRE SERVICE OR EMERGENCY TELEPHONE STATION,
HANDSET.
SEE XX/X-XXX
DISCONNECT, NONFUSED (ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX WITH GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER,
DRINKING FOUNTAIN: CONCEAL WATER COOLER RECEPTACLE
BEHIND WATER COOLER. SEE MECHANICAL/PLUMBING SHOP
DRAWINGS FOR INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS.
H
MATCH LINE
FUSE WITH RATING (ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
DISCONNECT, FUSED (ONE-LINE DIAGRAM).
A
DETECTOR, SMOKE.
ELECTRICAL POWER AND DISTRIBUTION
RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX, DEDICATED CIRCUIT: NEMA 5-20R.
ABBREVIATIONS
DESCRIPTION
RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX, ABOVE COUNTER: NEMA 5-20R.
FIRE SERVICE OR EMERGENCY TELEPHONE STATION,
ACCESSIBLE.
J
SYMBOL
RECEPTACLE, DUPLEX: NEMA 5-20R.
DETAIL INDICATOR: A5 INDICATES DETAIL NUMBER, E-501
INDICATES DRAWING SHEET WHERE DETAIL IS SHOWN.
A
A5
DESCRIPTION
SYMBOLS LEGEND
L I CENSED
SYMBOL
SYMBOLS LEGEND
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
SYMBOLS LEGEND
GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES
S T 08/26/2015 H
A
AT
E OF UT
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
SHEET INDEX,
ABBREVIATIONS, AND
GENERAL NOTES
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
15-02
26 AUG 2015
EE001
GENERAL SHEET NOTES
AY
W
H
IG
H
1200 EAST
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
89
1
COORDINATE LOCATIONS AND DEPTHS OF EXISTING AND NEW UTILITIES WITH CIVIL
CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO EXCAVATION.
2
INFORMATION SHOWN IN PARTIALLY BASED ON AS-BUILT DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY
THE OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO FIELD VERIFY ALL
EXISTING CONDITIONS AND MAKE MINOR MODIFICATIONS AS REQUIRED TO PERFORM
THE INTENDED WORK.
3
CONTRACTOR SHALL POTHOLE BY VACUUM TRUCK METHOD AND FIELD LOCATE ALL
EXISTING UTILITY CROSSINGS THAT OCCUR FOR THE NEW WORK SHOWN PRIOR TO
BEGINNING EXCAVATION.
4
ALL UNDERGROUND CONDUIT BENDS SHALL BE LONG SWEEP FACTORY ELBOWS.
5
CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE ALL UNDERGROUND LINES WITH EXISTING LINES
AS WELL AS NEW LINES BY OTHER DISCIPLINES, AREAS OF POTENTIAL CONFLICT
SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH FIELD DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL BY
THE A/E/OWNER TEAM PRIOR TO EXCAVATION. MODIFCATIONS THAT ARE REQUIRED
TO AVOID CONFLICTS SHALL BE MADE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.
6
ALL TRENCHING AND EXCAVATED SOIL SHALL BE HAULED OFF-SITE AND DISPOSED
OF. NEW ENGINEERED BACKFILL SHALL BE PROVIDED ALONG WITH TOP SOIL PER
CIVIL REQUIREMENTS.
26 AUG 2015
PERMIT SET
PROTECT AND MAINTAIN EXISTING ITEMS UNLESS SPECIFCALLY NOTED OTHERWISE.
11 SEP 2015
ADDENDUM #2
7
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
DN
"2P2"
"2P1"
ELEC.
153E
1
"2L"
OFFICE
151C
PAINT
SHOP
153
2 1/2"CND
COMM.
153D
COSTUME OFFICE
AREA
151D
151
UP
3
2 1/2"CND
(2)EA
2"CND
2 1/2"CND
1
EXISTING IT RACK
(2)EA
2"CND
DN
DN
(2)EA
2"CND
UP
"DPA"
"073-0PUPS"
(EX) COMM ROOM
COMM
135A
2 1/2"CND
ME-8
NEW
DIGITAL
AUDIO
AMPLIFIER
1
"ANN"
FPS
X2
"FCP"
2
EXISTING MEDIUM VOLTAGE CONCRETE DUCT BANK WITH ABANDONED FEEDER.
DEMOLISH AS NECESSESARY FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION.
3
RISE (2) 2" CND FOR NEW TELECOM FEED TO NEW CABLE TRAY LOCATED ON LEVEL
ABOVE.
"ML"
"MP"
DN
DN
"ME"
RUN 20A FEED TO
NEW ELEC ROOM
SCENE SHOP ELECTRICAL SITE & OVERALL PLAN
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
324 S. State St., Suite 400
Salt Lake City, UT 84111
800-678-7077
801-328-5151
fax: 801-328-5155
www.spectrum-engineers.com
SEAL
SEAL
PR
OF E
S S I ON
A
L
No.
5497590-2202
Christopher Kelly
Kobayashi
G I NEER
(EX) MAIN
ELEC ROOM
SCALE: 1" = 20'-0"
PROVIDE NEW FACP, DIGITAL AUDIO AMPLIFYERS, ANNUNCIATOR TO REPLACE
EXISTING. INSTALL NEW NOTIFICATION POWER SUPPLY. TIE ALL EXISTING FIRE ALARM
DEVICES, NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES FROM THE REMAINING PART OF THE FINE ARTS
COMPLEX INTO NEW FACP. REUSE EXISTING DEVICES AND PROGRAM ADDRESSES INTO
THE NEW SYSTEM FOR EXISTING AREAS NOT IN REMODEL SCOPE. REUSE
DEMOLISHED FACP AND POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS.
EN
2 1/2"CND
1
1
S S
L I CENSED
S S
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
SHEET KEYNOTES
2
S T 08/26/2015 H
A
AT
E OF UT
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
SCENE SHOP ELECTRICAL
SITE & OVERALL PLAN
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
1" = 20'-0"
15-02
26 AUG 2015
ES100
GENERAL SHEET NOTES
E
D
7
7
1
UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE REMOVE ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT
SHOWN DASHED. REMOVE CONDUIT AND WIRING BACK TO PANELBOARD OF ORIGIN OR TO
FIRST ACTIVE DEVICE THAT REMAINS.
2
SALVAGE ALL LIGHT FIXTURES, TWIST-LOCK RECEPTACLES AND WALLPLATES, CEILING
SPEAKERS AND SECURITY AND FIRE ALARM DEVICES TO OWNER. PROTECT SALVAGED
EQUIPMENT FROM DAMAGE.
3
PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID, VISIT THE SITE AND FIELD VERIFY THE EXTENT OF ELECTRICAL
DEMOLITION WORK TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE BID DOCUMENTS AND INCLUDE ALL COSTS
IN BID.
4
PRIOR TO REMOVAL OF ANY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OR WIRING, FIELD VERIFY THAT THE
EQUIPMENT OR WIRING IS INACTIVE OR NO LONGER IN USE.
5
REMOVE ALL DEVICES, RACEWAYS AND WIRING FROM WALLS TO BE REMOVED. WHERE
ACTIVE RACEWAYS OCCUR IN WALLS TO BE REMOVED, REROUTE THE RACEWAY WITH
ASSOCIATED WIRING TO KEEP THE CIRCUIT OPERATIONAL.
6
REMOVE ALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES WHERE EXISTING WALLS AND CEILINGS ARE BEING
REMOVED, WITH ASSOCIATED CONDUIT AND WIRING. EXISTING FIRE ALARM DEVICES AND
SYSTEM NOT INDICATED FOR REMOVAL SHALL REMAIN ACTIVE THROUGHOUT DEMOLITION
AND CONSTRUCTION UNTIL THE NEW SYSTEM IS TESTED AND OPERATIONAL. MAINTAIN ALL
CLASS A FIRE ALARM INITIATING AND INDICATING LOOPS WHERE EXISTING DEVICES ARE
REMOVED.
7
REMOVE ALL ABANDONED RACEWAY, CONDUIT, WIRING AND CABLING WHETHER ABANDONED
PREVIOUS TO THIS PROJECT OR AS A RESULT OF THIS PROJECT. NOT ALL ABANDONED
ITEMS ARE SHOWN ON THESE PLANS AND FIELD VERIFICATION OF DEMOLITION SCOPE
EXTENT IS REQUIRED.
8
DEVICES MARKED "RR" ARE TO BE REMOVED AND RELOCATED PER NEW PLANS. EXTEND
CIRCUITING AS REQUIRED FOR RELOCATION.
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
26 AUG 2015
PERMIT SET
11 SEP 2015
ADDENDUM #2
6
D
C
PT
PT
S
DN
UP
"C"
TC
"D"
V
5
5
3
E
2
D
SCENE SHOP ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN LEVEL C
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
E
D
7
7
2
CR
RELOCATE SPRINKLER
CONTROL CONDUIT AND WIRING
FOR ADDITION
1
6
J
UP
1
5
5
E
1
SCENE SHOP ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN LEVEL B
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
D
SALVAGE AND RELOCATE EXISTING CARD READER PER SHEET EY101.
3
EXISTING DISCONNECT FOR WINCH TO REMAIN.
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
324 S. State St., Suite 400
Salt Lake City, UT 84111
800-678-7077
801-328-5151
fax: 801-328-5155
www.spectrum-engineers.com
SEAL
SEAL
PR
OF E
S S I ON
A
L
No.
5497590-2202
Christopher Kelly
Kobayashi
G I NEER
EXISTING
IRRIGATION
CONTROLLER
2
EN
J
6
SALVAGE AND RELOCATE EXISTING CCTV CAMERA PER SHEET EY101.
L I CENSED
6
1
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
SHEET KEYNOTES
S T 08/26/2015 H
A
AT
E OF UT
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
SCENE SHOP ELECTRICAL
DEMOLITION PLAN
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
1/8" = 1'-0"
15-02
26 AUG 2015
ED101
E
GENERAL SHEET NOTES
D
7
1
LOCATE ALL DISCONNECTS IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION AND WITHIN VIEW OF EQUIPMENT
SERVED. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF DISCONNECT SWITCHES WITH EQUIPMENT
PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
2
LOCATIONS OF ALL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT SHOWN IS BASED ON
INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING
HEIGHTS WITH EQUIPMENT INSTALLERS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
3
POWER PANELS WHICH SUPPLY POWER TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS SHALL HAVE BRANCH
CIRCUITS IDENTIFIED BY RED LABELS STATING “FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT” PER NEC 760.41 B.
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
7
1
2P2-45
OFFICE
229G
2P2-47
VFD
P-1
VFD
P-2
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
2P2-43
2P2-34
2P2-49
J
ATC
5
2P2-51
SF-1
2L
SHEET KEYNOTES
+32"
5
5
2P2-26
2P2-53
2P2-28
FITTING
229J
2P2-55
2P2-7
1
WALL MOUNTED BAND SAW. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND
MONTING HEIGHT OF RECEPTACLE WITH EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
2
PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR RELOCATED WELDER. COORDINATE
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTH EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
3
PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR RADIAL ARM SAW. COORDINATE ADDITIONAL
REQUIREMENTH EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
4
PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR MITRE SAW. COORDINATE ADDITIONAL
REQUIREMENTH EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
5
PROVIDE DEDICATED 120/1, 20A POWER FOR INDICATED RECEPTACLE.
6
PROVIDE 208/3 POWER ON 30A CIRCUIT BREAKER. COORDINATE EXACT
REQUIREMENTS AND MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH USU SCENE SHOP PERSONNEL PRIOR
TO ROUGH-IN.
7
PROVIDE DEDICATED 120/1 POWER FOR ROUTER. COORDINATE ADDITIONAL
REQUIREMENTH EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
8
PROVIDE ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR RELOCATED TABLE SAW. COORDINATE
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTH EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
9
EXISTING WINCH DISCONNECT.
2P2-24
5
EP101
2P2-38
2P2-57
6
J
2P2-66
+36"
+36"
+36"
6
14
+36"
2P2-52
2P2-50
J
1
2P2-64
6
A
15
15
2P2-56
DYE/LAUNDRY
229C
1
6
15
13
W
D
W
D
2P2-58
C
FITTING
229A
COSTUME
SHOP
(EXISTING)
229
JAN
231
D
W
1
J
15
2P2-54
DV-1
2L
DN
UP
10 EXTEND CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR FROM EXISTING WINCH DISCONNECT LOCATED
DIRECTLY ABOVE TO NEW RECEPTACLE INDICATED.
"C"
DYE/LAUNDRY
229C
11 CIRCUIT TO EXISTING 120/1 20A CB IN EXISTING EMERGENCY BRANCH PANEL.
1
CORRIDOR
200V
12 CIRCUIT TO EXISTING 120/1 20A CB IN EXISTING UPS BRANCH PANEL.
V
5
5
9
15 POWER FEED FOR OUTLET FED FROM WALL THROUGH 4" BASE. MOUNT OUTLET FLUSH
AT TOE KICK. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS AND
MILLWORK PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
4
E
D
2P2-29,31
2P2-27
4
2P2-33
2
2P2-35,37
SCENE SHOP POWER PLAN LEVEL C
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
4
E
5
D
W
ENLARGED DYE/LAUNDRY
OH-1
2P2
7
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
6
W
EUH-1
2L
1
4
2P1-8
6
2P1-7
2P1-33
2P1-5
2P1-1 S
2P1-3
SDC-1
2P2
S
AD-1
2P2
S
5
5
2P1-49,51,53
7
3
5
5
2P1-62
ST
2P1-29
4
5
S
2P1-64
2P1-55,57,59
2P1-50,52,54
AC-1
2L
TOOL
ROOM 2P1-31
152A
5
2P1-66
D
D
D
2P1-9
2P1-43
2P1-19
SHOP
OFFICE
152C
2P1-10
PAINT
SHOP
153
COSTUME
AREA
151
ASSEMBLY
AREA
152B
5
6
2P1-21,23,25
2P1-45
2P1-47
5
D
D
6
5
2P1-44
2P1-12
5
1
2P1-56,58,60
D
2P1-46
2P1-70
2P1-22,24,26
7
2P1-48
8
2P1-68
5
5
2
2P1-61,63,65
PAINT
153F
2P1-14
2P1-11
2P1-17
OH-2
2P2
6
2P1-16
J
J
ST
"TL"
1
6
"2P1"
2P2-63
PAINT
SHOP
153
"2P2"
"2L"
ELEC.
153E
TOOL
ROOM
152A
2P2-19
2P1-28
4
EP101
OFFICE
151C
EF-7
2P2
AC-1
2P2
NEMA
L6-30R
5
2P1-35
"2L"
COMM.
153D
COMM.
153D
6
3
EP101
1
PAINT
153F
PAINT
MIXING
153B
OFFICE
151A
2P1-32
COSTUME
AREA
151
2P1-30
JAN
151B
OFFICE
151D
PT
UP
ELEC.
153E
12
1
11
FPS
073-0PUPS-15,17
073-0PUPS-19
2P2-61
"TL"
2P1-34
2P2-18
J
2P2-59
14
ME-10
5
5
1
10
3
SCENE SHOP ENLARGED
POWER PLAN LEVEL B
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
E
1
SCENE SHOP POWER PLAN LEVEL B
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
D
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
324 S. State St., Suite 400
Salt Lake City, UT 84111
800-678-7077
801-328-5151
fax: 801-328-5155
www.spectrum-engineers.com
SEAL
SEAL
PR
OF E
S S I ON
A
L
No.
5497590-2202
Christopher Kelly
Kobayashi
G I NEER
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
13
"2P1" "2P2"
PB-1
2P2
ST
2P1-18
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
EN
SCENE SHOP ENLARGED
TOOL AND PAINT ROOMS
2P1-15
J
2P1-13
6
2P1-67,69,71
SHOP
152
J
2P1-27
4
13 POWER FOR VAV CONTROL POWER. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT
WITH HVAC INSTALLER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
14 POWER FOR DUAL DUCT BOX CONTROL POWER. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF
EQUIPMENT WITH HVAC INSTALLER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
2P2-23,25
2P2-21
ADDENDUM #2
2P2-36
+32"
MECH.
MEZZANINE
229E
11 SEP 2015
OFFICE
229H
2P2-30
COSTUME
SHOP
(NEW)
229F
PERMIT SET
L I CENSED
2P2-32
AH-2
2P2
ST
CFS-1
2P2
+32"
5
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
P-3
2L
ASSEMBLY
AREA
152B
+32"
P-2
2L
P-1
2L
2P2-9
26 AUG 2015
S T 08/26/2015 H
A
AT
E OF UT
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
LEVELS B & C POWER PLAN
- SCENE SHOP
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
As indicated
15-02
26 AUG 2015
EP101
GENERAL SHEET NOTES
1
LOCATE ALL DISCONNECTS IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION AND WITHIN VIEW OF EQUIPMENT
SERVED. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF DISCONNECT SWITCHES WITH EQUIPMENT
PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
2
LOCATIONS OF ALL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT SHOWN IS BASED ON
INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING
HEIGHTS WITH EQUIPMENT INSTALLERS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
3
POWER PANELS WHICH SUPPLY POWER TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS SHALL HAVE BRANCH
CIRCUITS IDENTIFIED BY RED LABELS STATING “FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT” PER NEC 760.41 B.
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
26 AUG 2015
PERMIT SET
11 SEP 2015
ADDENDUM #2
D
7
7
ST
EF-6
2P2
EF-3
2L
6
6
CU-1
2P2
2P2-65
EF-5
2L
DN
EF-4
2P2
ST
5
5
E
1
ROOF LEVEL POWER PLAN
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
D
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
324 S. State St., Suite 400
Salt Lake City, UT 84111
800-678-7077
801-328-5151
fax: 801-328-5155
www.spectrum-engineers.com
SEAL
SEAL
PR
OF E
S S I ON
A
L
No.
5497590-2202
Christopher Kelly
Kobayashi
G I NEER
EF-2
2L
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
EN
EF-1
2L
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
L I CENSED
E
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
SHEET KEYNOTES
S T 08/26/2015 H
A
AT
E OF UT
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
ROOF LEVEL POWER PLAN
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
1/8" = 1'-0"
EP102
15-02
26 AUG 2015
1
ALUMINUM CONDUCTOR
AND CONDUIT SCHEDULE
GENERAL SHEET NOTES
1
PROVIDE NEMA 3R ENCLOSURES FOR EQUIPMENT LOCATED OUTDOORS. REFER TO
PLANS FOR EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS.
2
REFER TO PLANS FOR CONSTRAINTS ON PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCE
REQUIREMENTS OF EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS THAT FALL
WITHIN THE CONSTRAINTS OF EACH SPECIFIC LOCATION.
3
ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND BRACED FOR THE SEISMIC
CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT. REFER TO ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
REQUIREMENTS.
4
PROVIDE PERFORMANCE TESTING FOR GROUND-FAULT PROTECTION SYSTEMS ON
SITE WITH A WRITTEN RECORD OF THIS TEST SUBMITTED TO THE AUTHORITY HAVING
JURISDICTION PER 2011 NEC 230.95(C).
SCHEDULE NUMBER
SUBSCRIPT (NOTE 5)
AMP
IG
CONDUIT CONDUCTOR (NOTE 1)
SIZE
QTY
SIZE
G
IG
SE
NOTES
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
130
2
130
2
150
2
150
2
175
2
175
2.50
200
2.50
200
3
230
2.50
230
3
250
3
250
3
310
3
310
4
380 2 EA 2.50
380
2 EA 3
400 2 EA 2.50
400 2 EA 2.50
500
2 EA 3
500
2 EA 3
620
2 EA 3
620
2 EA 4
750
3 EA 3
750
3 EA 4
810
3 EA 3
810
3 EA 4
1000
4 EA 3
1000
4 EA 3
1140
4 EA 4
1140
4 EA 4
1240
4 EA 4
1240
4 EA 4
1620
6 EA 4
2170
7 EA 4
2695
7 EA 4
3080
8 EA 4
4235 11 EA 4
5 EA 4
5
10 EA 4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
4
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
-
2/0
2/0
3/0
3/0
4/0
4/0
250
250
300
300
350
350
500
500
250
250
250
250
350
350
500
500
350
350
400
400
350
350
500
500
500
500
400
500
750
750
750
-
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1/0
1/0
1/0
1/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
4/0
4/0
4/0
4/0
250
250
350
350
400
400
600
600
800
-
1/0
1/0
1/0
1/0
1/0
1/0
1/0
1/0
1/0
1/0
2/0
2/0
3/0
3/0
4/0
4/0
4/0
4/0
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
300
350
500
750
750
750
-
4
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
1/0
1/0
1/0
1/0
1/0
1/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
4/0
4/0
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
750
750
750
-
2,7
2,7
2,7
2,7
2,7
2,7
2,7
2,7
2,7
2,7
2,7
2,7
2,7
2,7
2,7
2,7
2,7
2,7
2,4,7
2,4,7
2,4,7
2,4,7
2,4,7
2,4,7
2,4,7
2,4,7
4,7
4,7
4,7
4,7
4,7
4,7
4,7
4,7
4,7
4,7
4,7
6
6
6
1 CONDUCTORS SHOWN ARE SHOWN FOR EACH CONDUIT WITH MODIFICATIONS
AS NOTED IN NOTE 5. ALL CONDUCTORS SHOWN ARE THWN UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED.
2 PROVIDE EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTORS PER TABLE 250-122 WHEN
CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE SIZED GREATER THAN AMPERE RATING SHOWN IN
TABLE.
3 PROVIDE #10 NEUTRALS FOR MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS SERVING
COMPUTERS.
4 GROUND (G) CONDUCTOR MAY BE DELETED ON SERVICE ENTRANCE
CONDUCTORS.
5 SYMBOL SUBSCRIPTS:
3/4" CND W/ CAT5E
TO NEAREST
IT ROOM
TP DMM
1200/ 3
50/3
12
100/3
22
??
225/3
30
INCLUDE TWO NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS, SIZED AS
SCHEDULED FOR PHASED AND NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS.
"FG"
FULL SIZE GROUND, SIZE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
CONDUCTOR TO BE SAME SIZE AS THE PHASE
CONDUCTORS.
"HH":
NEUTRAL CURRENTS EXIST DUE TO HIGH HARMONIC
"NONLINEAR" LOADS. CURRENT CARRYING CONDUCTORS
DERATED ACCORDINGLY.
"IG":
INCLUDE IG (INSULATED/ISOLATED GROUND CONDUCTOR)
SCHEDULED ALONG WITH THE GROUND OF EQUIPMENT
GROUND CONDUCTOR.
"SE":
SUBSTITUTE "SE" CONDUCTOR FOR "G" CONDUCTOR
SHOWN, WHICH IS SIZED FOR THE GROUNDING OF THE
SECONDARY OF THE SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM.
TVSS
DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARD "ML"
480/277V, 3Ø, 4W
1200 A MCB, 65000AIC
GE
0/3
"2N":
60/3
400/3
38
600/3
42
150/3
24
225/3 225/3
SPACE
225/3
SPACE
225/3
SPACE
600/3
SPARE
400/3
SPARE
225/3
225/3
SPARE
225/3
SPARE
225/3
SPARE
100/3
SPARE
30
30
(TYP) SHAWMUT
FERRAZ OR EQUAL
FINGER SAFE SPLICE
FOR REFERENCE ONLY (PART
OF A FUTURE BID PACKAGE)
100/3
SPARE
6 RACEWAY ONLY. CONDUCTORS PROVIDED BY UTILITY.
7 ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS NOT TO BE USED FOR CONNECTION TO MOTORS OR
MOTOR DRIVEN EQUIPMENT.
THEATER
ELEVATOR
AUDITORIUM
ELEVATOR
FA
PUMPHOUSE
400/3
"MCB"
"MCA"
CHILLER
TUNNEL &
S. PARKING LOT
LTG
225/3
225/3
"0L1"
"2L"
SCENE
SHOP
50/3
**
SYM
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
2.
200/3
EX
#? CU
3.
28
30kVA
480-208Y/120V
3Ø, 4W
112.5kVA
480-208Y/120V
3Ø, 4W
1
GROUND
PER NEC
4.
5.
#4 CU
*
HH CONDUIT CONDUCTOR (NOTE 1)
SIZE
AMP AMPS
QTY
SIZE
G
20
.75
2
12
12
20
.75
3
12
12
20
24
.75
4
12
12
30
.75
2
10
10
30
.75
3
10
10
30
32
.75
4
10
10
40
1
2
8
10
40
1
3
8
10
40
44
1
4
8
10
55
1
2
6
10
55
1
3
6
10
55
60
1.25
4
6
10
70
1
2
4
8
70
1.25
3
4
8
70
76
1.25
4
4
8
85
1.25
2
3
8
85
1.25
3
3
8
85
92
1.25
4
3
8
95
1.25
3
2
8
95
104
1.50
4
2
8
130
1.50
3
1
6
130
116
1.50
4
1
6
150
2
3
1/0
6
150
136
2
4
1/0
6
175
2
3
2/0
6
175
156
2
4
2/0
6
200
2
3
3/0
6
200
180
2.50
4
3/0
6
230
2.50
3
4/0
4
230
208
2.50
4
4/0
4
255
2.50
3
250
4
255
232
2.50
4
250
4
310
3
3
350
3
310
280
3
4
350
3
380
3.50
3
500
3
380
344
4
4
500
3
400
2 EA 2
3
3/0
3
400
360 2 EA 2.50
4
3/0
3
510
2 EA 2.50
3
250
1
510
464
2 EA 3
4
250
1
620
2 EA 3
3
350
1/0
620
560
2 EA 3
4
350
1/0
760
2 EA 3.50
3
500
1/0
760
688
2 EA 4
4
500
1/0
855
3 EA 3
3
300
2/0
855
768
3 EA 3
4
300
2/0
1000
3 EA 3.50
3
400
2/0
1000 912 3 EA 3.50
4
400
2/0
1140
3 EA 4
3
500
3/0
1140 1032
3 EA 4
4
500
3/0
1240
4 EA 3
3
350
3/0
1240 1120
4 EA 3
4
350
3/0
1675 1520
5 EA 4
4
400
4/0
2010 1824
6 EA 4
4
400
250
2660 2408
7 EA 4
4
500
350
3040 2752
8 EA 4
4
500
500
4180 3784 11 EA 4
4
500
500
5 EA 4
5
10 EA 4
-
IG
IG/HH
12
12
12
10
10
10
8
8
8
8
8
8
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1/0
1/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
4/0
4/0
4/0
4/0
4/0
4/0
4/0
4/0
4/0
4/0
4/0
4/0
4/0
4/0
4/0
250
350
500
500
-
SE
8
8
8
8
8
8
6
6
6
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1/0
1/0
2/0
2/0
2/0
2/0
2/0
2/0
2/0
2/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
4/0
250
350
500
500
-
NOTES
2
2,3
2,3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2,4
2,4
2,4
2,4
2,4
2,4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
6
SCENE
SHOP
SECT
2
"IG":
"SE": SUBSTITUTE "SE" CONDUCTOR FOR "G" CONDUCTOR
SHOWN, WHICH IS SIZED FOR THE GROUNDING OF THE
SECONDARY OF THE SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM.
225/3
6.
100/3
1
30
225/3
"2P2"
225/3
"2P2"
SECT
2
SCENE
SHOP
1
ONE-LINE DIAGRAM - SCENE SHOP
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
INCLUDE IG (INSULATED/ISOLATED GROUND
CONDUCTOR) SCHEDULED ALONG WITH THE GROUND OF
EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR.
RACEWAY ONLY. CONDUCTORS PROVIDED BY UTILITY.
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
324 S. State St., Suite 400
Salt Lake City, UT 84111
800-678-7077
801-328-5151
fax: 801-328-5155
www.spectrum-engineers.com
SEAL
SEAL
PR
OF E
S S I ON
A
L
No.
5497590-2202
Christopher Kelly
Kobayashi
G I NEER
400/3
"2P1"
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
EN
400/3
"2P1"
FULL SIZE GROUND, SIZE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
CONDUCTOR TO BE SAME SIZE AS THE PHASE
CONDUCTORS.
"HH": NEUTRAL CURRENTS EXIST DUE TO HIGH HARMONIC
"NONLINEAR" LOADS. CURRENT CARRYING
CONDUCTORS DERATED ACCORDINGLY. PROVIDE THE
IG/HH SIZE FOR THE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING
CONDUCTOR.
84CKT
SINGLE SECTION
"0P1"
CONDUCTORS SHOWN ARE SHOWN FOR EACH CONDUIT WITH MODIFICATIONS
AS NOTED IN NOTE 5. ALL CONDUCTORS SHOWN ARE THWN UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED.
PROVIDE EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTORS PER TABLE 250-122 WHEN
CIRCUIT BREAKERS ARE SIZED GREATER THAN AMPERE RATING SHOWN IN
TABLE.
PROVIDE #10 NEUTRALS FOR MULTIWIRE BRANCH CIRCUITS SERVING
COMPUTERS.
GROUND (G) CONDUCTOR MAY BE DELETED ON SERVICE ENTRANCE
CONDUCTORS.
SYMBOL SUBSCRIPTS:
"FG"
38
100/3
ADDENDUM #2
(E.G.) 5
SUBSCRIPT (NOTE 5)
"2N": INCLUDE TWO NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS, SIZED AS
SCHEDULED FOR PHASED AND NEUTRAL CONDUCTORS.
GROUND
PER NEC
EX
11 SEP 2015
SCHEDULE NUMBER
1.
60CKT
SINGLE
SECTION
PERMIT SET
COPPER CONDUCTOR AND
CONDUIT SCHEDULE
CONDUIT AND CONDUCTOR SCHEDULE NOTES
225/3
26 AUG 2015
L I CENSED
SYM
1 A
2 A
3 A
4 A
5 A
6 A
7 A
8 A
9 A
10 A
11 A
12 A
13 A
14 A
15 A
16 A
17 A
18 A
19 A
20 A
21 A
22 A
23 A
24 A
25 A
26 A
27 A
28 A
29 A
30 A
31 A
32 A
33 A
34 A
35 A
36 A
37 A
38 A
39 A
40 A
41 A
42 A
43 A
44 A
45 A
46 A
47 A
48 A
49 A
50 A
51 A
52 A
53 A
54 A
55 A
56 A
57 A
58 A
59 A
60 A
(E.G.) 5
*
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
**
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
S T 08/26/2015 H
A
AT
E OF UT
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
ONE-LINE DIAGRAM
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
1/8" = 1'-0"
15-02
26 AUG 2015
EP601
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
xxxxxxxx
EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE KEY
E - DIVISION 26
Q - FURNISHED WITH EQUIPMENT
* - COORDINATE WITH THE DIVISION 23 TEMPERATURE CONTROL INSTALLER
** - AUTOMATIC CONTROL WIRING BY DIVISION 23
MARK
QTY
AC-1
2
AD-1
1
AIR DRYER
-
-
-
0.3
120
1
60
AH-2
1
AIR HANDLER POWER AND LTG
-
-
-
4
120
1
60
CFS-1
1
CHEMICAL FEED PUMP
1/3
-
-
7.2
120
1
60
CU-1
1
SPLIT SYSTEM
-
-
18.2
14
208
1
60
DV-1
1
DYE VAT
3
-
-
4.8
480
3
60
EF-1
1
EXHAUST FAN
10
-
-
14
480
3
60
EF-2
1
EXHAUST FAN
2
-
-
3.4
480
3
60
EF-3
1
EXHAUST FAN
1.5
-
-
3
480
3
60
EF-4
1
EXHAUST FAN
1/6
-
-
4.4
120
1
60
EF-5
1
EXHAUST FAN
1.5
-
-
3
480
3
60
EF-6
1
EXHAUST FAN
1/6
-
-
4.4
120
1
60
EF-7
1
EXHAUST FAN
1/6
-
-
4.4
120
1
60
EUH-1
1
ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER
-
4
-
6
480
3
60
OH-1
1
OVERHEAD DOOR
1
-
-
4.6
208
3
60
OH-2
1
OVERHEAD DOOR
1
-
-
4.6
208
3
60
P-1
1
PUMP
1.5
-
-
3
480
3
60
P-2
1
PUMP
1.5
-
-
3
480
3
60
P-3
1
PUMP
3/4
-
-
1.4
480
3
60
PB-1
1
PAINT BOOTH PWR & LTG
-
-
-
0.3
120
1
60
SDC-1
1
DUST COLLECTOR
5
-
-
16.7
208
3
60
SF-1
1
FAN ARRAY (AH-1)
(4EA 3.5HP)
15
-
-
21
480
3
60
HP
kW
MCA FLA VOLT PH
WIRE AND
CONDUIT SIZE
Hz
-
FURN
BY
60
DEVICE
LOCATION
E
2 #12, 12 GR
0.75" CND
2 #12, 12 GR
0.75" CND
2 #12, 12 GR
0.75" CND
2 #10, #10 GR
0.75" CND
3 #12, #12GR
0.75" CND
3 #12, #10GR
0.75" CND
3 #12, #12GR
0.75" CND
3 #12, #12GR
0.75" CND
2 #12, 12 GR
0.75" CND
3 #12, #12GR
0.75" CND
2 #12, 12 GR
0.75" CND
2 #12, 12 GR
0.75" CND
3 #12, #12GR
0.75" CND
3 #12, #12GR
0.75" CND
3 #12, #12GR
0.75" CND
3 #12, #12GR
0.75" CND
3 #12, #12GR
0.75" CND
3 #12, #12GR
0.75" CND
2 #12, 12 GR
0.75" CND
3 #10, #10 GR
0.75" CND
3 #8, #10 GR
1" CND
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
DISCONNECT
FURN
BY
NORMALLY NORMALLY PHASE
OPEN
CLOSED FAILURE
FURN
SELECTOR PILOT
RELAY
SWITCH
LAMP CONTACT CONTACT
LOCATION BY DEVICE SIZES
DEVICE
E
20/1
CB
20/1
CB
20/1
CB
30/2
CB
20/3
CB
30/3
CB
20/3
CB
20/3
CB
20/1
CB
20/3
CB
20/1
CB
20/1
CB
20/3
CB
20/3
CB
20/3
CB
20/3
CB
20/3
CB
20/3
CB
20/1
CB
30/3
CB
40/3
CB
2P2
E
2P2
E
2P2
E
2P2
E
2L
E
2L
E
2L
E
2L
E
2P2
Q
2L
E
2P2
Q
2P2
Q
2L
E
2P2
E
2P2
E
2L
E
TOGGLE
SWITCH
20/1
NF
TOGGLE
SWITCH
30A/3P
FRS-20
30A/3P
FRS-10
30A/3P
FRS-25
30A/3P
FRS-6
30A/3P
FRS-6
TOGGLE
SWITCH
30A/3P
FRS-6
TOGGLE
SWITCH
TOGGLE
SWITCH
30A/3P
FRS-6
30A/3P
FRS-10
30A/3P
FRS-10
VFD
2L
E
VFD
2L
E
2P2
E
2P2
E
2L
E
30A/3P
FRS-3
TOGGLE
SWITCH
30A/3P
FRS-30
VFD
STARTER
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
ADJ
TO EQUIP
NOTES
E
MARK
AC-1
E
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AD-1
E
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AH-2
E
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
CFS-1
E
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
CU-1
E
FVNR
0
-
R,G
2
2
YES
DV-1
E
FVNR
1
-
R,G
2
2
YES
EF-1
E
FVNR
0
HOA
R,G
2
2
YES
EF-2
E
FVNR
0
-
R,G
2
2
YES
EF-3
E
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EF-4
E
FVNR
0
-
R,G
2
2
YES
EF-5
E
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EF-6
E
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EF-7
E
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EUH-1
E
FVNR
0
-
R,G
2
2
YES
OH-1
E
FVNR
0
-
R,G
2
2
YES
OH-2
E
VFD
1.5
2
-
R,G
2
2
YES
P-1
E
VFD
1.5
2
-
R,G
2
2
YES
P-2
E
FVNR
0
HOA
R,G
2
2
YES
P-3
E
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PB-1
E
FVNR
1
-
R,G
2
2
YES
SDC-1
E
VFD
15
-
R,G
2
2
YES
SF-1
1
PANEL: "2L"
VOLTS/PHASE/WIRE:
PANEL SIZE & TYPE:
480/277 V, 3 PH 4 WIRE 22" W x 6" D, BOLT-ON
ACCESSORIES:
OCP
CKT
NO AMP POLE
1
20
1
3
20
1
5
20
3
7
--9
--11
40
3
13
--15
--17
20
3
19
--21
--23
20
3
25
--27
--29
20
3
31
--33
--35
20
3
37
--39
--41
20
1
43
20
1
45
20
1
47
20
1
49
20
1
51
20
1
53
20
1
55
20
1
57
20
1
59
20
1
PANEL: "2P1"
MAIN SIZE AND TYPE:
LOCATION:
CABINET:
225 AMPERE MAIN LUGS
ELEC. 153E
SURFACE
LTG
1.2
0.2
0.0
--0.0
--0.0
--0.0
--0.0
--0.0
--0.1
0.0
0.2
--------
PWR
0.0
0.0
5.0
--17.4
--1.3
--1.2
--2.8
--2.5
--0.0
0.0
0.0
--------
CO
0.0
0.0
0.0
--0.0
--0.0
--0.0
--0.0
--0.0
--0.0
0.0
0.0
--------
TOTALS:
PHASE LOAD
DESCRIPTION
LTG: SHOP/OFFICE/PAINT
A
B
C
DESCRIPTION
LTG: ASSEMBLY/ MEZZ
LTG: LVL B CORRIDOR
0.2
0.9
LTG: OFFICES/ SHOP/ DYE
1.7 0.0
SPARE
1.7 0.0
--
SPARE
1.7
0.0
PWR: AIR HANDLER (SF-1)
--
SPARE
5.8 7.5
AIR COMPRESSOR (AC-1)
5.8 7.5
--
-5.8
7.5
PUMP (P-1)
-0.4 0.4
--
0.4 0.4
--
-0.4
0.4
PUMP (P-3)
-0.4 3.9
--
0.4 3.9
--
0.4
3.9
-0.9 0.8
0.9 0.8
--
0.8
EXHAUST FAN (EF-5)
-0.8 1.3
0.8 1.3
--
DYE VAT (DV-1)
--
0.8
LTG: ROOM 153E, 153D
LTG
LTG: EXT SIGNAGE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
EXHAUST FAN (EF-3)
--
0.9
--
EXHAUST FAN (EF-1)
--
EXHAUST FAN (EF-2)
--
PUMP (P-2)
1.3
-0.1 0.0
0.0 0.0
0.2
0.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 32.8
0.0 32.8
0.0 30.7
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
PANEL "2P1" THRU "TL"
---
CO
0.0
0.0
---0.0
--0.0
--0.0
--0.0
--0.0
---------21.9
---
PWR
0.0
0.0
---22.4
--1.3
--11.6
--2.5
--4.0
---------74.5
---
60
58
55
CONNECTED TOTAL kVA = 173
CONNECTED AMPS PER PHASE
NEC DIVERSIFIED LOAD CALCULATIONS
217
211
198
AVERAGE CONNECTED AMPS PER PHASE = 208
RECEPTACLES: 21.9 kVA @ 73% = 16.0 kVA
ALL OTHER LOADS @ 100% :
152.0 kVA
- 100% CONNECTED LOAD PLUS 25%
- FIRST 10kVA @ 100%, REMAINDER @ 50%
MOTOR TOTALS INCLUDED IN ALL OTHER LOADS WITH
LARGEST MOTOR CALCULATED @ 125% PER NEC
ACCESSORIES:
OCP
CKT
LTG POLE AMP NO
0.2
1
20
2
0.9
1
20
4
-1
20
6
-1
20
8
-1
20
10
0.0
3
50
12
---14
---16
0.0
3
20
18
---20
---22
0.0
3
20
24
---26
---28
0.0
3
20
30
---32
---34
0.0
3
20
36
---38
---40
-1
20
42
-1
20
44
-1
20
46
-1
20
48
-1
20
50
-1
20
52
-1
20
54
0.0
3
200
56
---58
---60
CONNECTED kVA PER PHASE
LIGHTING & CONTINUOUS LOADS: 2.8 kVA @ 125% = 3.5 kVA
PANEL SIZE & TYPE:
120/208V, 3 PH 4 WIRE 22" W x 6" D, BOLT-ON
LOAD (kVA)
1.2 1.7
ELECTRIC UNIT HEATER (EUH-1)
--
VOLTS/PHASE/WIRE:
AIC RATING: 22000
PANEL DIRECTORY, IDENTIFICATION, GROUNDING BAR
LOAD (kVA)
NOTES:
DIVERSIFIED TOTAL kVA = 173
AVERAGE AMPS PER PHASE = 208
OCP
CKT
NO AMP POLE
1
20
1
3
20
1
5
20
1
7
20
1
9
20
1
11
20
1
13
20
1
15
20
1
17
20
1
19
20
1
21
30
3
23
--25
--27
20
1
29
20
1
31
20
1
33
20
1
35
20
1
37
20
1
39
20
1
41
20
1
43
20
1
45
20
1
47
20
1
49
30
3
51
--53
--55
30
3
57
--59
--61
30
3
63
--65
--67
30
3
69
--71
--73
20
1
75
20
1
77
20
1
79
20
1
81
20
1
83
20
1
MAIN SIZE AND TYPE:
LOCATION:
CABINET:
400 AMPERE MAIN CB
ELEC. 153E
SURFACE
PANEL DIRECTORY, IDENTIFICATION, GROUNDING BAR
LOAD (kVA)
LTG
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
--0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
---0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
--0.0
--0.0
--0.0
---------
PWR
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
3.6
--0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
---0.0
0.0
0.0
3.6
--7.2
--3.6
--3.6
---------
A
B
C
0.2 0.0
0.2
0.0
DESCRIPTION
FIRE SMOKE DAMPERS LEVEL 1
FIRE SMOKE DAMPERS LEVEL 2
0.2 0.0
0.2 0.5
RELAY FOR AH-2 FAN SHUTDOWN
CO: EXTERIOR/ DUST COLLECTOR
0.2
1.4
PWR: EQUIP PLOTTER OFFICE 152C
0.2 1.1
CO: SHOP OFFICE 152C
0.2 0.4
CO: SHOP 152
0.2
0.4
CO: SHOP 152
0.2 0.4
CO: SHOP 152
0.2 0.0
SPARE
1.2
1.2
PWR: SPCL RECEPT ROOM 152B
1.2 1.2
--
1.2 1.2
-0.7
0.9
CO: OFFICE 151C
0.7 0.9
CO OFFICE 151D
0.7 0.9
CO OFFICE 151A
0.7
0.5
CO: CORRIDOR
0.4 0.0
SPARE
0.0 17.1
PANEL "2P2"
0.0 14.0
-0.0 14.6
0.5 0.5
-CO: DROP CORD SHOP 152
0.5
0.5
CO: DROP CORD SHOP 152
0.5 0.5
1.2 1.2
CO: DROP CORD SHOP 152
PWR: MITRE SAW SHOP 152
1.2
1.2
-1.2 1.2
2.4 1.2
-PWR: BAND SAW SHOP 152
2.4
1.2
-2.4 1.2
1.2 0.4
-CO: SHOP 152
1.2
0.4
CO: SHOP 152
1.2 0.4
1.2 0.4
CO: SHOP 152
CO: SHOP 152
1.2
1.5
PWR: ROUTER
1.2 0.0
0.0 0.0
SPARE
SPARE
0.0
0.0
SPARE
0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0
SPARE
SPARE
0.0
0.0
-0.0 0.0
33
31
CONNECTED AMPS PER PHASE
NEC DIVERSIFIED LOAD CALCULATIONS
276
276
256
--
AVERAGE CONNECTED AMPS PER PHASE = 268
Notes:
1. PROVIDE 84CKT, SINGLE SECTION PANELBOARD
-
MOTOR TOTALS INCLUDED IN ALL OTHER LOADS WITH
LARGEST MOTOR CALCULATED @ 125% PER NEC
DIVERSIFIED TOTAL kVA = 92
AVERAGE AMPS PER PHASE = 255
OCP
CKT
NO AMP POLE
1
20
3
3
--5
--7
20
1
9
20
1
11
20
1
13
20
1
15
20
1
17
20
1
19
20
1
21
20
1
23
30
2
25
--27
20
1
29
30
2
31
--33
20
1
35
30
2
37
--39
20
1
41
20
1
43
20
1
45
20
1
47
20
1
49
20
1
51
20
1
53
20
1
55
20
1
57
20
1
59
20
1
61
20
1
63
20
1
65
20
1
67
30
2
69
--71
20
1
73
20
1
75
20
1
77
20
1
79
20
1
81
20
1
83
20
1
LOCATION:
CABINET:
225 AMPERE MAIN LUGS
ELEC. 153E
SURFACE
AIC RATING: 10000
PANEL DIRECTORY, IDENTIFICATION, GROUNDING BAR
LOAD (kVA)
LTG
0.0
--0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
-0.0
0.0
-0.0
0.0
---0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
---------
PWR
1.7
--0.0
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.1
0.2
1.0
4.2
-1.0
4.2
-1.0
4.2
---0.4
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.6
0.4
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
3.2
---------
CO
0.0
--0.4
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
-0.0
0.0
-0.0
0.0
---0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.2
0.2
0.7
0.5
0.0
---------
TOTALS:
PHASE LOAD
A
DESCRIPTION
OVERHEAD DOOR (OH-1)
B
LOAD (kVA)
C
0.6 2.0
--
0.6
-0.6 2.0
CO: ROOM 152C
0.4 0.6
PWR: ATC PANEL
-OVERHEAD DOOR (OH-2)
0.5
0.6
CHEM FEED PUMP (CFS-1)
-0.5 0.6
EXHAUST FAN (EF-4)
0.5 0.1
EXHAUST FAN (EF-6)
0.5
PWR: AIR DRYER (AD-1)
PWR: AH-2
0.1 0.2
EXHAUST FAN (EF-7)
1.0
0.0
PWR: DRYER DYE/LAUND. 229C
SPARE
2.1 0.4
2.1 0.4
PWR: WASHER DYE/LAUND. 229C
1.0
0.4
CO: COSTUME SHOP (NEW) 229F
2.1 0.4
2.1 0.4
PWR: WASHER DYE/LAUND. 229C
CO: COSTUME SHOP (NEW) 229F
CO: COSTUME SHOP (NEW) 229F
1.0
0.9
PWR: DRYER DYE/LAUND. 229C
--
CO: SHOP 152
CO: COSTUME SHOP (NEW) 229F
PWR: DRYER DYE/LAUND. 229C
--
PWR: DUAL DUCT BOXES (LVL B)
0.2 0.5
PWR: WASHER DYE/LAUND. 229C
--
-PWR: PAINT BOOTH (PB-1)
0.5
PWR: VAV CONTROLS (LVL B)
CO: OFFICE 229G
2.1 0.9
CO: OFFICE 229H
2.1 0.7
SPARE
CO: OFFICE 229J
0.0
0.0
SPARE
SPARE
0.0 0.0
PWR: SEWING MACH. SHOP 229F
0.4 0.4
PWR: SEWING MACH. SHOP 229F
PWR: SEWING MACH. SHOP 229F
0.6
0.4
0.6 0.4
0.4
PWR: SEWING MACH. SHOP 229
0.6 0.4
0.6 0.4
PWR: SEWING MACH. SHOP 229F
PWR: SEWING MACH. SHOP 229F
PWR: SEWING MACH. SHOP 229
0.6
PWR: SEWING MACH. SHOP 229F
PWR: SEWING MACH. SHOP 229F
PWR: SEWING MACH. SHOP 229F
0.6 0.4
PWR: SEWING MACH. SHOP 229F
SPARE
PWR: SEWING MACH. SHOP 229F
PWR: SEWING MACH. SHOP 229F
PWR: SEWING MACH. SHOP 229
PWR: SEWING MACH. SHOP 229
0.4
0.2
CO COMM. 153D
CO: DYE/LAUNDRY 229C
0.2 0.0
CO ELEC. 153E
SPARE
0.2 0.0
CO COMM. 153D
SPARE
0.7
0.2
CO: ROOF TOP
PWR: VAV CONTROLS (LVL C)
0.5 0.2
SPLIT SYSTEM (AC-1/CU-1)
PWR: DUAL DUCT BOXES (LVL C)
1.6 0.0
--
SPARE
1.6
0.0
SPARE
SPARE
0.0 0.0
SPARE
0.0 0.0
SPARE
0.0
0.0
SPARE
0.0 0.0
SPARE
0.0 0.0
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
SPARE
0.0
0.0
SPARE
SPARE
0.0 0.0
17
14
15
CONNECTED AMPS PER PHASE
NEC DIVERSIFIED LOAD CALCULATIONS
143
117
123
LIGHTING & CONTINUOUS LOADS:
DESCRIPTION
DUST COLLECTOR (DC-1)
2.0
--
CONNECTED kVA PER PHASE
SPARE
AVERAGE CONNECTED AMPS PER PHASE = 127
40.7 kVA
- FIRST 10kVA @ 100%, REMAINDER @ 50%
-
MOTOR TOTALS INCLUDED IN ALL OTHER LOADS WITH
LARGEST MOTOR CALCULATED @ 125% PER NEC
OCP
CKT
CO PWR LTG POLE AMP NO
0.0 6.0 0.0
3
30
2
-----4
-----6
0.0 1.7 0.0
3
20
8
-----10
-----12
0.0 0.1 0.0
1
20
14
0.0 0.5 0.0
1
20
16
0.0 0.2 0.0
1
20
18
0.0 0.5 0.0
1
20
20
---1
20
22
0.4 0.0 0.0
1
20
24
0.4 0.0 0.0
1
20
26
0.4 0.0 0.0
1
20
28
0.4 0.0 0.0
1
20
30
0.4 0.0 0.0
1
20
32
0.9 0.0 0.0
1
20
34
0.9 0.0 0.0
1
20
36
0.7 0.0 0.0
1
20
38
---1
20
40
---1
20
42
0.0 0.4 0.0
1
20
44
0.0 0.4 0.0
1
20
46
0.0 0.4 0.0
1
20
48
0.0 0.4 0.0
1
20
50
0.0 0.4 0.0
1
20
52
0.0 0.4 0.0
1
20
54
0.0 0.4 0.0
1
20
56
0.2 0.0 0.0
1
20
58
---1
20
60
---1
20
62
0.0 0.2 0.0
1
20
64
0.0 0.2 0.0
1
20
66
---1
20
68
---1
20
70
---1
20
72
---1
20
74
---1
20
76
---1
20
78
---1
20
80
---1
20
82
---1
20
84
CONNECTED TOTAL kVA = 46
- 100% CONNECTED LOAD PLUS 25%
RECEPTACLES: 6.5 kVA @ 100% = 6.5 kVA
ALL OTHER LOADS @ 100% :
NOTES:
DIVERSIFIED TOTAL kVA = 47
AVERAGE AMPS PER PHASE = 131
PERMIT SET
11 SEP 2015
ADDENDUM #2
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
324 S. State St., Suite 400
Salt Lake City, UT 84111
800-678-7077
801-328-5151
fax: 801-328-5155
www.spectrum-engineers.com
SEAL
SEAL
PR
OF E
S S I ON
A
L
No.
5497590-2202
Christopher Kelly
Kobayashi
G I NEER
76.0 kVA
- FIRST 10kVA @ 100%, REMAINDER @ 50%
OCP
MAIN SIZE AND TYPE:
26 AUG 2015
EN
RECEPTACLES: 21.9 kVA @ 73% = 16.0 kVA
ACCESSORIES:
CKT
CO PWR LTG POLE AMP NO
0.0 0.0 0.0
1
20
2
0.0 0.0 0.0
1
20
4
0.0 0.0 0.0
1
20
6
0.5 0.0 0.0
1
20
8
0.0 1.4 0.0
1
20
10
1.1 0.0 0.0
1
20
12
0.4 0.0 0.0
1
20
14
0.4 0.0 0.0
1
20
16
0.4 0.0 0.0
1
20
18
---1
20
20
0.0 3.6 0.0
3
30
22
-----24
-----26
0.9 0.0 0.0
1
20
28
0.9 0.0 0.0
1
20
30
0.9 0.0 0.0
1
20
32
0.5 0.0 0.0
1
20
34
---1
20
36
6.5 39.2 0.0
3
225
38
-----40
-----42
0.5 0.0 0.0
1
20
44
0.5 0.0 0.0
1
20
46
0.5 0.0 0.0
1
20
48
0.0 3.6 0.0
3
30
50
-----52
-----54
0.0 3.6 0.0
3
30
56
-----58
-----60
0.4 0.0 0.0
1
20
62
0.4 0.0 0.0
1
20
64
0.4 0.0 0.0
1
20
66
0.4 0.0 0.0
1
20
68
0.0 1.5 0.0
1
20
70
---1
20
72
---1
20
74
---1
20
76
---1
20
78
---3
100
80
-----82
-----84
CONNECTED TOTAL kVA = 96
- 100% CONNECTED LOAD PLUS 25%
PANEL SIZE & TYPE:
120/208V, 3 PH 4 WIRE 22" W x 6" D, BOLT-ON
LOAD (kVA)
33
LIGHTING & CONTINUOUS LOADS:
VOLTS/PHASE/WIRE:
AIC RATING: 10000
1
CONNECTED kVA PER PHASE
ALL OTHER LOADS @ 100% :
NOTES:
PHASE LOAD
CO
DESCRIPTION
0.2
CO: ASSEMBLY AREA 152B
0.2
CO: ASSEMBLY AREA 152B
0.2
CO: ASSEMBLY AREA 152B
0.2
CO: ASSEMBLY AREA 152B
0.2
CO: ASSEMBLY AREA 152B
0.2
CO: ASSEMBLY AREA 152B
0.2
CO: ASSEMBLY AREA 152B
0.2
CO: ASSEMBLY AREA 152B
0.2
CO: ASSEMBLY AREA 152B
0.2
CO: ASSEMBLY AREA 152B
0.0 PWR: SPCL RECEPT ROOM 152B
----0.7
CO: PAINT 153F
0.7
CO: TOOL ROOM 152A
0.7
CO: TOOL ROOM 152A
0.7
CO: TOOL ROOM 152A
0.4
CO: COSTUME AREA 151
-SPARE
-SPARE
-SPARE
0.5
CO: DROP CORD SHOP 152
0.5
CO: DROP CORD SHOP 152
0.5
CO: DROP CORD SHOP 152
0.0
PWR: MITRE SAW SHOP 152
----0.0 PWR: RADIAL ARM SAW SHOP 152
----0.0
PWR: WELDER SHOP 152
----0.0
POWER: TABLE SAW SHOP 152
-----SPARE
-SPARE
-SPARE
-SPARE
-SPARE
-SPARE
TOTALS:
PANEL: "2P2"
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
L I CENSED
ITEM DESCRIPTION
OVERCURRENT PROTECTION
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
LOAD DATA
S T 08/26/2015 H
A
AT
E OF UT
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
15-02
26 AUG 2015
EP602
GENERAL SHEET NOTES
1
E
D
1
COORDINATE HEIGHT OF SUSPENDED AND WALL MOUNT FIXTURES AND ARCHITECTURAL
ELEVATIONS AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
2
WALL MOUNT EXTERIOR LIGHTING WIRING SHALL BE (3) #10 AWG.
3
PENDANT MOUNTED LIGHTS TO BE SUSPENDED FROM THE T-BAR GRID.
4
ALL EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE CIRCUITED SUCH THAT THEY ARE "ON" 24/7. THEY SHALL NOT
BE SWITCHED.
5
CENTER DOWNLIGHTS IN CEILING TILES.
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
5
(SL-4)
a
P
P
a (G-9)
a
a
(HB-9)
ET
8
a
a
a
a
a
8
1
b
b
(HB-9)
b
b (G-9)
b
a
ET
b
b
(HB-9)
b
(HB-9)
b
ET
b
b
COSTUME
SHOP b
(NEW)
229F
b
ME-14
1
DN
6
b
(HB-9) 2L-2
(SX-1)
(ON ROOF
P EXT.)
a
FITTING
229J
b
b (G-9)
b
8
TO
"LCP1"
1
CIRCUIT TO EXISTING 120/1 20A CB IN EXISTING EMERGENCY BRANCH PANEL.
2
CIRCUIT TO EXISTING UNSWITCHED 277V 20/1 EMERGENCY BRANCH CIRCUIT.
3
CIRCUIT TO EXISTING 277V NORMAL BRANCH CIRCUIT IN THIS SPACE.
4
EXISTING FIXTURES TO REMAIN WITHIN THIS SPACE, PROVIDE NEW LIGHT SWITCH FOR
CONTROL AND ANY CONDUIT/WIRE AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN EXISTING CIRCUITING
FOR REMAINING FIXTURES.
5
EXTERIOR SIGN WALLWASH LIGHT FIXTURES LOCATED ON TOP OF PARAPET TO
ILLUMINATE SIGN, REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS FOR MOUNTING LOCATION. AIM
AND ADJUST FIXTURE TO MAXIMIZE EVEN ILLUMINATION ALONG SIGN.
6
PROVIDE MULTI-VOLT (120-277V) REMOTE POWER SUPPLIES LOCATED IN CEILING
SPACE FOR EXTERIOR SIGN LIGHTING AS REQUIRED FOR A COMPLETE SYSTEM.
7
PROVIDE LIGHTING CONTROL RELAY PANEL BY WATTSTOPPER, NLIGHT OR GE EQUAL
TO WATTSTOPPER LP8 COMPLETE WITH: 4-RELAYS, EMERGENCY/NORMAL POWER
BARRIER, TIMECLOCK, MANUAL OVERRIDE SWITCH FOR EACH RELAY ZONE INSTALLED
NEXT TO THE PANEL AND EXTERIOR PHOTOCELL. PROGRAM LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL
AS DIRECTED BY USU.
8
PROVIDE EMERGENCY TRANFER DEVICE FOR FIXTURE EQUAL TO BODINE GTD. WIRE
NORMAL SWITCHED, NORMAL UNSWITCHED SENSE, AND EMERGENCY POWER TO EACH
EMERGENCY TRANSFER.
b
b
6
(G-9)
2L-4
(G-9)
3
1
FITTING
229A
(G-4)
Space
100Y
DYE/LAUNDRY
229C
1
COSTUME
SHOP
(EXISTING)
229
(G-9)
9
JAN
231
S
"C"
TC
"D"
CORRIDOR
200V
V
5
E
2
5
D
SCENE SHOP LIGHTING PLAN LEVEL C
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
E
D
+10-0"
AFF
(OC-32)
7
+10-0"
AFF
(OC-32)
+10-0"
AFF
(OC-32)
a
2L-43
(THROUGH LCP1)
9
b
ME-14 (THROUGH LCP1)
9
7
1
(E9-1)
P a
1
a
a
a
c
(SX-8)
UP
1
c
(SX-1)
P
SHOP
OFFICE
152C
LIGHTING
FROM ABOVE
a
a
a
c
8
(SX-1)
8
ET
ASSEMBLY
AREA
152B
b
1
ET
SHOP
152
b
b
b
6
EL501
(E9-2)
(SX-8)
8
b
b
b
b
(SX-8)
b
ET
UP
a
b
(SX-1)
(E9-1)
"LCP1"
COMM.
153D
"2L"
WS
2L-1
TOOL
ROOM
152A
(SX-1)
ELEC.
153E
PAINT
SHOP
153
6
OFFICE
151C
(E9-1)
7
abc
(G-4)
PAINT COSTUME
AREA
153F
151
(SX-1)
(SX-1)
PAINT
MIXING
153B
(G-4)
(G-4)
OFFICE
151A
OFFICE
151D
(G-4)
JAN
151B
4
1
(G-4)
ME-14 1
2L-3
(G-4)
(G-4)
(G-4)
5
(E9-1)
ET
8
5
2
1
E
1
SCENE SHOP LIGHTING PLAN LEVEL B
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
D
ROUTE THROUGH LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL, PROGRAM FOR PHOTOCELL ON/OFF
OPERATION.
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
324 S. State St., Suite 400
Salt Lake City, UT 84111
800-678-7077
801-328-5151
fax: 801-328-5155
www.spectrum-engineers.com
SEAL
SEAL
PR
OF E
S S I ON
A
L
No.
5497590-2202
Christopher Kelly
Kobayashi
G I NEER
"2P1" "2P2"
2L-41(SX-1)
ADDENDUM #2
EN
6
(E9-1)
abc
11 SEP 2015
1
(G-4)
b
PERMIT SET
SHEET KEYNOTES
b (G-9)
ET
26 AUG 2015
(G-4)
1
ET
P
a
8
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
a (G-9)
OFFICE
229H
b
b
8
7
OFFICE
229G
a
ASSEMBLY
AREA
152B
b
(G-4)
6
EL501
MECH.
MEZZANINE
229E
DN
8
6
L I CENSED
6
EL501
ET
a
(HB-9)
PS
9
a
a
(HB-9)
PS
2L-45
THRU "LCP1"
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
7
S T 08/26/2015 H
A
AT
E OF UT
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
LEVELS B & C LIGHTING
PLAN - SCENE SHOP
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
1/8" = 1'-0"
15-02
26 AUG 2015
EL101
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
WHITE (NEUTRAL)
(3) 2 WIRE, 0-10V
CONTROL WIRE
0-10V EMERGENCY DIMMING
CONTROLLER
EQUIBALENT TO WATTSTOPPER
NEUTRAL
LTG LOAD 'a' EM
EMERGENCY
UNSWITCHED HOT
LTG LOAD 'b' EM
26 AUG 2015
PERMIT SET
11 SEP 2015
ADDENDUM #2
120/277
LTG LOAD 'c' EM
TO BAS
(3) 2 WIRE, 0-10V
CONTROL WIRE
1
0-10V DIMMING CONTROLLER
EQUIBALENT TO WATTSTOPPER
NEUTRAL
LTG LOAD 'a'
UNSWITCHED HOT
120/277
LTG LOAD 'b'
LTG LOAD 'c'
120/277
2 WIRE 0-10V
CONTROL WIRE
FIELD ADJUST LIGHTING TO
MAINTAIN INDICATED LIGHT
LEVEL IN FOOTCANDLES
TYPICAL CAT 5e DAISY CHAINED
WIRING BETWEEN DEVICES
WHITE (NEUTRAL)
50FC
RED (LINE)
P
a
WHT
HOT
RED (LOAD)
BLK
TYPICAL
CEILING
VACANCY
SENSOR
LOAD
TYPICAL
MOMENTARY
LOW
VOLTAGE
WALL
STATION
TYPICAL
CEILING
VACANCY
SENSOR
TO BAS
*BASIS OF DESIGN IS NLIGHT OR WATTSTOPPER
**CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE FULLY FUNCTIONAL EQUIVALENT SYSTEMS TO WHAT IS INDICATED HERE.
*BASIS OF DESIGN IS NLIGHT OR WATTSTOPPER
**CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE FULLY FUNCTIONAL EQUIVALENT SYSTEMS TO WHAT IS INDICATED HERE.
TYPICAL WALL VACANCY SENSORS DIMMING WIRING DIAGRAM
9
LETTER INDICATES ZONE
WHERE MULTIPLE ZONES EXIST
ON/OFF
DIM UP/DOWN
TYP
0-10V DIMMING CONTROLLER
W/INTEGRAL VACANCY SENSOR
& PHOTOCELL WALL
CONTROLLER
PROVIDE SPARE
CONTACT AND
SIGNAL TO BAS
TYPICAL
LOW VOLTAGE
INTERIOR
PHOTOCELL
SCALE: NTS
6
TYPICAL MULTIPLE ZONE DIMMING
WIRING DIAGRAM WITH EMERGENCY
LIGHTING
SCALE: NTS
WHITE (NEUTRAL)
RED (LINE)
WHT
HOT
WIRE HANGER AT EACH CORNER OF FIXTURE (TYP)
INDEPENDENT OF CEILING SUPPORT SYSTEM.
POWER PACK
BLK
LOAD "a"
FIXTURE CLAMP - PROVIDE
ONE PER SIDE OF FIXTURE.
LOAD "b"
TO BAS
TYP 3/4" CND
W/CAT 5
PROVIDE SPARE
CONTACT AND
SIGNAL TO BAS
CEILING
VACANCY
SENSOR
TYP 3/4" CND
W/CAT 5
ON/OFF LOW VOLTAGE
MOMENTARTY
OVERRIDE SWITCH.
CEILING
VACANCY
SENSOR
*BASIS OF DESIGN IS NLIGHT
**CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE FULLY FUNCTIONAL EQUIVALENT SYSTEMS TO WHAT IS INDICATED HERE.
WHITE (NEUTRAL)
LAY-IN CEILING GRID SYSTEM
(3) 2 WIRE, 0-10V
CONTROL WIRE
0-10V DIMMING CONTROLLER
EQUIBALENT TO WATTSTOPPER
SCALE: NTS
RECESSED FIXTURE MOUNTING DETAIL
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
LTG LOAD 'a'
NEUTRAL
UNSWITCHED HOT
120/277
EMERGENCY
PANEL
LTG LOAD 'b'
EMERGENCY
TRANSFER BALLAST
WHITE (NEUTRAL)
RED (LINE)
WHT
HOT
BLK
LTG LOAD 'c'
TO BAS
POWER PACK
RED (LOAD)
PROVIDE SPARE
CONTACT AND
SIGNAL TO BAS
LOAD
NORMAL
PANEL
120/277
WALL
SWITCH
VOLTAGE
SENSING
TYPICAL CAT 5e DAISY CHAINED
WIRING BETWEEN DEVICES
LIGHTING
LOAD
UP T0
20 A
TO BAS
PROVIDE SPARE
CONTACT AND
SIGNAL TO BAS
TYP 3/4" CND
W/CAT 5
TYP 3/4" CND
W/CAT 5
TYPICAL
CEILING
VACANCY
SENSOR
ON/OFF LOW VOLTAGE
MOMENTARTY OVERRIDE
SWITCH WITH VACANCY
SENSOR.
7
SCALE: NTS
NEUTRAL BUS
FOR NORMAL
PANEL
ON/OFF
DIM UP/DOWN
TYP
*BASIS OF DESIGN IS NLIGHT OR WATTSTOPPER
**CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE FULLY FUNCTIONAL EQUIVALENT SYSTEMS TO WHAT IS INDICATED HERE.
TYPICAL WALL VACANCY SENSORS WIRING DIAGRAM
TYPICAL
MOMENTARY
LOW
VOLTAGE
WALL
STATION
TYPICAL
CEILING
VACANCY
SENSOR
NORMAL OPERATION
LIGHTING LOAD CONTROLLED BY LOCAL SWITCHING MEANS.
*BASIS OF DESIGN IS NLIGHT OR WATTSTOPPER
**CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE FULLY FUNCTIONAL EQUIVALENT SYSTEMS TO WHAT IS INDICATED HERE.
5
TYPICAL MULTIPLE ZONE DIMMING WIRING DIAGRAM
SCALE: NTS
NEUTRAL BUS
FOR EMERGENCY
PANEL
1
EMERGENCY OPERATION
LIGHTING LOAD IS INDEPENDENT OF LOCAL SWITCHING MEANS.
EMERGENCY LIGHTING TRANSFER DEVICE DETAIL
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
324 S. State St., Suite 400
Salt Lake City, UT 84111
800-678-7077
801-328-5151
fax: 801-328-5155
www.spectrum-engineers.com
SEAL
SEAL
PR
OF E
S S I ON
A
L
No.
5497590-2202
Christopher Kelly
Kobayashi
G I NEER
3
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
EN
TYPICAL MULTIPLE ZONE VACANCY
SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM
8
RECESSED TROFFER
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
L I CENSED
WHITE (NEUTRAL)
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
120/277
PROVIDE SPARE
CONTACT AND
SIGNAL TO BAS
S T 08/26/2015 H
A
AT
E OF UT
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
LIGHTING DETAILS
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
1/8" = 1'-0"
15-02
26 AUG 2015
EL501
INTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
ABBREVIATIONS
B
C
F
G
P
PL
R
S
W
-
SUSPENDED W/
AIRCRAFT CABLE
BASE
CEILING
FLANGE
GRID
PENDANT
POLE
RECESSED
SURFACE
WALL
NE
EB
ET
- NORMAL AND EMERGENCY CONNECTIONS
- EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK
- EMERGENCY TRANSFER DEVICE
IS
RS
PS
-
PSMH
-
PPLF
LVTM
LVTE
-
DIMMING BALLAST
D2
D3
D4
DD
SDP
VERIFY THE PROPER MOUNTING KITS OR ACCESSORIES TO FACILITATE INSTALLATION AS SHOWN AT EACH LOCATION ON THE DRAWINGS.
2.
COMPLY WITH THE "INTERIOR LIGHTING" SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATIONS.
3.
REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR IMPORTANT TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR LIGHTING FIXTURES, BALLASTS, AND LAMPS.
4.
ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE APPROVED BY UL OR ANOTHER ACCEPTABLE TESTING LAB FOR THE PURPOSE INTENDED AND WITH THE LAMP AND BALLAST PROPOSED.
ANSI
WATTS
BB-#L:
-
FS
209D
TP
-
FL
R
M
-
= Maximum Wattage at Connected Voltage
#A
#OA
GC
GO
GF
SGL
HPL
DO
CGL
S
-
ACRYLIC #THICK
ACRYLIC #THICK (OPAL)
GLASS (CLEAR)
GLASS (OPAL)
GLASS (FROSTED)
SOFT GLOW LENS
HIGH PERFORMANCE LENS
DROP OPAL
CONVEX GLASS LENS
SATIN LENS
PRF
DT
BC
BB
WB
VGL
PPL
WW
ESL
-
PERFORATED DIFFUSER
DETENTION
BLACK CONE
BLACK BAFFLE
WHITE BAFFLE
VERTICAL GRAIN LOUVERS
LOUVERS IN PLASTIC PROTECTOR
WALL WASH
ELECTROSTATIC SHIELDED LENS
TRIM
OTHER
1.00
-
-
BRW
-
-
CIE
TYPE
-
1
1.00
-
-
BRW
-
-
-
32
1.00
-
-
WHITE
-
-
DIR
4000
1
4000
LED DRIVER
(0-10V DIMMING)
120/277
ST, EQC
LED
4000K
1
4000
LED DRIVER
(0-10V DIMMING)
120/277
277
32
1.00
-
-
WHITE
-
-
DIR
4000
AC
ST
LED
4000k
1
11200
LED DRIVER
(0-10V DIMMING)
120/277
277
100
1.00
-
-
WHITE
-
-
DIR
8600
-
WS
ST
LED
4000K
1
942
LED DRIVER
120/277
277
13
1.00
-
-
CCA
-
-
DIR
942
1"
-
W
AH
LED
4000K
1
240
LED DRIVER
120/277
277
240
1.00
BLACK
-
-
DIR
240
4"
-
AC
ST
LED
4000K
1
5000
LED DRIVER
(0-10V DIMMING)
120/277
277
42
1.00
WHITE
-
-
DIR
5000
LED DRIVER
(0-10V DIMMING)
120/277
48"
24"
4"
(G-9)
RECESSED TROFFER (2X4
VOLUMETRIC) (HIGH CRI)
48"
24"
(HB-9)
HIGH BAY
48"
(OC-32)
WALL SCONCE (LED)
(SL-4)
(SX-1)
-
ST, EQC
4"
-
CRG
16"
5"
-
8"
5"
5"
EXTERIOR LINEAR SIGN WASH
48"
1"
GENERIC STRIP
48"
4"
4"
-
ST
LED
4000K
1
10000
277
42
1.00
-
-
-
-
WHITE
-
-
DIR
-
-
REFLECTOR
4000K
RECESSED TROFFER (2X4
VOLUMETRIC)
DIFFUSER
LED
(G-4)
LED
FINISH
277
ST
-
QUANTITY
120/277
OPTIONS
LED DRIVER
MOUNTING
VOLTAGE
WATTS
1
1
EXIT SIGN (DOUBLE FACE)
W, C,
S, P
W, C,
S, P
CRG
LAMP
LUMENS
NONE/OPEN
SPECULAR
SEMI-SPECULAR
DIFFUSE (WHITE ENAMEL)
SPECULAR (COLORED)
PRISMATIC
FULL DEPTH REFLECTOR
DIFFUSE (SEMI SPECULAR) SILVER
LOW IRIDESCENT
IRIDESCENT
SILVER
GOLD
CLEAR ALZAK
2.
CONTRACTOR ALLOWANCE PRICES ARE ACCURATE WHEN THIS JOB
WAS SPECIFIED, CONTRACTOR AND ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTOR SHALL
VERIFY THIS ALLOWANCE AND REPORT ANY PROBLEMS TO THE
ENGINEER BEFORE THE BID. ALLOWANCE PRICE MAY OR MAY NOT
INCLUDE LAMP(S) OR FREIGHT AS NOTED, AND DO NOT INCLUDE ANY
TAXES.
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
-
DIRECT LIGHTING
SEMIDIRECT LIGHTING
GENERAL DIFFUSE
SEMI-INDIRECT LIGHTING
INDIRECT LIGHTING
ADJUSTABLE
26 AUG 2015
PERMIT SET
11 SEP 2015
ADDENDUM #2
MANUFACTURER (CATALOG SERIES)
GREEN
(E9-2)
ST
LAMP
COLOR
GREEN
DIR
SD
GEN
SI
IND
ADJ
OPTICS
HOUSING
FINISH
OPTIONS
BALLAST
CONNECTED
-
CIE CLASSIFICATIONS
BB = Ballast Type
#L = Number of Lamps
PS-2L = (2) Lamp, Program Start Ballast
120/277
-
TYPE
LED
OP
SP
SS
D
SC
PR
FDR
DS
LI
IR
SL
GL
CA
PROVIDE UNIT PRICES AND FIXTURE BRAND SELECTED FOR
ADD/DELETE CHANGES FOR EACH FIXTURE TYPES SHOWN WITHIN 48
BUSINESS HOURS OF THE BID DATE. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS
REQUIREMENT MAY DISQUALIFY THE PRODUCTS AND EMPOWER THE
ENGINEER TO DETERMINE FAIR VALUE FOR FIXTURE AND
INSTALLATION CHANGES, WITHOUT FURTHER INPUT FROM THE
CONTRACTOR OR INSTALLER.
OPTICS
CONFIGURATION
DIAMETER/ APERTURE
LAMP
CCA
WHITE/ BRUSHED ALUM
MATTE WHITE
BLACK
SILVER
GOLD
CLEAR
PAINTED WHITE
EXTRUDED ALUMINUM
STEEL
GALVANIZED STEEL
CAST
COLOR BY ARCHITECT
STANDARD COLOR BY
ARCHITECT
CUSTOM COLOR BY
ARCHITECT
MEETS FEDERAL
STANDARD 209D
THERMALLY
PROTECTED
FLUSH
REGRESS
MITERED
LED DRIVER
TYPE
EXIT SIGN (SINGLE FACE)
4"
Example:
-
1
ID
(E9-1)
96"
2 WIRE DIMMER
3 WIRE DIMMER
4 WIRE DIMMER
DIGITAL DIMMER
STEP DIMMER BALLAST
BRW
MW
BL
SL
GL
CL
PW
EA
S
GS
C
CBA
SCBA
VOLTS
277
MAX DEPTH
WIDTH
LENGTH
LUMINAIRE
NOMINAL SIZE
GENERIC STRIP
-
BALLAST NOTATION
1.
(SX-8)
INSTANT START
RAPID START
PROGRAM START, PARALLEL LAMP
OPERATION
PULSE START METAL HALLIDE (CWA OR
ELECTRONIC)
PROVIDE POWER LINE FILTER
LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER (MAGNETIC)
LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
(ELECTRONIC)
1.
-
LUMINAIRE
LUMENS
10000
OPTION 1
OPTION 2
LITHONIA
SURE-LITE
(LE-S-W-1-G-120/277)
LITHONIA
SURE-LITE
(LE-S-W-2-G-120/277)
80CRI
LITHONIA
CREE
(2ALL4-40L-MVOLT-L (ZR24-40L-40K-10
P840)
V)
90CRI
CREE
NULITE
(ZR24-40L-40K-10V) (M2D-4-40HP-L40UNV-DIM-90CRI)
80CRI LITHONIA (LITHONIA
METALUX
(IBL-9L-WD-SD125-LP (HBLED-LD4-12-W
740-DLC))
-A-UNV-L840-CD1U)
BEGA
(3542LED-K4)
80CRI
I2SYSTEMS
(V3285-A-48-30-BBDOUTDOOR-BLACK-E
OSP-VLA-5)
80CRI
LITHONIA
METALUX
(ZL1D-48-5000LM-FS (4SNLED-LD4-67S
1
T-MVOLT-40K-90CRIL-LW-UNV-L840-C
XX-WH-ZACVH)
D1-U)
80CRI
LITHONIA
(TZL1D-96-10000LM-F
ST-MVOLT-40K-90CRI
-XX-WH-ZACVH)
OPTION 3
CHLORIDE
SYSTEMS
CHLORIDE
SYSTEMS
OPTION 4
EVENLITE
OPTION 5
-
OPTION 6
-
EVENLITE
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
324 S. State St., Suite 400
Salt Lake City, UT 84111
800-678-7077
801-328-5151
fax: 801-328-5155
www.spectrum-engineers.com
SEAL
SEAL
PR
OF E
S S I ON
A
L
G I NEER
No.
5497590-2202
Christopher Kelly
Kobayashi
EN
L I CENSED
AC -
REFLECTOR
LENS
FINISH
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
ADJACENT HINGE
AIR RETURN AND HEAT REJECTION
DAMP LOCATION
EARTHQUAKE CLIPS
FUSING
HINGED AND LATCHED DOOR
HOUSE SIDE SHIELD
PHOTOCELL SWITCH
QUARTZ RESTRIKE
STATIC
WIRE GUARD
WET LOCATION
BALLAST
HARMONICS (THD)
-
EMERGENCY
BALLAST FACTOR
AH
ARHR
DL
EQC
F
HLD
HS
PS
QRS
ST
WG
WL
MOUNTING
NOTES
OPTIONS
LUMINAIRE OPTIONS
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
S T 08/26/2015 H
A
AT
E OF UT
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
LIGHTING FIXTURE
SCHEDULE
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
15-02
26 AUG 2015
EL601
E
GENERAL SHEET NOTES
D
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
7
7
OFFICE
229G
C
C
COSTUME
SHOP
(NEW)
229F
ST
MECH.
MEZZANINE
229E
J
ASSEMBLY
AREA
152B
OFFICE
229H
8"x4"
+127 1/2" AFF
C
8"x4"
+110" AFF
J
(2)EA
4"CND
6
8"x4"
+110" AFF
CABLE TRAY DOWN
TO COMM ROOM
J
COMM.
153D
FITTING
229A
W
D
D
C
COSTUME
SHOP
(EXISTING)
229
JAN
231
D
W
W
DYE/LAUNDRY
229C
"C"
DN
UP
ST
"D"
8"x4"
+110" AFF
CORRIDOR
200V
V
5
5
E
D
SCENE SHOP TELECOMMUNICATIONS PLAN LEVEL C
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
E
D
7
7
1
1
S
1
S
S
S
ST
3/4" CND W/
PULLSTRING
(TYP)
C
1
D
D
D
D
D
D
1
SHOP
OFFICE
152C
ACCESSIBLE
CEILING
(2) 2" CONDUITS
W/ PULLSTRINGS
ASSEMBLY
AREA
152B
SHOP
152
C
3/4" CND W/
PULLSTRING
(TYP)
CABLE
TRAY
1
COMMUNICATIONS
OUTLETS (TYP)
LEVEL C
1
ST
COMM.
153D
J
ELEC.
153E
ST
TOOL
ROOM
152A
OFFICE
151C
ACCESSIBLE
CEILING
CABLE
TRAY
OFFICE
151A
PAINT
153F
PAINT
SHOP
153
3/4" CND W/
PULLSTRING
(TYP)
PAINT
MIXING
153B
J
EXISTING COMM 151A
6
J
(2)EA
3"CND
C
CABLE
TRAY
8"x4"
+112" AFF
COSTUME
AREA
151
OFFICE
151D
C
JAN
151B
UP
COMMUNICATIONS
OUTLETS (TYP)
J
5
LEVEL B
5
COMM 153D
E
3
VOICE/ DATA CONDUIT RISER DIAGRAM
SCALE: NTS
1
SCENE SHOP TELECOMMUNICATIONS PLAN LEVEL B
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
D
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
324 S. State St., Suite 400
Salt Lake City, UT 84111
800-678-7077
801-328-5151
fax: 801-328-5155
www.spectrum-engineers.com
SEAL
SEAL
PR
OF E
S S I ON
A
L
No.
5497590-2202
Christopher Kelly
Kobayashi
G I NEER
3/4" CND W/
PULLSTRING
(TYP)
1
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
EN
6
ADDENDUM #2
C
6
CABLE
TRAY
11 SEP 2015
L I CENSED
8"x4"
+242" AFF
CABLE
TRAY
PERMIT SET
SHEET KEYNOTES
FITTING
229J
8"x4"
+127 1/2" AFF
2
26 AUG 2015
ST
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
C
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
S T 08/26/2015 H
A
AT
E OF UT
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
LEVELS B & C TELECOM
PLAN - SCENE SHOP
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
1/8" = 1'-0"
15-02
26 AUG 2015
ET101
GENERAL SHEET NOTES
E
TYPICAL DOOR
W/ ACCESS CONTROLS
1
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
POWER PANELS WHICH SUPPLY POWER TO FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS SHALL HAVE
BRANCH CIRCUITS IDENTIFIED BY RED LABELS STATING “FIRE ALARM CIRCUIT” PER NEC
760.41 B.
3/4" CND W/ PULLSTRING
1
ES
LOCATE AT CEILING NEAR DOOR
7
ML
1" CND W/ PULLSTRING
DOOR
J-BOX
8"X8"X4"
SECURITY
HEAD END
D
7
REX
OFFICE
229G
PB
1
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
1
CR
CI
(TYP)
CI
30
CI
3/4" CND W/ PULLSTRING
ASSEMBLY
AREA
152B
GENERAL NOTE - RISER SHOWS TYPICAL ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS FOR DEVICES, NOT ALL
DEVICES MAY BE USED AT A GIVEN DOOR AND/OR ADDITIONAL DEVICES MAY BE SHOWN,
REFER TO PLANS FOR ACTUAL QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS OF DEVICES
OFFICE
229H
1
ACCESS CONTROLS & SECURITY
ROUGH-IN RISER DIAGRAM
ADDENDUM #2
1
1
RELOCATED CCTV CAMERA. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT
WITH USU SCENE SHOP SECURITY PERSONNEL PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PROVIDE .75"
CONDUIT AND PULL STRING FROM CAMERA LOCATION BACK TO TELECOMM ROOM
153D.
2
RELOCATED CARD READER. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH USU SCENE SHOP
SECURITY PERSONNEL PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. PROVIDE .75" CONDUIT AND REQUIRED
WIRING TO EXTEND EXISTING DOOR POWER, ACCESS CONTROL WIRING AND SECURITY
WIRING TO NEW CARD READER LOCATION.
3
PROVIDE FIRELITE FM SERIES MAGNETIC DOOR HOLD OPEN DEVICE. DEVISE SHALL BE
WALL OR FLOOR MOUNTED AS DIRECTED BY ARCHITECT. POWER AND CONTROL
THROUGH FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. DOORS TO RELEASE UPON ACTIVATION OF FIRE
ALARM.
4
RELAY FOR FIRE SMOKE DAMPERS.
5
RELAY FOR FAN SHUTDOWN.
75
FITTING
229J
1
6
15
6
FITTING
229A
DYE/LAUNDRY
229C
30
W
D
D
1
COSTUME
SHOP
(EXISTING)
229
75
JAN
231
D
W
W
30
DN
CM
V
5
P
15
15
CM R
E
75
15
E
CORRIDOR
200V
4
2P1-4
UP
5
3
E
3
D
SCENE SHOP AUXILIARY PLAN LEVEL C
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
2
1
7
30
7
CI
D
CR
E
EH
P
S
1
S
S
S
SHOP
OFFICE
152C
1
ASSEMBLY
AREA
152B
SHOP
152
15
75
75
SPEAKER ONLY
"2P1" "2P2"
P
30
1
TOOL
ROOM
152A
PAINT
SHOP
153
"FPS"
AND
DIGITAL
AUDIO
AMP
OFFICE
151C
1
COMM.
153D
ELEC.
153E
1
PAINT
153F
1
COSTUME
AREA
151
75
PAINT
MIXING
153B
75
15
OFFICE
151A
JAN
151B
OFFICE
151D
1
UP
1
4
CM R
15
15
E
30
2P1-2
E
P
5
CM
3
E
SCENE SHOP AUXILIARY PLAN LEVEL B
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
D
3
5
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
324 S. State St., Suite 400
Salt Lake City, UT 84111
800-678-7077
801-328-5151
fax: 801-328-5155
www.spectrum-engineers.com
SEAL
SEAL
PR
OF E
S S I ON
A
L
No.
5497590-2202
Christopher Kelly
Kobayashi
G I NEER
"2L"
6
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
EN
6
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
L I CENSED
1
5
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
2P1-6
CM R
1
11 SEP 2015
SHEET KEYNOTES
SCALE: NTS
2
PERMIT SET
COSTUME
SHOP
(NEW)
229F
75
3
15
MECH.
MEZZANINE
229E
26 AUG 2015
S T 08/26/2015 H
A
AT
E OF UT
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
LEVELS B & C AUXILIARY
PLAN - SCENE SHOP
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
1/8" = 1'-0"
15-02
26 AUG 2015
EY101
ADD ENDUM N O . 1
DATE:
PROJECT
NO:
PROJECT:
September 11, 2015
15108
USU Fine Arts Scene Shop Bid Package # 1
DIVISION – 22 & 23
DRAWINGS
SHEET - ME001
1.
Add mechanical basis of design as shown. See attached drawing.
SHEET - MD101
1.
Dual duct box in corridor to remain. See attached drawing.
2.
Update keyed notes as shown. See attached drawing.
SHEET - MD102
1.
Update keyed notes and layout as shown. See attached drawing.
SHEET - ME101
1.
Update keyed notes as shown. See attached drawing.
2.
Add callout to dust collector. See attached drawing.
3.
Add electric cabinet unit heater, split system, air dryer and exhaust fan as shown. See attached drawing.
4.
Revise duct layouts as shown. See attached drawing.
SHEET - ME102
1.
Update keyed notes as shown. See attached drawing.
2.
Revise dual duct ductwork as shown. See attached drawing.
3.
Add roof mounted condensing unit as shown. See attached drawing.
4.
Update dryer vents as shown. See attached drawing.
SHEET - ME501
1.
No changes.
SHEET - ME502
1.
Modify floor sweep detail as shown. See attached drawing.
SHEET - ME503
1.
Add Air Compressor Piping Schematic, Typical High Pressure Mixing Box, Duct Flashing Detail, and Split
System Conditioning Unit Detail as shown. See attached drawing.
SHEET - ME601
1.
Update Dual Duct Terminal Box Schedule as shown. See attached drawing.
2.
Add air handler drawings to Custom Fanwall Air Handler Schedule. See attached drawing.
SHEET - ME602
1.
Add sheet ME602. See attached drawing.
Page 2 of 3
SHEET - ME701
1.
Change numbering on pumps as shown. See attached drawing.
SHEET - MP101
1.
Add split system refrigerant piping as shown. See attached drawing.
SHEET - MP102
1.
Add split system refrigerant piping as shown. See attached drawing.
2.
Update layout of hydronic piping as shown. See attached drawing.
3.
Update keyed notes as shown. See attached drawing.
SHEET - PE101
1.
Add keyed notes as shown. See attached drawing.
2.
Revise plumbing layouts as shown. See attached drawing.
SHEET - PE102
1.
Add keyed notes as shown. See attached drawing.
2.
Revise plumbing layouts as shown. See attached drawing.
SHEET - PE601
1.
Update the Plumbing Fixtures Schedule as shown. See attached drawing.
SHEET - FP101
1.
No changes.
SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION - 211000 WATER BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
1.
See Attached.
SECTION - 224000 PLUMBING FIXTURES
1.
See Attached.
SECTION - 230519 METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC
1.
See Attached.
SECTION - 230548 VIBRATION ISOLATION AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
1.
See Attached.
SECTION - 230720 PIPE INSULATION
1.
See Attached.
SECTION - 232123 HYDRONIC PUMPS
1.
See Attached.
SECTION - 232500 CHEMICAL WATER TREATMENT
1.
See Attached.
SECTION - 233113 METAL DUCTS
1.
See Attached.
SECTION - 233713 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
1.
See Attached.
SECTION - 237325 FAN WALL TYPE CUST AIR HANDLING UNITS
1.
See Attached.
Page 3 of 3
PRIOR APPROVALS
The following manufacturers, trade names and products are allowed to bid on a name brand only basis with the
provision that they completely satisfy all and every requirement of the drawings, specifications and all addenda
shall conform to the design, quality and standards specified, established and required for the complete and
satisfactory installation and performance of the building and all its respective parts.
Item
Manufacturer
Sink Faucets
American Standard
Comments
APPROVED
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
USU SCENE SHOP ADDITION
MECHANICAL BASIS OF DESIGN
100% CD Set
LEGEND OF MECHANICAL SYMBOLS AND ABBREVIATIONS
September 11, 2015
DUCTWORK/GRILLES
PIPING
PLUMBING
LINETYPES
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
GENERAL
The mechanical system will provide heating, ventilation and air conditioning required for the remodeled and new portions of the Scene Shop Addition.
POSITIVE PRESSURE DUCT - RISE
OR
SHUT OFF VALVE
THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE
BF
BOILER FEED WATER
POSITIVE PRESSURE DUCT - DROP
OR
BALL VALVE
HOSE BIBB
CF
CHEMICAL FEED
NEGATIVE PRESSURE DUCT - RISE
OR
BUTTERFLY VALVE
FLOOR SINK
CHWS
CHILLED WATER SUPPLY
MOTOR OPERATED BUTTERFLY VALVE
FLOOR DRAIN
CHWR
CHILLED WATER RETURN
The mechanical system will be designed to provide a safe, economical, energy efficient, low maintenance type system that is balanced with the
projects sustainability goals. All mechanical systems will have a proven track record of high quality, energy efficiency and environmental control.
26 AUG 2015
The fire suppression system will be designed in compliance with IFC including amendments from the State of Utah. The fire alarm and detection
system is not provided in this division of work.
PERMIT SET
HVAC DESIGN CRITERIA
Comply with the 2012 edition of the International Codes:
NEGATIVE PRESSURE DUCT - DROP
FCO
FLOOR CLEAN-OUT
OR CLEAN-OUT TO
GRADE
DOMESTIC COLD WATER (DCW)
ROUND DUCT - RISE
OR
GATE VALVE
ROUND DUCT - DROP
OR
ANGLE VALVE
ROOF DRAIN
DOMESTIC HOT WATER (DHW)
UNDER FLOOR DUCT
OR
GLOBE VALVE
DOWNSPOUT NOZZLE
DOMESTIC HOT WATER RETURN
(DHWR)
TURNING VANES
OR
PLUG VALVE
COTG
International Building Code (IBC) - 2012
International Mechanical Code (IMC) - 2012
International Plumbing Code (IPC) - 2012
International Fuel Gas Code (IFGC) - 2012
International Energy Conservation Code (IECC) - 2012
International Fire Code (IFC) - 2012
National Electric Code (NEC) - 2011
All state amendments.
Comply with all applicable local, state, and federal codes and regulations.
HVAC system to comply with the following standards, most current edition:
CHECK VALVE
CLEAN-OUT
OR
LATERAL STRAINER WITH BLOW-OFF VALVE,
PROVIDE HOSE END WITH CAP WHERE DISCHARGE
IS NOT PIPED TO DRAIN
FILL PORT
REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW
PREVENTOR W/ DRAIN PAN
DRAIN PAN AND P-TRAP
HWR
HEATING HOT WATER RETURN
Design for Energy Conservation and Sustainability.
FIXTURE FROM LEVEL ABOVE
HWS
HEATING HOT WATER SUPPLY
Design for Environmental Awareness. The built environment has a profound impact on our natural environment, economy, health, and productivity.
Incorporate environmentally friendly solutions in the building design.
CEILING EXHAUST REGISTER,
(BALANCE TO MATCH SUPPLY IF
RETURN CFM IS NOT SHOWN)
24X10
200
SIDEWALL SUPPLY
REGISTER
24X10
200
OR
OR
TOP FIGURES INDICATE
NECK SIZE. BOTTOM
FIGURE INDICATES CFM.
ATC - 2 WAY VALVE
OR
ATC - 3 WAY VALVE
CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSER
WITH FLEXIBLE DUCT
12X12
200
CEILING AIR GRILLE WITH
FLEXIBLE DUCT
CEILING RETURN AIR GRILE
W/ SOUND BOOT
S
0.0
GPM
OR
OR
FLAT OVAL DUCT WITH FREE AREA
DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN INCHES.
RECTANGULAR DUCT WITH FREE AREA
DIMENSIONS SHOWN IN INCHES.
ROUND DUCT WITH FREE AREA DIMENSIONS
SHOWN IN INCHES.
Heating and Cooling Load Calculations: Size the building heating and cooling systems based on undiversified calculated loads for space and process
equipment. Include 10% safety factor for the heating load calculations and no safety factor for the cooling load calculations.
GLYCOL PIPING SOLUTION
RD
DEMOLITION
RDO
EQUIPMENT
RL
ROOF DRAIN
ROOF DRAIN OVERFLOW
REFRIGERANT LIQUID
UNIT HEATER
CALIBRATED BALANCING
VALVE WITH GPM INDICATED
INLINE PUMP
VENTURI FLOW METER
INLINE PUMP
RS
SEWER (BELOW GRADE)
SEWER (ABOVE GRADE)
FAN
RELIEF VALVE
REFRIGERANT SUCTION
VENT (SEWER)
DESIGN CONDITIONS
Outside Design Conditions: Use the following climate data from ASHRAE Fundamentals 2013 Climatic Design Information.
Elevation
4,785 FT
Summer Design Dry Bulb Temp. (ASHRAE 0.4%)
93 deg. F
Summer Mean Coincident Web Bulb (ASHRAE 0.4%)
62 deg. F
Cooling Tower Web Bulb Temp. (ASHRAE 0.4%)
65 deg. F
Winter Design Dry Bulb Temp. (USU Standard)
-20 deg. F
PS
OR
FIRE
FLOW SWITCH
HOSE
VALVE
PRESSURE SWITCH
NRS GATE VALVE WITH
SUPERVISION
Shop and Shop Office:
Summer
72 deg F
Winter 72 deg F
No humidity control
No humidity control
Mechanical Room and Electrical Room:
Summer
85 deg. F
Winter 72 deg. F
No humidity control
No humidity control
No humidity control
Telephone/Data/Communication:
Year Round
75 deg. F max.
No humidity control
Dust Collector Room
Year Round
95 deg. F max.
No humidity control
Noise Criteria: Design the heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems to meet the ASHRAE Design Guidelines:
FLOW SWITCH
TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE
TEST PORT
Assembly Area, Offices and Costume Shop:
Summer
72 deg. F
No humidity control
Winter 72 deg F
No humidity control
Paint Shop:
Summer
72 deg. F
Winter 72 deg. F
No humidity control
Paint Booth and Paint Mixing Ventilation
AIR VENT-AUTO
FLEXIBLE DUCT
12ø
(NAME)
SOLENOID VALVE
AIR VENT-MANUAL
A
12/8
G(NAME)
GLYCOL HEAT RECOVERY PIPING
Indoor Design Conditions: ASHRAE Standard 55
FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTION
12/8 FO
GHR
EXISTING PIPING TO BE
REMOVED
Infiltration: Design for 30 MPH wind when calculating infiltration loads and building pressurization controls.
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE SELF CONTAINED
OR
SIDEWALL EXHAUST OR
RETURN REGISTER
12X12
200
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE EXTERNAL PRESSURE
(NAME)
Costume Shop and Offices
Assembly, Shop and Paint Shop:
Corridors
NC 30-35
NC 30-45
NC 35-40
FIRE RISER
INCLINED RISE
DN
INCLINED DROP
WITH RESPECT TO AIR FLOW 15°
NOMINAL INCLINE WITH RADIUS
TURNS=DEPTH OF DUCT.
Pressure Relationships: Design the heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems to meet the following:
THERMOMETER WELL
0-100 F
UP
R
12/12
8/8
12/12
12ø
12∅
12/12
R/W=1. ROUND DUCT SIMILAR TO RECTANGULAR
PRESSURE GAUGE WITH
SHUT OFF PLUG VALVE
RECTANGULAR TO RECTANGULAR OR ROUND TO ROUND
DUCT TRANSFORMATION MAXIMUM 15° INCLUDED ANGLE
EXCEPT WHERE SHOWN OTHERWISE.
PRESSURE GAUGE WITH PIGTAIL
RECTANGULAR TO ROUND DUCT TRANSFORMATION
HIGH EFFICIENCY FITTING
Building:
Paint Shop and Dye Room:
FIRE SPRINKLER WATER
VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS
THERMOMETER - TEMP RANGE AS INDICATED
F
W
SPRINKLER HEAD
Ventilation will comply with the 2012 IMC and ASHRAE Standard 62-2010.
Provide a building relief air system to maintain the building to be +0.03-0.05 in. W.G. building static pressure.
OR
OR
UNION
ANNOTATIONS
P-1
HEAT SOURCE
The heat source to the remodel and addition is supplied by new hot water lines from the existing building. The hot water system will be used to heat a
fluid mixture of 30% propylene glycol which will be used to provide heating to the air handler preheat coils. The glycol system will consist of (Qty. 2)
base mounted pumps selected for primary/standby operation and a heat exchanger. The coil flow will be constant and the coil discharge air
temperature shall be controlled by the control valve serving the heat exchanger. Terminal reheat coils will be connected to the hot water system.
Chemical water treatment will be provided by West Chemical in accordance with USU's current design requirements.
PLUMBING
FIXTURES
FLANGE
POINT OF CONNECTION
MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER
OR
FLEXIBLE EXPANSION JOINT
A
FD
FSD
FIRE DAMPER IN DUCT, W/ ACCESS PANEL REQD.
REDUCER
COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER W/ ACCESS PANEL
ECCENTRIC REDUCER
M-101
A
SD
SMOKE DAMPER W/ ACCESS PANEL
BRANCH - BOTTOM CONNECTION
BACK DRAFT DAMPER
BRANCH - TOP CONNECTION
M101
COOLING SOURCE
SECTION TAG - TOP FIGURE IS SECTION NO.
BOTTOM FIGURE IS SHEET NO.
The cooling source to the remodel and addition is supplied by new chilled water lines from the existing building. The chilled water coils in the air
handler will have a coil pump to maintain constant coil flow and a three way valve will modulate to control discharge air temperature. The cooling
coils shall be winterized each year to prevent freezing.
HVAC SYSTEMS
DETAIL TAG - TOP FIGURE IS DETAIL NO.
BOTTOM FIGURE IS SHEET NO.
The supply air system will be variable air volume (VAV) with hot water reheat coils. VAV reheat systems are common at USU and familiar to the
maintenance personnel. A central air handler allows for easy access and maintenance. VAV systems are energy efficient. These systems allow for
flexibility to accommodate future changes. VAV reheat systems provide excellent zoning; each space can be independently zoned.
BDD
ATC
OR
ATC DAMPER
EF
1
EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
1
KEYED NOTE IDENTIFICATION
BRANCH - SIDE CONNECTION
RISE OR DROP
ACCESS PANEL IN DUCT OR PLENUM
S
S
PIPE CAP
3-WAY BLOW
PATTERN
ARROW INDICATES DIRECTION OF FLOW IN
PIPE
2-WAY BLOW
PATTERN
SD
DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR
NO PIPING TO RUN DIRECTLY OVER ELECTRICAL PANELS, MCC'S,
VFD'S. ROUTE AROUND AS REQUIRED.
SUPPLY AIR HANDLER
3.
INSTALL MANUAL AIR VENTS AT ALL HYDRONIC SYSTEM HIGH POINTS.
Building heating and cooling will be provided by a semi-custom central air handling unit and dual duct boxes connected to the existing building air
handler. The air handling units will be equipped with fan arrays in lieu of large plenum fans to reduce fan noise, increase system reliability, and
facilitate maintenance due to smaller fan and motor sizes.
THERMOSTAT
4.
5.
DN
LEADER INDICATES DOWNWORD SLOPE
2-WAY BLOW
PATTERN
1-WAY BLOW PATTERN
2.
VALVE IN RISE
OR
90° ELBOW
45° ELBOW
ALIGNMENT GUIDE
ANCHOR
INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT WITH SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE FOR
MAINTENANCE PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION. PROVIDE A
24"X24" ACCESS DOOR BELOW EQUIPMENT BOX AND CONTROL
VALVES WHERE INSTALL OVER HARD CEILING AREAS.
COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF T-STATS WITH ARCHITECTURAL
FURNISHINGS.
6.
INSTALL A 24"x24" ACCESS PANEL BELOW ALL VALVES, CIRCUIT
SETTERS, AND CONTROL VALVES OVER HARD CEILINGS.
7.
MECHANICAL PIPING TO BE INSTALLED ABOVE DUCTWORK AND
EQUIPMENT EXCEPT WHERE SHOWN.
8.
FIELD VERIFY ALL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS.
9.
DETAILS REFERENCE ALL SHEETS.
10.
DISSIMILAR METAL PIPING CONNECTIONS: PROVIDE DIELECTRIC
NIPPLES RATHER THAN DIELECTRIC UNIONS. IS DIELECTRIC UNIONS
ARE NEEDED, PROVIDE WITH GARLOCK GYLON GASKETS. NO OTHER
GASKETS WILL BE ALLOWED.
The Dye room will have a slot hood for mixing dyes and a canopy hood to capture heat and vapors from the dye vat. The slot hood will provide
continuous ventilation to the room in occupied mode and the canopy hood will be turned on and off as required with a wall switch.
The air handling unit will be equipped with a supply fan array, glycol preheat coil, chilled water cooling coil, mixing box, MERV-8 pre-filters, and
MERV-13 final filters. The air handler will have a ducted supply system and ducted return system.
EXHAUST SYSTEM
The building will be served by roof mounted exhaust fans which shall provide exhaust air to the paint booth, paint mixing area, paint shop, dye room
and dust collector room. Separate exhaust systems shall be provided to serve as relief air for the building and exhaust for the paint booth, paint shop,
paint mixing, dye room and dust collector room.
AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM
The ATC system will match the USU Campus Building Automation System (BAS) standards. It will have BACnet DDC controls with electric dampers
and valve actuators. The USU approved controls manufacturers are: Johnson Controls and Utah-Yamas Controls.
FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
The building will be provided with a wet-pipe fire sprinkler system throughout the indoor occupied spaces to meet the requirements of NFPA 13 and
USU Design Requirements Division 21.
DOMESTIC HOT WATER SYSTEM
The existing hot and cold water system will be expanded to accommodate the new fixtures.
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
SEAL
SEAL
S S I ON
AL
OF E
PR
No. 275661
RAYMON D.
VERNON
TA
S
4-WAY BLOW
PATTERN
PIPING DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC IN NATURE. FIELD VERIFY ALL
ROUTING AND COORDINATE WITH ALL OTHER TRADES.
SENSOR
RISER - UP (ELBOW)
T
1.
SWITCH
RISER - DOWN (ELBOW)
SINGLE DUCT AIR TERMINAL BOX VARIABLE OR
CONSTANT VOLUME. MIN. 1-1/2 TERMINAL INLET
SIZE STRAIGHT DUCT AT TERMINAL INLET.
MECHANICAL PIPING GENERAL NOTES
Particular attention has been paid on this building to designing a mechanical system that will operate efficiently and have the capacity to provide
intermittent make up air for the paint booth. The primary VAV box in the paint shop will control space temperature and ventilation when the paint
booth is off. The secondary VAV box in the paint shop shall open and close to allow for the proper make-up air flow for the paint booth. The air
handler shall modulate the outside air damper to maintain building pressure as scheduled.
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
TE
T
OF U
G I NEER
EN
AD
Positive to outside, +0.05 - 0.08 in. W.G.
Negative to adjacent spaces
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
L I CEN SE
D
12X12
200
USU A/E Design Manual - 7/7/2014 Version
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62-2010: Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality
ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 55-2010: Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy
ANSI/ASHRAE 90.1-2010: Energy Standard for Buildings
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor's National Association standards
Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Recommended Practice
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
CEILING RETURN REGISTER
EXISTING PIPING
OR
RPBP
22X22
200
E(NAME)
WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR
RELIEF AIR OR EXHAUST AIR LOUVER
CEILING SUPPLY DIFFUSER
VENT THRU ROOF
SHUT OFF PLUG VALVE FOR
FOR USE WITH PRESSURE GAUGE
FRESH AIR LOUVER
12X12
200
VTR
AH
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
MECHANICAL SYMBOLS,
LEGENDS, AND GENERAL
NOTES
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
12" = 1'-0"
15-02
26 AUG 2015
ME001
#
1
KEYED NOTES
1.
DEMO AND REMOVE DUCT WORK SHOWN HATCHED.
PREPARE EXISTING DUCT TO REMAIN FOR
RECONNECTION.
2.
EXISTING EXHAUST GRILLE AND DUCT WORK TO
REMAIN.
3.
DEMO AND REMOVE EXISTING DUAL DUCT BOX SHOWN
HATCHED AND ASSOCIATED FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK.
PREPARE EXISTING DUCT WORK FOR RECONNECTION.
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
26 AUG 2015
D
C
6
1
1
7/11
120
2
1
1
5
1
1
1
3
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
SEAL
SEAL
S S I ON
AL
OF E
PR
No. 275661
RAYMON D.
VERNON
TA
TE
T
OF U
G I NEER
EN
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
S
1
LEVEL B SCENE SHOP MECHANICAL DEMO PLAN
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
L I CEN SE
D
7
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
E
PERMIT SET
AH
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
LEVEL B SCENE SHOP
MECHANICAL DEMO PLAN
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
1/8" = 1'-0"
15-02
26 AUG 2015
MD101
#
1
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
KEYED NOTES
1.
DEMO AND REMOVE DUCT WORK, GRILLES, AND DUAL
DUCT BOXES SHOWN HATCHED. PREPARE EXISTING
DUCT TO REMAIN FOR RECONNECTION.
2.
EXISTING DUAL DUCT BOX TO REMAIN.
3.
PREPARE DUCT AND MASONRY WALL FOR
INSTALLATION OF FIRE DAMPERS.
4.
EXISTING SIDE WALL GRILLES TO REMAIN.
5.
EXISTING EXHAUST FAN ON ROOF TO REMAIN.
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
26 AUG 2015
D
6
4
1
2 210
(E)EF
1
6ø
7ø
2
5ø
1
1
5
5ø
4
1
11/7 EXHAUST
FROM BELOW
TO REMAIN
120
8ø
8ø
8ø
22/8
2
18/10
8ø
T
3
12ø
8ø
OPEN ABOVE
CEILING
1
14ø
14ø
20ø
1
20ø
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
SEAL
SEAL
S S I ON
AL
OF E
PR
No. 275661
RAYMON D.
VERNON
TA
TE
T
OF U
G I NEER
EN
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
S
1
LEVEL C SCENE SHOP MECHANICAL DEMO PLAN
5
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
L I CEN SE
D
7
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
E
PERMIT SET
AH
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
LEVEL C SCENE SHOP
MECHANICAL DEMO PLAN
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
1/8" = 1'-0"
15-02
26 AUG 2015
MD102
#
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
KEYED NOTES
1.
DROP MAKE-UP AIR DUCT DOWN TO 2 FEET ABOVE
FINISHED FLOOR.
2.
1 SQUARE FOOT OPENING ABOVE CEILING WITH FIRE
DAMPER.
3.
EXISTING DUAL DUCT BOX TO REMAIN.
4.
LOCATION FOR SAWDUST COLLECTOR ON/OFF
SWITCH AND FILTER CLEANER CONTROL PANEL.
1
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
26 AUG 2015
D
EUH
1
9
ME501
1
20/26
DUST COLLECTION
T
152E
3
ME502
9
ME501
9
ME501
3
ME502
3
ME502
7
5ø
5ø
12ø
5ø
24/18 SWR-1
(3) 1490
10ø
4/4
AD
1
T
TO VAV-2
6/6 EG-1
5ø
T
8ø CD-1
100
1
ASSEMBLY AREA
152B
8ø
1
SHOP OFFICE
152C
1
C
9
ME501
6ø
T
2
ME502
14/14
8/8
14/14
SHOP
152
4
VAV
3
10/10 SWR-2
(6) 280
12/6 DG-1
50
20/16
14/14
6
VAV
4
PB
1
EF
7
11/20 RG-1
625
1
10
ME503
AC
1
20/20 DG-1
625
12/6 DG-1
90
TOOL ROOM
152A
8ø CD-1
100
4/6 EG-1
50
OFFICE
151C
6/4
OFFICE
151A
8ø CD-1
200
8/8 RG-1
6/8 EG-1 COSTUME AREA
151
90
PAINT
153F
PAINT SHOP
153
8/6
12/12 DG-1
225
10/10 RG-1
8/8 SWS-1
(2) 100
PAINT MIXING
153B
225
7/11(E)
OFFICE
151D
8/8 RG-1
JAN
151B
120
8ø CD-1
100
8ø CD-1
80
12
ME502
DD
5
10/10
ELEV
153C
10/8
12/10
2 360
FD
12/12 SWR-1
5
DD
2
FD
2
DRESSING RM
146
2
1
DD
1
MORGAN STAGE
155A
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
SEAL
SEAL
S S I ON
AL
OF E
PR
No. 275661
RAYMON D.
VERNON
TA
TE
T
OF U
G I NEER
EN
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
S
1
LEVEL B SCENE SHOP MECHANICAL PLAN
DRESSING RM
148
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
L I CEN SE
D
1
ME502
SDC
1
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
E
PERMIT SET
AH
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
LEVEL B SCENE SHOP
MECHANICAL PLAN
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
1/8" = 1'-0"
15-02
26 AUG 2015
ME101
E
D
TO BLAST PANEL IN ROOF
12ø CD-1
(6) 420
18/12 SWS-1
500
EF
6
15/6 SWS-2
(6) 350
10ø CD-1
250
T
H
1
15/6 SWS-2
(2) 345
7
OFFICE
229G
5
26/14
20/26
OFFICE
229H
16/10
20/14
20/20
H
2
24/20
10ø CD-1
315
COSTUME SHOP (NEW)
229F
VAV
2
COIL PULL SPACE
28/20
40/18 SWR-1
2230
1
CU
1
30ø
EF
1
10,000 CFM
8ø CD-1
100
40/14
32ø
16/14 SWR-1
(2) 1060
EF
2
AH
2
36/30
16/14
26/14
18/14
EF
6525 CFM
3
40/18 SWR-1
(2) 2235
FITTING
229J
18/14
18"X18" UP
1595 CFM
6
DYE/LAUNDRY
229C
30/12
SH
6
1
20/14
20/14
30/12 SWR-1
(2) 1350
DD
4
DD
6
210
4
7ø
6 COSTUME SHOP (EXISTING)
ME502
229
14ø
EF
5
14ø
4
6ø
11/7 EXHAUST
FROM BELOW
150
42/15 SWS-2
(4) 2378
20/14
V
1
36/30
15/6 SWS-2
(6) 385
18ø
12
ME503
8
20/14
1
7
150
12" DIA
EF
4
20/14
20/20
120
JAN
231
1
STAIR
200G
100
5ø
4
16/10
415
7
150
30/12
V
5
FITTING
229A
8ø
8ø
22/8
5ø
ELEV
229B
7
460
18/10
T
5
FD
FD
FD
1
8ø
12ø
DD
3
OPEN ABOVE
CEILING
SEMINAR ROOM
236
20/14
14ø
34/34
3
20ø
OFFICE
232
1
LEVEL C SCHENE SHOP MECHANICAL PLAN
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
2.
RUN RETURN AIR DUCT AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE.
3.
PENETRATE WALL WITH RETURN AIR DUCT. FIRE CAULK
TO MAINTAIN WALL RATING.
4.
CONNECTO TO EXISTING SIDEWALL GRILLE.
5.
TO THERMOSTAT BELOW.
6.
REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR EXACT
LOCATION.
7.
EXISTING DUAL DUCT BOX. BALANCE TO AIR FLOW
NOTED.
8.
PROVIDE AND INSTALL IN-O-VATE MODEL 350 DRYER
WALL BOX CONNECTION. 4" CLOTHES DRYER DUCT
THRU ROOF. DUCT SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH
SMOOTH INTERIOR FINISH. MALE END OF DUCT AT
OVERLAPPED JOINTS SHALL EXTEND IN THE DIRECTION
OF AIR FLOW.
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
26 AUG 2015
PERMIT SET
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
SEAL
SEAL
S S I ON
AL
OF E
PR
No. 275661
RAYMON D.
VERNON
TA
S
20ø
72/16 RETURN AIR OPENING ABOVE CEILING WITH FIRE
DAMPER AND SOUND BOOT. SOUND BOOT SHALL
EXTEND UP AND TIE INTO 34/34 RETURN AIR DUCT.
TE
T
OF U
G I NEER
EN
14ø
2
1.
L I CEN SE
D
1
KEYED NOTES
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
#
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
AH
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
LEVEL C SCENE SHOP
MECHANICAL PLAN
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
1/8" = 1'-0"
15-02
26 AUG 2015
ME102
11
.25
°
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
DUCT LINER
L
45
GALV. SHT.
METAL DUCT
7'0" MAX. TO STRUCTURAL
SUPPORTING MEMBER
SEE CONNECTION
LIST AND DETAILS
ME501
45
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
°
10
ME501
22.
5°
26 AUG 2015
D
D
(MIN.)
5 PIECE
90° ELBOW
DUCT LINER DETAIL
D
D
(MIN.)
4 PIECE
60° ELBOW
ROUND DUCT ELBOW DETAILS
12
ME501
NO SCALE
PERMIT SET
10°
ALL ENDS OF LINER
TO BE COATED WITH
ADHESIVE. ENDS OF
LINER SHALL BE BUTTED
FIRMLY TOGETHER
AND TAPED OVER.
NOT MORE THAN
2" FROM EDGE
OF LINER
11
LINER TO BE
ADHERED TO
DUCT WITH
100% ADHESIVE
20
°
22
.5°
REMOTE CEILING
OPERATOR WHERE
DAMPER IS
INACCESSIBLE
NO SCALE
CABLE - SEE SEISMIC
SPECIFICATION
FOR SIZE OF ANGLE,
BOLT AND CABLE
D
(MIN.)
11.25°
BRANCH DUCT TAKE-OFF & DAMPER
10
D
2 PIECE
30° ELBOW
11.25°
W
LO
F
R
AI
D
(MIN.)
3 PIECE
45° ELBOW
W
SIDE VIEW
D
DUCT
LINER
VOLUME DAMPER
PROVIDE CONCEALED
CEILING DAMPER
REGULATOR
45
DUCT
15°
NOTE:
L=1/4 W (4" MIN.)
(MI D
N.)
20°
NOTE:
DAMPERS SHOULD NOT
BE INSTALLED CLOSER
THAN TWO DUCT WIDTHS
TO ELBOWS OR
INTERSECTIONS
TOP AND BOTTOM
SECTION OF
LINER SHALL
OVERLAP THE
SIDES
15°
METAL FASTENERS
12" O.C. MAX.
(TYP.)
22.5
°
DUCT HANGER AS RECOMMENDED
BY SMACNA
11.25°
3/16" SHEET METAL SELF
TAPPING SCREW EQUALLY SPACED
ALL FOUR SIDES. MIN. 3
SCREWS PER SIDE
D
NO SCALE
WYE FITTING
VERTICAL ANGLE
SEE LIST
DUCT SIZE
45 DEG ELBOW
FOR BOLT SIZE SEE
DUCT BRACING LIST
1"
HORIZONTAL ANGLE
SEE DUCT BRACING
LIST
4"
ATTACH WITH
SHEET METAL
SCREWS AND SEAL
WITH DUCT TAPE.
FRONT VIEW
CABLE BRACING FOR RECTANGULAR DUCTS
8
ME501
9
NO SCALE
ME501
BLAST GATE
ABS W1044 REDUCER
WALL
MOTOR OPERATOR PER
MANUFACTURER'S LISTING
DUST COLLECTOR AUX CONNECTION
FIRE DAMPER
FIRE/SMOKE
DAMPER
NO SCALE
DUCT
SLEEVES, JOINTS AND ANGLES PER
MANUFACTURER'S LISTING
ANGLE BRACKET
HANGER ROD
FIRE/SMOKE
TYPE 'A'
SHEET METAL DUCT
45
WALL
45
CABLE
RESTRAINT
1/2 GRILLE
NECK SIZE
SCREW MATING
COLLARS TIGHT
W/ SCREWS @
6" O.C. W/
MIN. OF TWO
PER SIDE
45
45
LENGTHEN AS
REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN
DUCT HORIZONTAL
ANGLE
BRACKET
BOLT TO ANGLE
PIPE
MASTIC SEALANT
AT ALL EDGES
WELD TO PIPE
FIRE DAMPERS
HANGER
SLEEVE WITH
I.D. 1/4"
LARGER THAN
BOLT
2" MIN.
BLADES OUT OF
AIR STREAM
GYPBOARD CEILING
WHEN REQUIRED
END VIEW
PROVIDE RIGID BLOCK
TYPE PIPE INSULATION
AT ALL HANGERS AND
SUPPORTS.
PIPE
INSULATION
SLEEVES, JOINTS AND ANGLES PER
MANUFACTURER'S LISTING
END VIEW
TYPE 'C'
TYPE 'B'
LAY-IN CEILING WHEN
REQUIRED
CABLE
RESTRAINT
5
ME501
TYPICAL EXHAUST GRILLE DETAIL
NO SCALE
7
OUTLINE OF
TYPICAL HANGER
HANGER
ROD
ME501
FIRE DAMPER & FIRE-SMOKE DAMPER DETAILS
NO SCALE
PIPE
CABLE
RESTRAINT
INSULATION
SEE CONNECTION SCHEDULE AND DETAILS
VENTLOK HANDLES
FILLER STRIP.
BOLT TO FRAME
45
45
DUCT HANGER AS
RECOMMENDED
BY SMACNA
RIGID BLOCK
TYPE INSULATION
SHT. METAL
SADDLE
SIDE VIEW
CABLE-SEE SEISMIC SPEC FOR SIZE
OF ANGLE, BOLT AND CABLE.
INSULATION WHERE
OCCURS
6
ME501
ME501
VENTLOK HINGES
TACK WELD HINGES
TO DOOR. BOLT TO
FRAME
PIPING RESTRAINT DETAIL
FRONT
NO SCALE
CABLE BRACING FOR ROUND AND OVAL DUCTS
20 GAUGE INNER LAYER
DOOR SIZE MIN. 20"
NO SCALE
NEOPRENE GASKET
AROUND
TRANSITION TO RECTANGULAR
SHEETMETAL DUCT
MAIN SUPPLY DUCT SEE PLAN FOR SIZE
SUPPORT SOUND BOOT
FROM STRUCTURE
SHEET METAL SOUND BOOT W/
1" ACOUSTIC DUCT LINER
FRAME OPENING WITH 1/4" ANGLE IRON
GAUGE SHEET METAL. MITER
AND WELD CORNERS AIRTIGHT.
TACK WELD OR BOLT AIRTIGHT
TO PLENUM WALL PANELS
REHEAT COIL
SPACER
12" MINIMUM THROAT
1/2 GRILLE
WIDTH (6" MIN.)
ATTACH BOOT TO
GRILLE W/ SHEET
METAL SCREWS
(2) EA. SIDE
PLENUM INSULATION
OR LINER
12 GAUGE OUTER LAYER
1-1/2" CRIMPED SEAM
AROUND WITH FILLED
CORNERS. SOLDER AIRTIGHT
GRILLE LENGTH
1
ME501
RA GRILLE WITH SOUND BOOT
NO SCALE
R.A. GRILLE
RG-1 (TYP)
1" THICK 6# INSULATION
SECTION
VARIABLE VOLUME BOX
SEE PLAN FOR SIZE
4" MINIMUM
THROAT
FILLER STRIP
NOTES:
BRANCH DUCT TO BE THE SAME SIZE AS
BOX INLET UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
2
ME501
VARIABLE VOLUME BOX DETAIL
NO SCALE
RECTANGULAR SHEETMETAL DUCT LINED WITH 1"
ACOUSTICAL INSULATION 6'-0" MIN. DOWN STREAM OF
VALVE BEFORE FIRST TAKE-OFF. SEE SPECIFICATIONS.
1. BOLTED JOINTS SET IN MASTIC FOR AIRTIGHT JOINT.
2. DOORS SHALL BE A MINIMUM 2'-6" x 1'-8" UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE
3
ME501
PLENUM DOOR
NO SCALE
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
SEAL
SEAL
S S I ON
AL
OF E
PR
No. 275661
RAYMON D.
VERNON
TA
S
STRAP HANGERS - SUPPORT
FROM STRUCTURE AS REQUIRED
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
TE
T
OF U
G I NEER
EN
4
INSIDE PULL HANDLE
BLACK PIPE
GALVANIZED PIPE
2 1/2" X 12 GA. SHEET
METAL RESTRAINT STRAP
INSULATION
SURFACE
SIDE VIEW
COPPER AND
1 1/2" X
12 GA. SHEET
METAL HANGER STRAP
OUTLINE
OF SHEET
METAL SADDLE
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
L I CEN SE
D
DUCT LINER
WHERE OCCURS
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
45
AH
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
SCENE SHOP
MECHANICAL DETAILS
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
15-02
26 AUG 2015
ME501
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
DROP BRANCH PIPING OFF BOTTOM OF MAINS AT 45 DEGREES
ROUND SUPPLY DUCT
SEE PLAN FOR SIZE
SHUT-OFF VALVE (TYP)
UNION (TYP)
18" x 2" LINEAR SLOT
15°
11
ME502
SLOPE BOTTOM AT
2% TOWARD INLET
30°
3"
R
AI
18"L X 6"W X 8"H
EXHAUST AIR PLENUM
REHEAT COIL
SLOT HOOD DETAIL
12
ME502
NO SCALE
13
ME502
NO SCALE
EXHAUST DUCT - SEE PLAN
18" MINIMUM
HWR
1/4" NEOPRENE GASKET ALL
AROUND
DOME EXHAUST FAN
W/BIRD SCREEN
HWS
REDUCER WHERE REQUIRED
NOTE:
1) MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TO SIT LEVEL.
ORDER CURB TO COMPENSATE FOR ROOF
SLOPE.
SHUT-OFF VALVE (TYP)
ROOF
3/8" MANUAL AIR VENT WHERE COIL
ABOVE MAINS
UNION (TYP)
STEEL STUD
ROOF MEMBRANE
STRUCTURE
FLASH AND
COUNTERFLASH
ROOF CURB
INSULATION
PLUG COCK
P & T TEST PLUG (TYP)
OW
FL
VAV/CV BOX PIPING DETAIL WITH 3-WAY AUTO-VALVE
DECK
EXHAUST DUCT
SEE PLANS FOR
SIZE
MOTORIZED BACKDRAFT
DAMPER
9
ME502
ME502
UP-BLAST EXHAUST FAN DETAIL
NO SCALE
PRESSURE GAUGE W/
SNUBBER
EXHAUST FAN DETAIL
REDUCER AS REQUIRED
PIPE HANGAR SUPPORTS
(TYPICAL)
NO SCALE
THERMOMETER
FLOW SETTER
O-100°F
NO SCALE
12" MIN.
SUPPORT ANGLE FOR DAMPER
ATTACHED TO CURB
1/2" DRAIN LINE WITH VALVE,
HOSE CONNECTION, AND CAP.
NOTE: CONNECT HWS TO LOWER
LEAVING AIR SIDE OF COIL
CANT
STRIP
10
STRAINER BLOW DOWN WITH VALVE,
HOSE CONNECTION, AND CAP SAME
SIZE AS BLOW DOWN
REHEAT COIL
ME502
NO SCALE
40" MINIMUM TO ROOF
FLOW SETTER
8
VAV/CV BOX PIPING DETAIL WITH 2-WAY AUTO-VALVE
EXHAUST FAN
DROP BRANCH PIPING OFF BOTTOM OF MAINS AT 45 DEGREES
R
AI
STRAINER BLOW DOWN WITH VALVE,
HOSE CONNECTION AND CAP. SAME
SIZE AS BLOW DOWN
1/2" DRAIN LINE WITH VALVE,
HOSE CONNECTION AND CAP
NOTE: CONNECT HWS TO LOWER
LEAVING AIR SIDE OF COIL
DRUM LOUVER DETAIL
AUTO 3-WAY VALVE
AUTO 2-WAY VALVE
OW
FL
COUNTER TOP
DIRECTIONAL VANES
SET FOR AIR FLOW
POSITION SHOWN ON
PLAN
SECTION
REDUCER (TYPICAL)
6" MIN.
3,000 FPM
DISCHARGE VELOCITY
SHUT-OFF VALVE
(TYPICAL)
STRAINER W/BLOW DOWN
VALVE AND HOSE
CONNECTION
CHECK VALVE
PUMP (SEE PLAN)
UNION (TYPICAL)
NOZZLE
EXTENSION TUBE
7
NOTE: ANCHOR ROOFTOP UNIT TO PREFAB ROOF CURB PER SEISMIC RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS.
ME502
125"
VECTOR-H FUME HOOD
EXHAUST FAN
14 GA PREFAB ROOF CURB WITH WOOD
NAILER, GREENHECK MODEL GPFHL
4
ME502
ROOF MEMBRANE
ROOF CURB
ROOF CURB SUB-BASE: VARY HEIGHT TO
PROVIDE LEVEL BASE FOR PREFAB ROOF
CURB. WELD TO PREFAB CURB AND STEEL
ROOF DECK. SUB BASE THICKNESS SHALL
BE THE SAME AS PREFAB ROOF CURB.
USE STIFFENERS AS REQUIRED.
METAL DECK
STEEL SPACERS, WELD TO
STRUCTURAL FRAMING AND
ROOF DECK.
45° MIN.
12"
ROOF
ROOF
4'L X 4'W STAINLESS
STEEL EXHAUST HOOD
COORDINATE ROOF
PENETRATION WITH
STRUCTURE
EXHAUST DUCT
STRUCTURAL FRAMING
LAB EXHAUST DUCT
SIDE VIEW
4
ME502
TRANSITION FROM STAINLESS
STEEL TO GALVANIZED
STEEL DUCTWORK
10" ROUND
BYPASS DAMPER
FILL WITH INSULATION
CANT STRIP
NO SCALE
INLINE FAN WITH
EXTENDED
HOUSING
CONTINUOUS SEALING MATERIAL
GALVANIZED STEEL
COUNTER FLASHING
IN-LINE PUMP DETAIL
EXHAUST FAN CURB DETAIL
NO SCALE
5
ME502
FRONT VIEW
LOCATE HOOD APPROX.
60" ABOVE WORK
FINISHED FLOOR
ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN
NO SCALE
EXHAUST HOOD DETAIL
6
800 CFM
700 CFM
BLAST GATE
NO SCALE
400 CFM
6"
BLAST GATE
FLEXIBLE DUCT
SHEET METAL TRANSITION
3-1/2" x 10" TO 4" DIA.
BLAST
GATE
1
4"
HOOD
OPEN SCOOP AND
TRANSITION TO BE
18 GA. SHEET METAL
WITH BRAZED SEAMS.
TABLE
FLEXIBLE DUCT
CONNECT TO 6"X8"
EXISTING HOOD
"
10
END VIEW
1
ME502
FLOOR SWEEP
NO SCALE
2
ME502
TABLE SAW - DUCT CONNECTION DETAIL
NO SCALE
3
ME502
FRONT VIEW
RADIAL SAW - DUCT CONNECTION DETAIL
NO SCALE
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
SEAL
SEAL
S S I ON
AL
OF E
PR
No. 275661
RAYMON D.
VERNON
TA
S
DUCT FROM OVERHEAD
EXHAUST. SEE PLANS
FOR SIZE AND LOCATION
DUCT FROM OVERHEAD
EXHAUST. SEE PLANS FOR
SIZE AND LOCATION.
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
TE
T
OF U
G I NEER
EN
ME502
6"
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
L I CEN SE
D
45° MIN. SLOPE
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
HORIZONTAL
LINE
O.B.D.
PERMIT SET
5/8" MANUAL AIR VENT WHERE COIL
ABOVE MAINS
16 GA. BOOT
SECURE TO DUCT
AIRTIGHT
30°
26 AUG 2015
HWS
P & T TEST PLUG (TYPICAL)
1/2"
IMPORTANT:
INSTALL LOUVER IN
SHEET METAL BOOT TO
OPERATE FREELY IN
SOCKET
HWR
FLOW SETTER
10/6 EXHAUST DUCT
AH
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
SCENE SHOP
MECHANICAL DETAILS
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
15-02
26 AUG 2015
ME502
COMPRESSED AIR
TO SYSTEM
PRESSURE REDUCING
VALVE. SET AT 100
PSIG OUTLET PRESSURE.
F04-PF-TG1 PARTICULATE FILTER
REFRIGERANT AIR DRYER
GLOBE VALVE
FULL SIZE BY-PASS
F04-HF-DG1 COALESCING FILTER
UNION (TYPICAL)
RECEIVER
AIR COMPRESSOR
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
1
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
DRAIN TO
FLOOR DRAIN
26 AUG 2015
CONTROL
ACTUATORS BY ATC.
AC-1
BOLT TO PAD
PER SEISMIC
REQUIREMENTS
FLOOR
6" CONCRETE PAD
MIXING BOX
DRAIN
BOX HANGER SUPPORTS
ACCESS DOOR,
DO NOT LOCATE
OVER LIGHT
FIXTURE.
AIR COMPRESSOR PIPING SCHEMATIC
13
NO SCALE
ME503
ROOF
45°
22 GAUGE METAL COUNTER
FLASHING W/DRIP
NEW RIGID MEDIUM
PRESSURE DUCTWORK.
SIZE REFRIGERANT PIPING PER
MANUFACTURER'S
RECOMMENDATIONS. SLOPE
PIPING PER MANUFACTURER'S
RECOMMENDATIONS.
OUTDOOR UNIT
CU
1
CONTINUOUS SEAL WITH
FLEXIBLE MASTIC
CONTINUOUS BEAD SEALANT
EXTEND PUMPED CONDENSATE DRAIN
TO FLOOR DRAIN WHERE SHOWN ON
PLANS AND TERMINATE SLOPE DOWN
AS REQUIRED.
FELT FLASHING
INSULATION WRAP
SEE SPECIFICATIONS
ROOF DECK
R = 1.5 DIA.
MINIMUM
RS
(E) HOT AIR SUPPLY
UNLESS SHOWN
OTHERWISE
D
INDOOR UNIT
AC
1
CEILING
FLASH &
CONTERFLASH
THRU ROOF
SUSPEND FROM
STRUCTURE
ME503
ME503
ME503
SHIFT HEATING
COIL BACK 1'-0"
HEATING COIL
NEW ROOF CURB
DUCT FLASHING DETAIL
12
NO SCALE
SPLIT SYSTEM CONDITIONING UNIT DETAIL
10
CANT STRIP
4"∅ ALUMINUM DUCT
TYPICAL HIGH PRESSURE MIXING BOX
11
T
(E) COLD AIR SUPPLY
UNLESS SHOWN OTHERWISE
NO SCALE
HWR
1"
HWS
RL
FLASHING FELT
FASTNERS
T
SUPPLY PLENUM
SHUT-OFF VALVE (TYP)
NO SCALE
FLOW SETTER (TYP)
GLYCOL RETURN
GLYCOL SUPPLY
AUTOMATIC 2-WAY VALVE (HX-1)
COOLING COIL
AUTOMATIC AIR VENT
STRAINER (TYP)
SHUT-OFF VALVE
(TYPICAL)
HWS
O-200°F
3"
PRESSURE GAUGE (TYP)
O-200°F GR
1'-0"
1"
THERMOMETER (TYP)
1" DRAIN PIPE (TYP)
18 GA GALVANIZED
DRAIN PAN.
TO PUMP
SUCTION
ANGLE SUPPORTS
1"
PLATE FRAME HEAT
EXCHANGER
1-1/2" DRAIN
OUT OF
AIRHANDLER
UNION (TYPICAL)
P & T TEST PORT (TYP)
ANCHOR PER SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS
6" CONCRETE PAD
FLOOR
TO FLOOR DRAIN, FULL SIZE
SEAL JOINT BETWEEN
DRIP PAN AND COOLING COIL
AIR SEPARATOR DETAIL
ME503
UNION OR FLANGE AS REQUIRED
INSTALL DRAIN PAN
ON ALL SIDES OF
COIL.
N.C.
7
NOTE:
EXACT CONNECTION ARRANGEMENT PER
MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS.
GS
O-200°F
AIR SEPARATOR
S.A.
O-200°F
FROM
SYSTEM
COOLING COIL DRIP PLAN DETAIL
8
ME503
NO SCALE
2"
HEAT EXCHANGER PIPING SCHEMATIC
9
ME503
NO SCALE
NO SCALE
RETURN
SUPPLY
BUTTERFLY VALVE (TYPICAL)
SHUT-OFF VALVE (TYP)
CALIBRATED BALANCING VALVE AT
EACH COIL SECTION.
MAV
STRAINER
FLOW SETTER(TYP)
VOLUME DAMPER
SUPPLY
O-200°F
O-200°F
ME503
HIGH EFFICIENCY TAKE-OFF DETAIL
5
ME503
NO SCALE
ME503
W
D
NO SCALE
CHILLED WATER SHALL BE DELTA-P TYPE.
SEE SPECIFICATIONS.
MAV
CHECK VALVE
(TYP)
O-100°F
SHUT-OFF VALVE (TYP)
REDUCER(TYP)
RETURN
CALIBRATED BALANCING VALVE AT
EACH COIL SECTION.
MAV
SUPPORT FLEX
DUCT AND
ELBOW FROM
STRUCTURE
ABOVE
FLOW SETTER(TYP)
CHILLED WATER COIL BANK
SUPPLY
O-100°F
TIE ROD
PUMP CONNECTION DETAIL
THERMOMETER (TYP)
O-100°F
DUCT REINFORCEMENT
@ 30" SPACING
CONCRETE BASE WITH #4
BARS 12" OC EACH WAY
BEVEL EDGE ALL AROUND.
GROUT BASE PER
SPECIFICATIONS.
ISOLATOR PAD SEE
SPECIFICATIONS (TYPICAL)
6
UNION (TYP)
TIE RODS LOCATED AT EQUAL
SUBDIVISIONS OF W BUT NOT
OVER 60" APART
STRAINER BLOW DOWN FULL
SIZE TO FLOOR WITH CAP
VIBRO-ACOUSTICS CIB
SPRINKG INERTIA BASE
GLYCOL PREHEAT COIL SCHEMATIC
NO SCALE
STEEL SUPPORT LEG WITH
ADJUSTABLE FOOT
3/8" ANCHOR BOLT WITH NUT
AND WASHER (TYPICAL)
P
3
7
ME-502
TRAPEZE
FLEX DUCT
O-100°F
TIE REINFORCEMENT
HANGER OPTION
TIE ROD OPTION
FLANGED
JOINT (OPTIONAL)
1
ME503
DUCT REINFORCEMENT DETAIL
NO SCALE
2
ME503
NOTES:
1. INSTALL VALVED DRAIN AT RETURN HEADER OF EACH COIL SECTION.
2. INSTALL VALVED MANUAL AIR VENT AT SUPPLY HEADER OF EACH COIL
SECTION.
3. SEE PLANS FOR PIPE SIZES.
4. PIPE COIL FOR COUNTER FLOW. ENTERING WATER CONNECTION ON
LEAVING AIR SIDE OF COIL.
5. PUMP SHALL BE LOCATED OUTSIDE THE DUCT ENCLOSURE.
6. SEE PLANS FOR TOTAL AMOUNT OF COIL SECTIONS.
CHILLED WATER COIL SCHEMATIC
NO SCALE
FLEX DUCT TO
HET FITTING - SEE
PLAN FOR SIZE
NOTE:
RETURN SIMILAR
CEILING
3
ME503
DIFFUSER CONNECTION DETAIL
NO SCALE
SHEET METAL ELBOW
MAKE BEND RADIUS
1 1/2 x DUCT RADIUS
TIGHTENING BAND
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
SEAL
SEAL
S S I ON
AL
OF E
PR
No. 275661
RAYMON D.
VERNON
TA
S
4
SUCTION DIFFUSER
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
TE
T
OF U
G I NEER
EN
NOTES:
1. INSTALL VALVED DRAIN AT RETURN HEADER OF EACH COIL SECTION.
2. INSTALL VALVED MANUAL AIR VENT AT SUPPLY HEADER OF EACH COIL
SECTION.
3. SEE PLANS FOR PIPE SIZES.
4. PIPE COIL FOR COUNTER FLOW. ENTERING WATER CONNECTION ON
LEAVING AIR SIDE OF COIL.
5. PUMP SHALL BE LOCATED OUTSIDE THE DUCT ENCLOSURE.
6. SEE PLANS FOR TOTAL AMOUNT OF COIL SECTIONS.
RECTANGULAR DUCT
PRESSURE GAUGE WITH
SHUT-OFF COCKS AND
SNUBBER
CLEARANCE TO REMOVE
MOTOR AND IMPELLER
WITHOUT DISCONNECTING
PIPING
THERMOMETER (TYP)
AIR FLOW
FLEXIBLE CONNECTION. SEE
SPECIFICATIONS (TYPICAL)
UNION OR VICTUALIC
COUPLINGS (TYPICAL)
GLYCOL COIL BANK
RECTANGLE TO
ROUND TRANSITION
45°
BALANCING VALVE
THERMOMETER
RETURN
O-200°F
FLEX DUCT OR RIGID, SEE PLANS.
3'-0" MAX FLEX DUCT.
CHECK VALVE
O-200°F
MAV
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
L I CEN SE
D
NEOPRENE PAD
(TYPICAL)
DRAIN TO
FLOOR DRAIN
AUTOMATIC
DRAIN VALVE
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
AUTOMATIC
DRAIN VALVE
PERMIT SET
AH
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
SCENE SHOP
MECHANICAL DETAILS
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
15-02
26 AUG 2015
ME503
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
FANWALL ARRAY SCHEDULE
AIR
FAN
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
AIRFLOW
AIRFLOW
STATIC
AIR
RATE
RATE
PRESSURE
(CFM)
16,390
(CFM)
1,540
(IN. WATER)
2.7
ID
MANUFACTURER
LOCATION
TYPE
TYPE
SF-1
HUNTAIR
AH-2
FANWALL
SUPPLY
ELECTRICAL
PHYSICAL
AIRFLOW
ARRAY
PER
FAN
SINGLE
EACH
TOTAL
EACH
TOTAL
MOTOR
OPERATING
EACH
ACTIVE
ROWS/
FAN
SPEED
POINT
TOTAL
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
SPEED
FREQUENCY
W/H/D
FANS
COLUMNS
4
2X2
(CFM)
4097.5
(RPM)
1750
VOLT/PH/HZ
FLA
460/3/60
18.8
(HP)
3.5
(HP)
14
(BHP)
2.51
(BHP)
10.03
(RPM)
1750
(HZ)
61.87
(IN)
40/38/34.25
SOUND POWER AT FAN DISCHARGE, dB
63 HZ
125 HZ
250 HZ
500 HZ
1000 HZ
2000 HZ
4000 HZ
8000 HZ
NOTES
79
80
89
75
74
73
68
58
(1)(2)(3)(4)
(1) CAPACITY BASED AT 4,800 FEET ELEVATION.
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
(2) EQUIPPED WITH SINGLE VFD FOR ARRAY. VFD SUPPLIED BY DIVISION 26.
(3) UNIT COMPLETE WITH INLET AIR FLOW STRAIGHTENER AND NET ZERO BACKDRAFT DAMPER AND COPLANER SILENCER ON EACH FAN.
(4) CUSTOM BUILT FANWALL ARRAY. APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS NOTED. PRIOR TO SUBMITTALS, THE MANUFACTURER SHALL PERFORM A SITE INVESTIGATION AND FIELD VERIFY AVAILABLE CABINET DEMENSIONS.
PAINT BOOTH
26 AUG 2015
COIL SCHEDULE
AIR
PHYSICAL
AIR
FLUID
PHYSICAL
INTERIOR
MAXIMUM
EACH
BOOTH
ENTERING
LEAVING
AIR
ENTERING/
COIL FIN
MINIMUM
NO.
WIDTH/
FACE
ROWS/
AIRFLOW
STATIC
DIMENTIONS
OUTLET
AIRFLOW
TOTAL
SENSIBLE
TEMP.
TEMP.
PRESSURE
FLOW
LEAVING
AND
RATE
PRESSURE
L/W/H
DIAMETER
RATE
CAPACITY
CAPACITY
DB/WB
DB/WB
DROP
RATE
TEMP.
WORKING
LOSS
NO.
HEIGHT
AREA
FINS PER
(CFM)
10000
(IN. WATER)
0.5
(IN)
5/10/8
(IN)
30
(BTU/H)
1,194,831
(BTU/H)
1,194,831
(°F)
-20
(°F)
60
(IN. WATER)
0.06
(GPM)
152
(°F)
160/140
FLUID
COILS
(FT²)
48
NOTES
2
(IN)
96/36
INCH
30% PPG
(FT)
5.43
2/6
(1)
633,200
633,200
96
55/53
0.19
84
45/58
WATER
4.63
2
96/36
48
6/7
(1)
MODEL NUMBER
LOCATION
PB-1
COL-MET IB-10-08-05
PAINT ROOM
(LB)
1780
NOTES
ID
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
LOCATION
USAGE
(1)(2)
HC-1
TEMTROL
5WC-2-36X96X2-6 AL
AH-2
HEATING
(CFM)
16,390
CC-1
TEMTROL
5WC-6-36X96X6-7 AL
AH-2
COOLING
16,390
HEAD
MINIMUM
MANUFACTURER
ID
PERMIT SET
(1) UNIT COMPLETE WITH QTY (2) LIGHTS, AIR SOLENOID VALVE AND FILTER BANK.
(2) CONTROLS: UNIT COMPLETE WITH ON/OFF SWITCH, NON-FUSED DISCONNECT, STARTERS WITH OVERLOAD DISCONNECT AND FIRE PROTECTION INTERLOCK
IN A NEMA 12 ENCLOSURE. INTERLOCK WITH ASSOCIATED EXHAUST FAN, VAV BOX, AIR HANDLER AND LIGHTS.
(1) CAPACITY BASED AT 4,800 FEET ELEVATION.
AIR
FAN
ELECTRICAL
MAXIMUM
MANUFACTURER
AND
ID
PHYSICAL
NOZZEL
MANUFACTURER
MAX
MAX
SIZE
CFM
NC
6'' DIA
110
SQUARE PLAQUE CEILING DIFFUSERS. REMOVABLE FACE & CORE
8'' DIA
235
FRAME SHALL BE FOR SURFACE OR LAY-IN MOUNTING AS REQUIRED
10'' DIA
420
12'' DIA
600
OR 12" x 12" AS REQUIRED TO FIT CEILING TILE SPACE AVAILABLE.
14'' DIA
800
PROVIDE ROUND NECK ADAPTER. COLOR SHALL BE WHITE.
6x6
120
PERFORATED FACE RETURN AIR GRILLE, REMOVABLE FACE & CORE.
8x8
250
FRAME SHALL BE FOR SURFACE OR LAY-IN MOUNTING AS REQUIRED
10 x 10
420
12 x 12
630
12" x 12" AS REQUIRED TO FIT CEILING TILE SPACE AVAILABLE. AIR
14 x 14
825
QUANTITY SHALL MATCH ROOM SUPPLY OR EXHAUST AIR QUANTITY.
16 x 16
1120
PROVIDE ROUND NECK ADAPTER AS REQUIRED, SEE PLANS. COLOR
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH/
AIRFLOW
STATIC
OUTLET
FAN
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
WIDTH/
AIR
RATE
PRESSURE
VELOCITY
SPEED
SIZE
BHP
SPEED
HEIGHT
WEIGHT
(IN. WATER)
0.75
(FPM)
5076
(RPM)
1373
(HP)
10
(HP)
9.14
(RPM)
1373
VOLT/PH/HZ
460/3/60
(IN)
46/46/146
(LBS)
1400
(1)(2)(5)
ID
MODEL NUMBER
LOCATION
TYPE
TYPE
EF-1
GREENHECK VK-H-24
PAINT SHOP ROOF
NOZZEL
PAINT EX.
(CFM)
10000
EF-2
GREENHECK VK-H-10
PAINT SHOP ROOF
NOZZEL
PAINT EX.
1595
0.75
4557
3829
2
1.72
3829
460/3/60
23/23/146
470
(1)(2)(3)
EF-3
GREENHECK GB-220
ASSEMBLY AREA ROOF
DOME
RELIEF
6525
0.35
-
986
1.5
1.4
986
460/3/60
43 DIA / 33
160
(1)(2)(4)
EF-4
GREENHECK CUE-080-VG
DYE ROOF
UPBLAST
PAINT EX.
365
0.35
-
1705
0.167
0.06
1705
115/1/60
21 DIA. / 15
50
(1)(2)(3)(4)
EF-5
GREENHECK VK-H-16
DYE ROOF
NOZZEL
DYE EXHAUST
2,400
0.54
3038
1590
1.5
1.26
2431
460/3/60
48/48/135
470
(1)(2)(6)
EF-6
GREENHECK G-095-VG
DUST COLLECTION ROOF
DOME
VENT AIR
1,000
0.35
-
1725
0.167
0.13
1725
115/1/60
22 DIA / 16
50
(1)(2)(7)
EF-7
GREENHECK CSP-A700
ELEC 153E
IN-LINE
CIRCULATION
625
0.25
-
951
0.5
0.5
951
115/1/60
13.6/22.6/11.6
50
(1)(2)(7)
CD-1
NOTES
EH PRICE
RG-1 / EG-1
EH PRICE
SPD
PDDR
(1) ALL CAPACITIES AT 4,800 FEET ELEVATION.
(2) ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN. COMPLETE WITH DC BRUSHLESS MOTOR (MINIMUM 85% EFFICIENT), INTEGRAL THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION, ELECTRICAL
DISCONNECT, STARTER, 0-10 VDC CONTROLLER, MOTORIZED BACKDRAFT DAMPER WITH ENDSWITCH AND INTERLOCK BY MECHANICAL.
25
25
BY CEILING TYPE. LAY-IN FRAMES SHALL BE 24" x 24", 24" x 12"
BY CEILING TYPE. LAY-IN FRAMES SHALL BE 24" x 24", 24" x 12" OR
SHALL BE WHITE.
(3) CONTROLS: WALL SWITCH BY ATC.
(4) CONTROLS: BAS.
DRUM LOUVER SUPPLY GRILLE WITH ADJUSTABLE VANES WITH A
(5) CONTROLS: INTERLOC WITH PAINTBOOTH LIGHTS.
SWS-1
EH PRICE
HCD1
SEE PLANS
SEE PLANS
30
AND BE ADJUSTABLE THROUGH 60 DEGREES. MOUNTING FRAME C/W
VAV BOX SCHEDULE
COUNTER SUNK HOLES FOR DUCT MOUNTING
AIR
MANUFACTURER
ROTATABLE DRUM. DRUM SHALL HAVE MECHANISM TO FIX DRUM ANGLE
FLUID (2)
LEAVING
DOUBLE DEFLECTION SIDE WALL SUPPLY REGISTER. VERTICAL
COOLING
HEATING
TOTAL
INLET
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
AIR TEMP.
NC LEVEL
HEAT
FLUID
@ 2" S.P.
LOAD
FLOW
WORKING
(GPM)
7.4
FLUID
REMARKS
30% PPG
(1)(2)(3)(4)
SWS-2
EH PRICE
520S
SEE PLANS
SEE PLANS
30
FRONT WITH HORIZONTAL REAR DEFLECTION ADJUSTABLE VANES SPACED
AT 3/4'' O.C. COMPLETE WITH O.B.D. ADJUSTABLE THROUGH FACE.
AND
AREA
SIZE
AIR
AIR
AIR
DB
ID
MODEL NUMBER
SERVED
PAINT SHOP 153
(CFM)
2310
(CFM)
700
(DEG. F)
86
RAD
PRICE SDV-16
(CFM)
1960
AIR
VAV-1
(IN)
16
26
21
(MBH)
72.3
VAV-2
PRICE SDV-16
ASSEMBLY AREA 152B
16
1330
2790
850
86
21
21
87.3
8.9
30% PPG
(1)(2)(3)(4)
VAV-3
PRICE SDV-4
SHOP OFFICE 152C
4
100
100
30
86
27
26
3.1
0.3
30% PPG
(1)(2)(3)(4)
VAV-4
PRICE SDV-12
SHOP 152
12
1200
1680
510
86
20
19
52.6
5.4
30% PPG
(1)(2)(3)(4)
VAV-5
PRICE SDV-24X16
PAINT SHOP 153
24X16(5)
9512
9512
9512
70
20
19
157.5
16.2
30% PPG
(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)
DOUBLE DEFLECTION SIDE WALL RETURN REGISTER. HORIZONTAL
SWR-1
EH PRICE
530D
SEE PLANS
SEE PLANS
30
FRONT WITH VERTICAL REAR STEEL DEFLECTION VANES SPACED
AT 3/4'' O.C. COMPLETE WITH O.B.D. ADJUSTABLE THROUGH FACE.
DOOR GRILLE, HEAVY DUTY, MANDREL TUBE CONSTRUCTION
(1) ENTERING AIR AT 52 DEG. F. @ 4,500 FEET ELEVATION.
ATGH
(2) GPM BASED ON 180 DEG. F. ENTERING WATER TEMPERATURE; 160 DEG. F. LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE.
DG-1
(3) COIL MAXIMUM WATER P.D. AT 5.0 FT HD; MAXIMUM BOX AIR P.D. IS 0.40 IN. W.G.
EH PRICE
BF
OF HEAVY GAUGE EXTRUDED ALUMINUM. 1-1/4 INCH FLAT BORDER
SEE PLANS
SEE PLANS
30
B15
(4) PRESSURE INDEPENDENT TYPE BOX.
ALUMINUM POWDER COAT FINISH. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT
COLOR AND FINISH.
(5) QTY (2) 24X16 VAV BOXES. BOXES SHALL OPERATE AS ONE BOX.
DUAL DUCT TERMINAL BOX SCHEDULE
CUSTOM FANWALL AIR HANDLER SCHEDULE
SUPPLY FAN
ID
MANUFACTURER
SERVICE
AH-2
HUNTAIR
BUILDING HEAT/COOL
COMPONENTS
FAN
MINIMUM
MAXIMUM
TOTAL
VENTILATION
AIRFLOW
S.P.
RATE
(CFM)
16,390
(IN. WATER)
2.7
(CFM)
1,540
PHYSICAL
AIR
ELECTRICAL
CABINET
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
MINIMUM
AIR TEMP.
AIR TEMP.
PRESSURE
AND
SIZE
SIZE
AIR
AIR
AIR
AIR
DB
DB
DROP
(IN)
6
(CFM)
200
(CFM)
140
(CFM)
100
(CFM)
100
(DEG. F)
54.5
(DEG. F)
120
(IN H20)
0.12
NOTES
L/W/H
WEIGHT
POINT
FAN
COIL
COIL
FILTERS
FILTERS
NOTES
ID
MODEL NUMBER
TYPE
HC-1
CC-1
MERV-8
MERV-13
(LB)
3000
VOLT/PH/HZ
SF-1
(IN)
110/82/88
460/3/60
(1)(2)(3)
DD-1
PRICE DDM-6
MIXING
(IN)
6
DD-2
PRICE DDM-8
MIXING
8
8
380
260
190
190
54.5
120
0.18
(1)(2)
DD-3
PRICE DDM-9
MIXING
9
9
450
310
230
230
54.5
120
0.12
(1)(2)
DD-4
PRICE DDM-16
MIXING
16
16
1595
1090
800
800
54.5
120
0.15
DD-5
NOT USED
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
(1)(2)
--
DD-6
PRICE DDM-16
MIXING
16
16
1595
1090
800
800
54.5
120
0.15
(1)(2)
1
96
105
24"
R
S
S
S
R
S
7"
24
18
7"
SA
2.5"
24"
ELEVATION VIEW
2. END DISCHARGE.
2"
18" 2.5"
SA
R
36"
66"
FWT
6"
3. 24V TRANSFORMERS ARE REQUIRED FOR THE LOW VOLTAGE POWER ON BOTH LEVELS.
1
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
SEAL
SEAL
S S I ON
AL
OF E
PR
No. 275661
RAYMON D.
VERNON
TA
TE
T
OF U
G I NEER
EN
88"
48"
CC
1. PROVIDE DIGITAL CONTROLS AND POWER.
(1)(2)
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
S
RA
105" 96"
36"
HC
30"
12"
PL
PF
2.5" 24"
OSA
R
28"
105
STATIC
FINAL
7"
PLAN VIEW
HOT DECK
PRE
2.5"
EP4
COLD DECK
COOLING
2.5"
2.5"
HEATING
HEATING
2"
24
COOLING
INLET
200"
CW
TOTAL
INLET
(3) UNIT COMPLETE WITH (QTY 2) EBTRON AIR FLOW MEASURING STATIONS WITH MOTORIZED DAMPERS ON OUTSIDE AIR INLET. SIZE AIRFLOW MEASURING STATIONS FOR MINIMUM AIRFLOW AND ECONOMIZER AIRFLOW.
HW
HOT
MANUFACTURER
(2) COOLING BASED ON 95DB/63WB DEG F AMBIENT. HEATING BASED ON -20 DEG F AMBIENT.
RA
COLD
SINGLE
(1) CAPACITY BASED AT 4,800 FEET ELEVATION.
110"
105"
BOTH SIDES, COUNTERSUNK SCREWHOLE FASTENING.
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
L I CEN SE
D
FAN SCHEDULE
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
GRILLES, REGISTERS AND DIFFUSERS
AH
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
SCENE SHOP
MECHANICAL SCHEDULES
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
15-02
26 AUG 2015
ME601
1
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
AIR DRYER SCHEDULE
PLATE AND FRAME HEAT EXCHANGER SCHEDULE
ELECTRICAL
PHYSICAL
AIRFLOW
MAXIMUM
LENGTH/
MANUFACTURER
@100 F
PRESS.
WIDTH/
AND
@ -40 F DP
DROP
HEIGHT
(CFM)
13
(PSIG)
5
ID
MODEL NUMBER
LOCATION
AD-1
HANKISON DHW-13
DUST COLLECTION 152E
FLA
VOLT/PH
0.3
120/1/60
HOT WATER SIDE
(1)(2)(3)(4)
(1) UNIT COMPLETE WITH MODEL F04-HF-DG1 COALESCING FILTER ASSEMBLY WITH AUTOMATIC DRAIN DOWN AND MODEL F04-PF-TG1 PARTICULATE FILTER
ASSEMBLY WITH DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE GUAGE.
ID
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NUMBER
SERVICE
HX-1
SONDEX
S19A-IG10-52-TM-LIQUID
GLYCOL PRE-HEAT
ENTER/
MAXIMUM
SIZE
ENTER/
MAXIMUM
HEATING
TOTAL
LEAVING
WATER
TOTAL
LEAVING
WATER
LENGTH/
HEATING
SURFACE
FLUID
FLUID
PRESSURE
FLUID
FLUID
PRESSURE
WIDTH/
NUMBER
LOAD
AREA
FLOW
TEMP
WORKING
DROP
FLOW
TEMP
WORKING
DROP
HEIGHT
OF
(MBH)
1,194,831
(SQ. FT)
120
(GPM)
80
(DEG. F)
180/150
FLUID
(FT HD)
20.8
(GPM)
152
(DEG. F)
143.5/160
FLUID
(FT HD)
11.2
(IN)
22/16/38
PLATES
NOTES
52
(1)
NOTES
(IN)
7/18/31
GLYCOL SIDE
WATER
30% PPG
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
(1) PACKAGED PLATE AND FRAME ASSEMBLY.
26 AUG 2015
(2) UNIT SHALL BE WALL MOUNTED COMPLETE WITH BLOWDOWN AIR SILENCER.
(3) REGULATE OUTLET PRESSURE TO 90 PSI.
PERMIT SET
SPLIT AIR CONDITIONING UNIT SCHEDULE
(4) NEC CLASS 3 HOUSING.
ID
MANUFACTURER
LOCATION
AC-1, CU-1
FUJITSU 15RLS2H
COMM 153D
COOLING
HEATING
CAPACITY
CAPACITY
RANGE
RANGE
(MBH)
18.4-3.1
(MBH)
---
INDOOR UNIT
OUTDOOR UNIT
DIMENSIONS
MODEL
ASU15RLS2
DIMENSIONS
AIRFLOW
WxDxH
WEIGHT
MCA (1)
MOCP
(CFM)
530-229
(IN)
34x7x13
(LBS)
21
(AMPS)
1
(AMPS)
15
VOLT/PH/HZ
MODEL
208/1/60
AOU15RLS2H
WxDxH
WEIGHT
MCA (1)
MOCP
(IN)
31x12x25
(LBS)
88
(AMPS)
18.2
(AMPS)
20
EMERGENCY
EFFICIENCY
VOLT/PH/HZ
POWER
SEER
REFRIGERANT
NOTES
208/1/60
YES
19.7
R-410A
(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)
(1) SINGLE POINT POWER CONNECTION FOR INDOOR AND OUTDOOR UNITS. DISCONNECT BY DIVISION 26 (QTY. 2; 1 EACH FOR INDOOR AND OUTDOOR UNIT).
(2) SYSTEM COMPLETE WITH FACTORY SUPPLIED FIELD INSTALLED WALL MOUNTED (WIRED) CONTROLLER AND LOW AMBIENT KIT.
(3) REFRIGERANT LINES SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S SUGGESTED LINE SIZE.
(4) EQUIPPED WITH VARIABLE SPEED INVERTER DRIVEN COMPRESSOR PROVIDING THE RANGE OF CAPACITIES NOTED. MODULATING COMPRESSOR SPEED TO REDUCE CYCLING.
DUST COLLECTOR SCHEDULE
AIR
FILTER
ELECTRICAL
MAXIMUM
FILTER CLEANER
MANUFACTURER
AIRFLOW
STATIC
AND
RATE
PRESSURE
(CFM)
2,820
(IN. WATER)
16
ID
MODEL NUMBER
AREA SERVED
LOCATION
SDC-1
CAMFIL GS4
SHOP 152
DUST COLLECTION 152E
EXPANSION TANK SCHEDULE
PHYSICAL
EXHAUST FAN
COMPRESSED
FILTER
MOTOR
EFFICIENCY
AIR CONNECTION
AREA
SIZE
FLA
(% AT 0.5 MICRON)
99.99
(IN)
1
(SQ. FT)
1300
(HP)
20
(AMP)
23
VOLT/PH/HZ
480/3/60
FLUID
LENGTH/
MANUFACTURER
WIDTH/
AND
HEIGHT
WEIGHT
(IN)
43/67/184
(LBS)
2000
NOTES
PHYSICAL
MIN. TANK/
TANK
RELIEF
DIA./
NPT
WORKING
ACCEPTANCE
SIZE
VALVE
HEIGHT
FITTING
(GAL)
2.5
(GAL)
4.4
(PSIG)
75
(IN)
11/14
(IN)
1/2
ID
MODEL NUMBER
LOCATION
TYPE
FLUID
ET-1
BELL AND GOSSETT HFT-30
MECH.MEZ 229E
DIAPHRAGM
30% PPG
NOTES
(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)
(1) TANK SHALL BE INDEPENDANTLY SUPPORTED AND SCIESMICLY BRACED.
(1) ALL CAPACITIES BASED ON 4,800 FEET ELEVATION.
(2) BACK-PULSED TYPE DUST COLLECTOR COMPLETE WITH NFPA EXPLOSION RELIEF VENT. UNIT SHALL BE INSTALLED INSIDE WITH FACTORY SUPPLIED EXPLOSION WEATHER HOOD AND EXPLOSION VENT DUCT UP THRU THE ROOF. FLASH WEATHER HOOD INTO ROOF.
ELECTRIC CABINET UNIT HEATER/UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE
(3) UNIT COMPLETE WITH PREMIUM EFFICIENCY TEFC MOTOR, ALUMINUM SPARK PROOF IMPELLER, INSULATED SOUND PLENUM WITH EXHAUST SILENCER, AND WALL MOUNTED CONTROL PANEL.
(4) UNIT SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH CATWALK AND 55 GALLON DUST COLLECTION DRUM WITH DRUM COVER KIT.
HTG CAPACITY
(5) ELECTRICAL STARTERS AND DISCONNECTS FOR THE DUST COLLECTOR BY ELECTRICAL. SIZE DUST COLLECTOR FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT AT 150% OF FLA. J-STYLE CURRENT LIMITING FUSES ARE RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURE.
(6) CONTROL: USER ACCESSIBLE WALL SWITCH. SEE PLANS FOR LOCATION. DUST COLLECTOR SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH FARR DUST COLLECTOR CONTROLLER.
(7) ELECTRICIAN SHALL FIELD WIRE QTY. (4) COMPRESSED AIR SOLINOID VALVES ON DUST COLLECTOR TO THE CONTROL PANEL. ALL SOLINOID VALVES SHALL HAVE A COMMON NEUTRAL BACK TO THE CONTROL PANEL.
(8) UNIT COMPLETE WITH STINGER ST1 EXPLOSION ISOLATION VALVE.
MANUFACTURER &
MOUNTING
CFM @
ID
MODEL NUMBER
LOCATION
ARRANGEMENT
KW
MBH
HIGH SPEED
FLA
VOLT/PH/HZ
NOTES
EUH-1
Q-MARK CU935
STORAGE 213
(2)
4.0
13.6
250
6
480/3/60
(1)(2)
(9) UNIT COMPLETE WITH FACTORY SUPPLIED COMPRESSED AIR REGULATOR WITH GUAGE. SET DISCHARGE PRESSURE TO 90 PSI.
(1) PROVIDE COMPLETE WITH FACTORY MOUNTED THERMOSTAT AND ASSOCIATED 24 VOLT CONTROL TRANSFORMER, STARTER AND DISCONNECT.
(2) WALL MOUNTED.
SLOT HOOD SCHEDULE
AIR SEPARATOR SCHEDULE
AIR
FLUID
MAXIMUM
ID
MANUFACTURER
MODEL
SH-1
CARMON
FH-34
PHYSICAL
WIDTH /
MANUFACTURER
FLOW
AND
RATE
(GPM)
152
AIRFLOW
CONNECTION
LENGTH /
RATE
SIZE
DEPTH
(CFM)
800
(IN)
7
(IN)
34/45/6
NOTES
ID
MODEL NUMBER
LOCATION
TYPE
AS-1
SPIROTHERM VDT400
MECH. MEZ.229E
AIR & DIRT
HEAD
DIA./
WORKING
LOSS
HEIGHT
FLUID
(FT)
3
(IN)
9/32
30% PPG
NOTES
(1)
(1) MOUNT SH-1 CENTER REAR ON TABLE.
CHEMICAL FEED SYSTEM SCHEDULE
HOOD SCHEDULE
PUMP
AIR
PHYSICAL
THROAT
MAXIMUM
WIDTH /
MANUFACTURER
AIRFLOW
STATIC
AND
RATE
PRESSURE
(IN. WATER)
0.2
(IN)
52/44
(1)(2)(3)(4)
0.01
24/24
(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)
ID
MODEL NUMBER
MODEL
H-1
GREENHECK
FGI
(CFM)
16390
H-2
GREENHECK
FGI
1000
LENGTH /
NOTES
MANUFACTURER
PRESSURE
DISCHARGE
WIDTH /
TANK
AND
RATING
PRESSURE
HEIGHT
SIZE
(PSIG)
18
(PSIG)
HP
VOLT/PH/HZ
(1)
1/6
115/1/60
(IN)
16/33
(GAL)
17
ID
MODEL NUMBER
LOCATION
TYPE
OPERATOR
CFS-1
SUMCO TECH MF300
MECH.MEZ.229E
30% PPG
HOT WATER
NOTES
(1)
(1) SET FILL PRESSURE TO MATCH ASSOCIATED EXPANSION TANK SCHEDULED FILL PRESSURE.
1. ALL CAPACITIES AT 4800 FT. ELEVATION.
2. CANOPY INTAKE HOOD CONSTRUCTION OF MIN. 18 GAUGE TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL WITH #4 FINISH.
PUMP SCHEDULE
3. ON-OFF SWITCH BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. INSTALLED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.
4. HOOD COMPLETE WITH ROOF CURB, AND BIRD SCREEN.
FLUID
5. HOOD COMPLETE WITH MOTORIZED DAMPER. INTERLOCK WITH ASSOCIATED EXHAUST FAN AND THERMOSTAT.
PUMP
ELECTRICAL
FLOW
HEAD
MOTOR
MOTOR
MOTOR
AND
RATE
WORKING
LOSS
EFFICIENCY
SIZE
BHP
SPEED
FLUID
(%)
77.88
CONSTRUCTION
30% PPG
(FT)
28
(HP)
1.39
(RPM)
1750
VOLT/PH/HZ
CAST IRON
(HP)
1.5
MODEL NUMBER
LOCATION
TYPE
P-1
B&G e-1510 2.5AC-ES
MECH.MEZ 229E
(1)
(GPM)
152
P-2
B&G e-1510 2.5AC-ES
MECH.MEZ 229E
(1)
152
30% PPG
28
77.88
CAST IRON
1.5
1.39
1750
460/3/60
P-3
B&G 60 2X5-1/4
MECH.MEZ 229E
(2)
84
WATER
16
64.1
CAST IRON
0.75
0.55
1750
460/3/60
(1) END SUCTION, BASE MOUNT.
(2) INLINE.
460/3/60
NOTES
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
SEAL
SEAL
S S I ON
AL
OF E
PR
No. 275661
RAYMON D.
VERNON
TA
S
ID
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
TE
T
OF U
G I NEER
EN
MANUFACTURER
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
L I CEN SE
D
(6) PROVIDE THYCURB MODEL TEMS-1 PRE-FABRICATED ROOF SUPPORT (OR EQUAL) FOR ROOF MOUNTING OF CONDENSING UNIT.
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
(5) PROVIDE AND INSTALL INLINE CONDENSATE PUMP. PUMP SHALL BE CAPABLE OF 5.8 GAL/H @ 10 FT HD, 120V/1PH/60 HZ, 1/10 HP. BASIS OF DESIGN SHALL BE ASPEN PUMPS MAXI ORANGE (OR EQUAL). PROVIDE CHECK VALVE AT DISCHARGE OF PUMP.
AH
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
SCENE SHOP
MECHANICAL SCHEDULES
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
15-02
26 AUG 2015
ME602
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
BI - RETURN AIR SMOKE DETECTOR
AO-BUILDING PRESSURE CONTROL
AI - RETURN AIR TEMP
N.O.
T
RA
EA
M
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
26 AUG 2015
AO - MIXED AIR DAMPERS
M
PERMIT SET
N.O.
AI - PREFILTER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE
AI - FINAL FILTER DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE
AI - SUPPLY AIR TEMP
BI - FREEZESTAT
AI - OUTSIDE AIR TEMP
BI - SUPPLY AIR SMOKE DETECTOR
AI - MIXED AIR TEMP
AO - Zone Damper
T
L
H
L
T
H
T
T
L
HW
SF
AI - Discharge Air Temp
M
H
M
BI - HIGH STATIC SHUTDOWN
CHW
H
OA
HW
BI - Supply Fan Status
SA
DA
T
L
M
N.C.
T
SA
LOCATE ¾ DISTANCE
DOWN LONGEST DUCT
CT
AI - SUPPLY AIR STATIC PRESSURE
AI - Zone Temp
VFD
AI - Zone Setpoint Adjust
AO - Reheating Valve
AO - SUPPLY FAN VFD SPEED
BI - SUPPLY FAN VFD FAULT
M
AO - PREHEATING VALVE
HWS
AO - COOLING VALVE
M
HWR
1
M
HWS
HWR
HWR
HWS
P-1
CHWR
CHWS
HTX
M
BI - COOLING COIL PUMP STATUS
CT
P-2
BO - COOLING COIL PUMP START/STOP
M
HWS
HWR
M
AO - Perimeter Heating Valve
BI - PREHEATING COIL PUMP STATUS
CT
CT
BO - PREHEATING COIL PUMP START/STOP
ME701
VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINAL UNIT
BO - PREHEATING COIL PUMP START/STOP
AH-1 AIR HANDLER SCHEMATIC
4
3
BI - PREHEATING COIL PUMP STATUS
ME701
NO SCALE
NO SCALE
PHC-1
T
GS
GR
T
4"
HWR
T
GR
9
ME503
3"
HWS
1
5
9
O-100°F
O-100°F
O-100°F
O-100°F
3
KEYED NOTES
1
8
5
4"
AI - Hot Water Return Temp
GS
T
4"
T
HWR
NO
ASME PRESSURE RELIEF
VALVE, SET AT 65 PSI
4"
F
7
ME503
6
4"
SEE
EXPANSION
TANK FOR
SIZE
1
AI - Hot Water Supply Temp
1
CF
HWS
S
M
WATER
CF
T
HWS
NC
4
P-1
O-200°F
O-200°F
CF
TYP
CT
M
BI - Hot Water Pump 2 Status
7
NO
CONTROL
PANEL
CHEMICAL
FEED UNIT
P-2
P
2
P
1
3/8"
8
CT
8
BO - Hot Water Pump 2 Start/Stop
Starter
EXPANSION TANK
1
ME701
GLYCOL PRE-HEAT PYMPS
NO SCALE
2
ME701
GLYCOL PRE-HEAT SCHEMATIC
NO SCALE
GLYCOL PUMP
6
ME503
GLYCOL PUMP
6
ME503
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
SEAL
SEAL
S S I ON
AL
OF E
PR
No. 275661
RAYMON D.
VERNON
TA
S
NO
Starter
4"
T & P PORT. TYP.
BALANCING VALVE.
CONTROL VALVE.
SHUT OFF VALVE.
TEMPERATURE SENSOR.
FLOW SENSOR.
UNION.
6" CONCRETE PAD.
PRESSURE GAUGE.
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
TE
T
OF U
G I NEER
EN
FILL CONNECTION,
USE 30%
PROPYLENE
GLYCOL/DEIONIZED
WATER MIXTURE.
3/4"
BI - Hot Water Pump 1 Status
GS
GS
NC
BO - Hot Water Pump 1 Start/Stop
4"
2
HWR
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
L I CEN SE
D
M
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
BO - SUPPLY FAN START/STOP
AH
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
SCENE SHOP
SCHEMATICS
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
15-02
26 AUG 2015
ME701
#
1.
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
KEYED NOTES
1" HWS AND HWR FROM ABOVE.
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
26 AUG 2015
D
C
SHOP OFFICE
152C
ASSEMBLY AREA
152B
SHOP
152
1"
3/4"
1
HWS
HWR
6
TOOL ROOM
152A
1
OFFICE
151C
OFFICE
151A
AC
1
PAINT
153F
PAINT SHOP
153
PAINT MIXING
153B
COSTUME AREA
151
OFFICE
151D
JAN
151B
STAIR
100G
ELEV
153C
CORRIDOR
100V
5
DRESSING RM
148
MORGAN STAGE
155A
CORR
100L
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
SEAL
SEAL
S S I ON
AL
OF E
PR
No. 275661
RAYMON D.
VERNON
TA
TE
T
OF U
G I NEER
EN
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
S
1
LEVEL B SCENE SHOP MECHANICAL PIPING
DRESSING RM
146
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
L I CEN SE
D
7
DUST COLLECTION
152E
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
E
PERMIT SET
AH
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
LEVEL B SCENE SHOP
MECHANICAL PIPING PLAN
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
1/8" = 1'-0"
15-02
26 AUG 2015
MP101
E
D
1
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
KEYED NOTES
#
1.
1" HWS AND HWR DOWN.
2.
DROP HWS, HWR, CHWS, AND CHWR DOWN NEXT TO
SHIPS LADDER.
3.
RUN PIPING TIGHT TO BOTTOM OF TRUSSES.
4.
SEE 2/MP102 FOR CONTINUATION.
5.
SEE 1/MP102 FOR CONTINUATION.
6.
REFRIGERANT PIPING THRU ROOF. FLASH AND
COUNTERFLASH THRU ROOF.
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
26 AUG 2015
PERMIT SET
5
4
1
3" HWS
3" HWR
E
D
3
7
2
OFFICE
229G
4
HX
1
AS
1
CFS
1
MECH
401
ET
1
P
1
P
2
3"
GS
GR
4"
1 1/4"
3
VAV
2
AH
2
COSTUME SHOP (NEW)
229F
FITTING
229J
3"
1
6
1
OFFICE
229H
MECH. MEZZANINE
229E
1
6
LEVEL D MORGAN THEATER MECHANICAL ROOM
SCALE: 1/16" = 1'-0"
FITTING
229A
MEZZ.
200X
CU
1
1 1/2"
DYE/LAUNDRY
229C
COSTUME SHOP (EXISTING)
229
1 1/2"
JAN
231
V
1
CHWR
CHWS
HWR
STAIR
200G
HWS
ELEV
229B
CORRIDOR
200V
5
5
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
SEAL
SEAL
S S I ON
AL
OF E
PR
No. 275661
RAYMON D.
VERNON
TA
S
2
LEVEL C SCENE SHOP MECHANICAL PIPING
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
TE
T
OF U
G I NEER
EN
CORR
200T
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
L I CEN SE
D
3
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
3" CHWS
3" CHWR
AH
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
LEVEL C SCENE SHOP
MECHANICAL PIPING PLAN
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
As indicated
15-02
26 AUG 2015
MP102
E
D
1.
COMPRESSED AIR PIPING FROM ABOVE.
2.
COMPRESSED AIR PIPING UP.
3.
STUB OUT 1" AIR COMPRESSOR DRAIN LINE OUT OF
BUILDING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. SEAL PENETRATION
WEATHER TIGHT. HEAT TRACE PIPE OUTLET.
4.
COLD WATER LINE UP.
5.
DROP DOWN WALL AND DISCHARGE INTO SERVICE
SINK WITH AIR GAP FITTING.
6.
HOT AND COLD WATER UP.
7.
CONNECT DRAIN LINE TO AIR COMPRESSOR AND AIR
DRYER.
8.
SEE CIVIL PLANS FOR CONTINUATION.
9.
DEMO AND REPLACE EXISTING 3/4" DOMESTIC WATER
LINE WITH NEW 1" DOMESTIC WATER LINE.
10.
RECONNECT WASTE FROM SINK S-3 TO EXISTING PAINT
INTERCEPTOR. CONNECT WASTE FROM SINK S-1 TO
EXISTING PAINT INTERCEPTOR.
11.
REMOVE EXISTING WALL MOUNTED MOP SINK AND
REPLACE WITH NEW SS-1. SAW CUT FLOOR AS
REQUIRED. PATCH AND REPAIR WALL.
12.
REMOVE EXISTING SINK AND COUNTER TOP AND
REPLACE WITH NEW S-3. RECONNECT TO EXISTING HOT,
COLD, WASTE, AND VENT PIPING.
13.
INSTALL PIPING EXPOSED ON WALL IN PAINT MIXING
ROOM. COORDINATE WITH S-3.
NFH-1
3
SLOPE 1%
SLOPE 1%
7
13
ME503
1
D
1"
DUST COLLECTION
152E
AC
1
2
CA-1
7
3/4"
SHOP OFFICE
152C
CA-1
6
4
ASSEMBLY AREA
152B
1"
3/4"
1
CA-1
CA-1
CA
CA-1
CA
3/4"
1
3/4"
5
11
6"
9
SS-1
CA-1
8
6
D
6
1
COMM.
153D
S-3
ELEC.
153E
SLOPE 1%
SLOPE 1%
D
6
(E)PAINT
INTERCEPTOR
CA-1
5" DSN-1
1"
(E)3"
S-1
13
SHOP
152
3/4"
1/2"
SLOPE 1%
6
3/4"
12
5
TOOL ROOM
152A
OFFICE
151C
COSTUME AREA
151
3/4"
PAINT
153F
2
9
PAINT SHOP
153
6
SS-1
(E)3"
S-1
(E)PAINT
INTERCEPTOR
(E)3" WASTE UP
PE101
1"
10
OFFICE
151A
PAINT MIXING
153B
OFFICE
151D
CORRIDOR
100V
1"
ELEV
153C
UP
STAIR
100G
S-3
JAN
151B
1"
1"
(E)1"
(E)3" WASTE UP
(E)3/4"
5
5
5
9
2
LARGE SCALE LEVEL B SCENE SHOP PLUMBING PLAN
DRESSING RM
148
MORGAN STAGE
155A
SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0"
CORR
100L
LEVEL B SCENE SHOP PLUMBING PLAN
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
26 AUG 2015
PERMIT SET
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
SEAL
SEAL
S S I ON
AL
OF E
PR
No. 275661
RAYMON D.
VERNON
S
TA
TE
T
OF U
G I NEER
EN
1
DRESSING RM
146
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
L I CEN SE
D
1
KEYED NOTES
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
#
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
AH
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
LEVEL B SCENE SHOP
PLUMBING PLAN
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
As indicated
15-02
26 AUG 2015
PE101
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
#
1
KEYED NOTES
1.
HOT AND COLD WATER FROM BELOW.
2.
COLD WATER FROM BELOW.
3.
1 1/4" COMPRESSED AIR PIPING FROM BELOW.
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
26 AUG 2015
D
1"
3
1
1 1/4"
CA
2
HB-1
1 1/4"
3/4"
MECH. MEZZANINE
229E
CA
CA
COSTUME SHOP (NEW)
229F
5"
3" RD
5"
3" RDO
3" RD
1"
FS-1
3" RDO
6
S-2
DYE/LAUNDRY
229C
MEZZ.
200X
TD-1
FITTING
229A
DV-1
WB-1
1
W
DN
D
WB-1
COSTUME SHOP (EXISTING)
229
D
WB-1
W
1
STAIR
200G
JAN
231
D
W
1
3" VTR
3"
(E)3" WASTE DN
CORRIDOR
200V
5
CORR
200T
1
LEVEL C SCENE SHOP PLUMBING PLAN
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
SEAL
SEAL
S S I ON
AL
OF E
PR
No. 275661
RAYMON D.
VERNON
S
TA
TE
T
OF U
G I NEER
EN
L I CEN SE
D
7
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
E
PERMIT SET
AH
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
LEVEL C SCENE SHOP
PLUMBING PLAN
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
1/8" = 1'-0"
15-02
26 AUG 2015
PE102
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
HW
W
V
(IN)
-.-
(IN)
-.-
(IN)
-.-
FOUR OUTLETS, 1/2 CONNECTION
ID
FIXTURE
CA-1
AIR COMPRESSOR CONNECTION
(IN)
-.-
NFH-1
NON FREEZE WALL HYDRANT
3/4
-.-
-.-
-.-
-.-
RD-1
ROOF DRAIN
-.-
-.-
-.-
-.-
SEE PLANS FOR SIZE
RDO-1
ROOF DRAIN OVERFLOW
-.-
-.-
-.-
-.-
SEE PLANS FOR SIZE
DSN-1
DOWNSPOUT NOZZEL
-.-
-.-
-.-
-.-
SEE PLANS FOR SIZE
S-1
SINK
1/2
1/2
2
1 1/2
STAINLESS STEEL WALL MOUNTED
S-2
SINK
1/2
1/2
2
1 1/2
STAINLESS STEEL COUNTER MOUNTED
S-3
SINK
1/2
1/2
2
1 1/2
STAINLESS STEEL WALL MOUNTED
SS-1
SERVICE SINK
3/4
3/4
3
2
-.-
WB-1
WASHER BOX
3/4
3/4
2
2
-.-
FS-1
FLOOR SINK
-.-
-.-
3
2
-.-
TD-1
TRENCH DRAIN
-.-
-.-
3
2
-.-
HB-1
HOSE BIBB
3/4
-.-
-.-
-.-
-.-
DV-1
DYE VAT
1/2
1/2
-.-
-.-
FLOOR MOUNTED, DISCHARGE INTO TRRENCH DRAIN.
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
NOTES
1
26 AUG 2015
PERMIT SET
1. ALL UNDER GROUND WASTE AND VENT SHALL BE 2" OR GREATER PER DRAWINGS.
AIR COMPRESSOR SCHEDULE
ELECTRICAL
MAXIMUM
MAXIMUM
MANUFACTURER
FLOW
PUMP
AND
EA. PUMP
PRESS.
SIZE
RECEIVER
(ACFM)
70.4
(PSIG)
175
(GAL)
120
ID
MODEL NUMBER
LOCATION
AC-1
INGERSOLL RAND 2-2545E10-VP
DUST COLLECTION
PHYSICAL
LENGTH/
MOTOR
WIDTH/
MOTOR
SIZE
HEIGHT
TYPE
QUAN.
HORIZ
2
(HP)
10
1. UNIT COMPLETE WITH TYPE G AND H AIR FILTERS AND REGRIGERATED AIR DRYER.
2. REFIGERATED AIR DRYER SHALL BE INGERSOLL RAND D144IN. 115/1/60, 25 HP, 570 WATTS NOMINAL POWER CONSUMPTION, ISO CLASS 6.
3. PROVIDE AND INSTALL PRESSURE REGULATOR AND PRESSURE GAUGE ON OUTLET OF COMPRESSED AIR SYSTEM. DISCHARGE PRESSURE SHALL BE 100 PSIG.
VOLT/PH
460/3
(IN)
87/35/52
NOTES
(1)(2)(3)
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
SEAL
SEAL
S S I ON
AL
OF E
PR
No. 275661
RAYMON D.
VERNON
S
TA
TE
T
OF U
G I NEER
EN
L I CEN SE
D
RECEIVER
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
1
CW
AH
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
SCENE SHOP
PLUMBING SCHEDULES
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
15-02
26 AUG 2015
PE601
SPARANO + MOONEY
ARCHITECTURE
E
D
2
7
6
3
5
1
5
4
1
SCENE SHOP LEVEL B FIRE PROTECTION PLAN
SCALE: 1/16" = 1'-0"
E
D
7
2
6
1
F
6
F
8
7
5
4
EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLED AREA. REPLACE SPRINKLER
HEADS WITH QUICK RESPONSE TYPE SPRINKLER HEADS.
RECONFIGURE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM AS REQUIRED
PER NFPA13.
2.
NEW FIRE SPRINKLED AREA.
3.
CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A SUPERVISED VALVE FOR
PAINT BOOTH AND A SUFFICIENT NUMBER OF
CELLOPHANE BAGS TO PROTECT SPRINKLERS.
4.
CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM
PIPING AND READJUST/ADD SPRINKLERS AS REQUIRED
FOR REMODELED AREAS.
5.
EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO REMAIN.
6.
EXISTING SPRINKLER SYSTEM. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY
EXISTING SYSTEM AND READJUST IF NECESSARY TO MEET
CURRENT REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR TO REPLACE
EXISTING HEADS IN FIRE ZONE WITH QR SPRINKLERS.
7.
EXISTING 3" FIRE MAIN SERVING EXINSTING SCENE SHOP.
8.
EXISTING 4" FIRE MAIN FROM MORGAN THEATER
SPRINKLER ZONE.
57 WEST 2100 SOUTH
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84115
801.746.0234 F 801.746.0233
WWW.SPARANOMOONEY.COM
26 AUG 2015
PERMIT SET
4030 OLD MAIN HILL
LOGAN, UT 84322
ADDITION/RENOVATION
FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO: 14385770
CONSULTANT
SEAL
SEAL
S S I ON
AL
OF E
PR
No. 275661
RAYMON D.
VERNON
TA
TE
T
OF U
G I NEER
EN
SCALE: 1/16" = 1'-0"
1.
S
2
SCENE SHOP LEVEL C FIRE PROTECTION PLAN
5
KEYED NOTES
L I CEN SE
D
FIRE SPRINKLERS TO BE
SERVED FROM EXISTING
COSTUME SHOP MAIN.
#
SPARANO + MOONEY (SMA) RESERVES ITS COMMON LAW COPYRIGHT AND OTHER PROPERTY RIGHTS IN THESE DOCUMENTS. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, CHANGED OR COPIED IN ANY FORM OR MANNER WHATSOEVER WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF SMA; NOR ARE THESE DOCUMENTS TO BE ASSIGNED TO ANY THIRD PARTY WITHOUT OBTAINING SAID WRITTEN PERMISSION & CONSENT.
FIRE SPRINKLERS TO BE
SERVED FROM EXISTING
SCENE SHOP MAIN.
AH
IF THIS SHEET IS LESS THAN
30"X42" IT IS A REDUCED
PRINT,
SCALE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY
KEY PLAN
SCENE SHOP
FIRE PROTECTION PLAN
SHEET NO.
FILE
SCALE
JOB NO.
DATE
As indicated
15-02
26 AUG 2015
FP101
SECTION 211000
WATER-BASED FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2
SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following fire-suppression piping inside the building:
1. Wet-pipe sprinkler systems.
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 10 Section "Fire Extinguisher Cabinets" and "Fire Extinguishers" for cabinets
and fire extinguishers.
2. Division 22 Section "Facility Water Distribution Piping" for piping outside the building.
3. Division 28 Section "Fire Detection and Alarm" for alarm devices not specified in this
Section.
C. All black steel sprinkler pipe shall have a wall thickness equal to schedule 40.
D. Contractor is to connect to a main of adequate size serving the existing Scene Shop to
provide coverage to the new Paint, Wood, and Framing Shops and adjacent rooms as shown
on drawings.
E. Contractor is to connect to a main of adequate size serving the existing Costume Shop to
provide coverage to the new Costume Shop and adjacent rooms as shown on drawings.
F. Contractor is to provide a supervised valve for the paint booth and a sufficient number of
cellophane bags to protect sprinkler heads.
G. Fire sprinkler coverage in the Costume Storage room east of the Morgan Theatre stage is to
be provided by installing sprinkler heads in each of the pockets of the concrete pan joist
ceiling, staggering the spacing of heads to provide complete coverage with the existing
costume racks, lighting, etc to remain in place. The Contractor is to carefully review this
space and provide adequate sprinkler coverage, given the existing conditions.
H. Summary Table:
Item
Summary
Interior pipe type
Mains: Schedule 40
Branchlines: Schedule 40
Sprinkler Finish
Flat Plate Concealed, except uprights and storage
Extended Coverage
Not Allowed
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-1
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
1.3
Center of Tile
Required, Center thirds are acceptable
Flexible Sprinkler Drops
Required
FM Global
No
Calculations
Required, use reduced flow data
Alarm Device
Horn/Strobe
Special Items
Materials must be domestically-manufactured.
DEFINITIONS
A. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic.
B. CR: Chlorosulfonated polyethylene synthetic rubber.
C. High-Pressure Piping System: Fire-suppression piping system designed to operate at
working pressure higher than standard 175 psig.
D. PE: Polyethylene plastic.
E. Underground Service-Entrance Piping: Underground service piping below the building.
1.4
SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS
A. Wet-Pipe Sprinkler System: Automatic sprinklers are attached to piping containing water and
that is connected to water supply. Water discharges immediately from sprinklers when they
are opened. Sprinklers open when heat melts fusible link or destroys frangible device. Hose
connections are included if indicated.
1.5
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Standard Piping System Component Working Pressure: Listed for at least 175 psig.
B. Design sprinkler piping according to the following and obtain approval from engineer, prior to
submitting to other authorities having jurisdiction:
1. Design sprinkler system with the following 20% reduced flow data:
Flow data available at the fire hydrant between the Performance Hall and the USU Fine
Arts center on USU Campus. 650 N 1200 E Logan, UT 84321
Static – 60psi
Residual – 53psi @ 1,300 gpm flowing
Date of Test – 2/6/2015 by the USU Campus Fire Marshal
2. Sprinkler Occupancy Hazard Classifications:
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-2
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
Building Service Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1.
Electrical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1.
General Storage Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1.
Mechanical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1.
Laundries: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1.
Office and Public Areas: Light Hazard.
Dust Collection Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 2.
Wood Shops: Ordinary Hazard, Group 2.
Frame Shops: Ordinary Hazard, Group 2.
Paint Shops: Ordinary Hazard, Group 2.
Paint Booth: Ordinary Hazard, Group 2.
Paint Mixing Room: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1.
Costume Storage Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 2.
Costume Shops: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1.
3. Minimum Density for Automatic-Sprinkler Piping Design:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Light-Hazard Occupancy: 0.10 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area.
Ordinary-Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy: 0.15 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area.
Ordinary-Hazard, Group 2 Occupancy: 0.20 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area.
Special Occupancy Hazard: As determined by authorities having jurisdiction.
4. Maximum Protection Area per Sprinkler: Per UL listing.
5. Maximum Protection Area per Sprinkler:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Office Spaces: 225 sq. ft..
Storage Areas: 130 sq. ft..
Mechanical Equipment Rooms: 130 sq. ft..
Electrical Equipment Rooms: 130 sq. ft..
Other Areas: According to NFPA 13 recommendations, unless otherwise indicated.
6. Total Combined Hose-Stream Demand Requirement: According to NFPA 13, unless
otherwise indicated:
a. Light-Hazard Occupancies: 100 gpm for 30 minutes.
b. Ordinary-Hazard Occupancies: 250 gpm for 60 to 90 minutes.
c. Extra-Hazard Occupancies: 500 gpm for 90 to 120 minutes.
C. Seismic Performance: Fire-suppression piping shall be capable of withstanding the effects of
earthquake motions determined according to NFPA 13.
1.6
SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For the following:
1. Piping materials, including dielectric fittings, flexible connections, and sprinkler
specialty fittings.
2. Pipe hangers and supports, including seismic restraints.
3. Valves, including listed fire-protection valves, unlisted general-duty valves, and
specialty valves and trim.
4. Air compressors, including electrical data.
5. Sprinklers, escutcheons, and guards. Include sprinkler flow characteristics, mounting,
finish, and other pertinent data.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-3
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
6. Fire department connections, including type; number, size, and arrangement of inlets;
caps and chains; size and direction of outlet; escutcheon and marking; and finish.
7. Alarm devices, including electrical data.
B. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring.
C. Fire-hydrant flow test report.
D. Approved Sprinkler Piping Drawings: Working plans, prepared according to NFPA 13, that
have been approved by authorities having jurisdiction, including hydraulic calculations, if
applicable. Drawings are to be approved by Engineer prior to submission to State Fire
Marshal.
E. Field Test Reports and Certificates: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with
performance requirements and as described in NFPA 13. Include "Contractor's Material and
Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping" and "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for
Underground Piping."
F. Welding certificates.
G. Field quality-control test reports.
H. Operation and Maintenance Data: For standpipe and sprinkler specialties to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
1.7
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications:
1. An experienced installer who has designed and installed fire-suppression piping similar
to that indicated for this Project and obtained design approval and inspection approval
from authorities having jurisdiction. The Engineer requires evidence to support the
ability of the contractor to perform work in the scope and volume as specified. A
contractor, who cannot show such experience, may be found not suitable to perform
the work. The following are the approved contractors for this project:
a.
b.
PRE-APPROVED CONTRACTORS LIST
1)
Alta Fire
2)
Certified Fire
3)
Chaparral Fire
4)
Delta Fire
5)
Quality Fire Protection
6)
Fire Engineering
7)
Fire Services Inc.
8)
FireTrol
9)
Simplex-Grinnell
10) Western Automatic
11) Paradise Fire
12) Or prior approved equal
A contractor not listed in the “PRE-APPROVED CONTRACTORS LIST” must
receive prior approval from the engineer to bid this project.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-4
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
B. Installer's responsibilities include designing, fabricating, and installing fire-suppression
systems and providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering
responsibility. Base calculations on results of fire-hydrant flow test.
1. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of working plans, calculations, and field test
reports by a qualified professional engineer or NICET Level III technician.
C. Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code: Section IX.
D. NFPA Standards: Fire-suppression-system equipment, specialties, accessories, installation,
and testing shall comply with the following:
1. NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems."
2. NFPA 24, "Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances."
3. NFPA 230, "Fire Protection of Storage."
E. International Conference of Building Code Officials codes and standards complying with the
following:
1. IBC-2012, “International Building Code.”
2. IFC-2012, “International Fire Code.”
F. USU Design Requirements
1.8
COORDINATION
A. Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with other construction that penetrates
ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, and partition assemblies.
1.9
EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Sprinkler Cabinets: Finished, wall-mounting, steel cabinet with hinged cover, with
space for minimum of six spare sprinklers plus sprinkler wrench. Include number of
sprinklers required by NFPA 13 and sprinkler wrench. Include separate cabinet with
sprinklers and wrench for each type of sprinkler on Project.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-5
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of
the manufacturers specified.
2.2
DUCTILE-IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, with mechanical-joint bell end and plain
end.
1. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C110, Class 53, ductile- or gray-iron
standard pattern or AWWA C153, ductile-iron compact pattern.
2. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111, ductile- or gray-iron gland, rubber gasket,
and steel bolts and nuts.
B. Push-on-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, with push-on-joint bell end and plain end.
1. Push-on-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray-iron standard
pattern or AWWA C153, ductile-iron compact pattern.
2. Gaskets: AWWA C111, rubber.
2.3
STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Threaded-End, Standard-Weight Steel Pipe:
ASTM A 53/A 53M, ASTM A 135, or
ASTM A 795, hot-dip galvanized where indicated and with factory- or field-formed threaded
ends.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Cast-Iron Threaded Flanges: ASME B16.1.
Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3.
Gray-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4.
Steel Threaded Pipe Nipples:
ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M or
ASTM A 106, Schedule 40, seamless steel pipe hot-dip galvanized where indicated.
Include ends matching joining method.
5. Steel Threaded Couplings:
ASTM A 865 hot-dip galvanized-steel pipe where
indicated.
B. Plain-End, Standard-Weight Steel Pipe:
ASTM A 53/A 53M,
ASTM A 795 hot-dip galvanized-steel pipe where indicated.
ASTM A 135,
or
1. Locking-Lug Fittings: UL 213, ductile-iron body with retainer lugs that require onequarter turn to secure pipe in fitting not allowed.
C. Plain-End, Standard-Weight Steel Pipe:
ASTM A 53/A 53M,
ASTM A 795 hot-dip galvanized-steel pipe where indicated.
ASTM A 135,
or
1. Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M, and ASME B16.9 or ASME B16.11.
2. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5.
D. Grooved-End, Standard-Weight Steel Pipe:
ASTM A 53/A 53M, ASTM A 135, or
ASTM A 795, hot-dip galvanized where indicated and with factory- or field-formed, rollgrooved ends.
1. Grooved-Joint Piping Systems:
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-6
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
a. Manufacturers:
1)
2)
3)
4)
Anvil International, Inc.
Central Sprinkler Corp.
Victaulic Co. of America.
Ward Manufacturing.
b. Grooved-End Fittings: UL-listed, ASTM A 536, ductile-iron casting with OD matching
steel-pipe OD.
c. Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings: UL 213 and AWWA C606, rigid pattern, unless
otherwise indicated; gasketed fitting matching steel-pipe OD. Include ductile-iron
housing with keys matching steel-pipe and fitting grooves, prelubricated rubber
gasket listed for use with housing, and steel bolts and nuts.
E. Threaded-End, Threadable, Thinwall Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, with wall
thickness less than Schedule 40 and greater than Schedule 10, and with factory- or fieldformed threaded ends is not allowed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Cast-Iron Threaded Flanges: ASME B16.1.
Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3.
Gray-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4.
Steel Threaded Pipe Nipples:
ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M or
ASTM A 106, Schedule 40, seamless steel pipe.
5. Steel Threaded Couplings: ASTM A 865.
F. Plain-End, Threadable, Thinwall Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, with wall
thickness less than Schedule 40 and greater than Schedule 10 is not allowed.
1. Locking-Lug Fittings: UL 213, ductile-iron body with retainer lugs that require onequarter turn to secure pipe in fitting not allowed.
G. Plain-End, Threadable, Thinwall Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, with wall
thickness less than Schedule 40 and greater than Schedule 10 is not allowed.
1. Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A 234/A 234M, and ASME B16.9 or ASME B16.11.
2. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5.
H. Grooved-End, Threadable, Thinwall Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, with wall
thickness less than Schedule 40 and greater than Schedule 10, and with factory- or fieldformed, roll-grooved ends is not allowed.
1. Grooved-Joint Piping Systems:
a. Manufacturers:
1)
2)
3)
4)
Anvil International, Inc.
Central Sprinkler Corp.
Victaulic Co. of America.
Ward Manufacturing.
b. Grooved-End Fittings: UL-listed, ASTM A 536, ductile-iron casting with OD matching
steel-pipe OD.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-7
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
c.
Grooved-End-Pipe Couplings: UL 213 and AWWA C606, rigid pattern, unless
otherwise indicated; gasketed fitting matching steel-pipe OD. Include ductile-iron
housing with keys matching steel-pipe and fitting grooves, prelubricated rubber
gasket listed for use with housing, and steel bolts and nuts.
I.
Plain-End, Schedule 10 Steel Pipe:
allowed.
ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, Schedule 10 is not
J.
Plain-End, Nonstandard OD, Thinwall Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, with wall
thickness less than Schedule 10 is not allowed.
K. Plain-End, Hybrid Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, lightwall, with wall thickness less
than Schedule 10 and greater than Schedule 5 is not allowed.
L. Grooved-End, Hybrid Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, lightwall, with wall thickness
less than Schedule 10 and greater than Schedule 5; with factory- or field-formed, roll-grooved
ends are not allowed.
M. Schedule 5 Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135 or ASTM A 795, lightwall, with plain ends is not allowed.
2.4
FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
A. Flexible connectors shall have materials suitable for system fluid. Include 175-psig minimum
working-pressure rating and ends according to the following:
1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded.
2. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged.
3. Option for NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Grooved for use with grooved-end-pipe couplings.
B. Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Flex-Hose Co., Inc.
Flexicraft Industries.
Flex-Pression, Ltd.
Flex-Weld, Inc.
Hyspan Precision Products, Inc.
Metraflex, Inc.
C. Bronze-Hose, Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, bronze, inner tubing covered with bronze
wire braid. Include copper-tube ends or bronze flanged ends, braze welded to hose.
D. Stainless-Steel-Hose/Steel Pipe, Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, stainless-steel, inner
tubing covered with stainless-steel wire braid. Include steel nipples or flanges, welded to
hose.
E. Stainless-Steel-Hose/Stainless-Steel Pipe, Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, stainless-steel,
inner tubing covered with stainless-steel wire braid. Include stainless-steel nipples or
flanges, welded to hose.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-8
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
2.5
CORROSION-PROTECTIVE ENCASEMENT FOR PIPING
A. Encasement for Underground Metal Piping: ASTM A 674 or AWWA C105, PE film, 0.008inch minimum thickness, tube or sheet.
2.6
SPRINKLER SPECIALTY FITTINGS
A. Sprinkler specialty fittings shall have a 175-psig minimum working-pressure rating, and made
of materials compatible with piping. Sprinkler specialty fittings shall have 250-psig minimum
working-pressure rating if fittings are components of high-pressure piping system.
B. Sprinkler Drain and Alarm Test Fittings: Cast- or ductile-iron body; with threaded or lockinglug inlet and outlet, test valve, and orifice and sight glass.
1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Central Sprinkler Corp.
Fire-End and Croker Corp.
Viking Corp.
Victaulic Co. of America.
C. Sprinkler Branch-Line Test Fittings: Brass body with threaded inlet, capped drain outlet, and
threaded outlet for sprinkler.
1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
Elkhart Brass Mfg. Co., Inc.
Fire-End and Croker Corp.
Potter-Roemer; Fire-Protection Div.
D. Sprinkler Inspector's Test Fitting: Cast- or ductile-iron housing with threaded inlet and drain
outlet and sight glass.
1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
AGF Manufacturing Co.
Central Sprinkler Corp.
G/J Innovations, Inc.
Triple R Specialty of Ajax, Inc.
E. Drop-Nipple Fittings: UL 1474, adjustable with threaded inlet and outlet, and seals.
1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
2.7
CECA, LLC.
Merit.
LISTED FIRE-PROTECTION VALVES
A. Valves shall have a 175-psig minimum pressure rating. Valves shall have 250-psig minimum
pressure rating if valves are components of high-pressure piping system.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-9
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
B. Gate Valves with Wall Indicator Posts:
1. Gate Valves: UL 262, cast-iron body, bronze mounted, with solid disc, nonrising stem,
operating nut, and flanged ends.
2. Indicator Posts: UL 789, horizontal-wall type, cast-iron body, with hand wheel,
extension rod, locking device, and cast-iron barrel.
3. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Grinnell Fire Protection.
McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
NIBCO.
Stockham.
C. Ball Valves: Comply with UL 1091, except with ball instead of disc.
1. NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends.
2. NPS 2 and NPS 2-1/2: Bronze body with threaded ends or ductile-iron body with
grooved ends.
3. NPS 3: Ductile-iron body with grooved ends.
4. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
NIBCO.
Victaulic Co. of America.
D. Butterfly Valves: UL 1091.
1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends.
a.
Manufacturers:
1)
2)
Global Safety Products, Inc.
Milwaukee Valve Company.
2. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Bronze, cast-iron, or ductile-iron body; wafer type or with
flanged or grooved ends.
a.
Manufacturers:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Central Sprinkler Corp.
McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
Mueller Company.
NIBCO.
Victaulic Co. of America.
E. Check Valves NPS 2 and Larger: UL 312, swing type, cast-iron body with flanged or grooved
ends.
1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
American Cast Iron Pipe Co.; Waterous Co.
Central Sprinkler Corp.
Clow Valve Co.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-10
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation.
Grinnell Fire Protection.
Hammond Valve.
McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
Mueller Company.
NIBCO.
Potter-Roemer; Fire Protection Div.
Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
Star Sprinkler Inc.
Stockham.
United Brass Works, Inc.
Victaulic Co. of America.
Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
F. Gate Valves: UL 262, OS&Y type.
1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Bronze body with threaded ends.
a.
Manufacturers:
1)
2)
3)
4)
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
Hammond Valve.
NIBCO.
United Brass Works, Inc.
2. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Cast-iron body with flanged ends.
a.
Manufacturers:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
Clow Valve Co.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves.
Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves.
Hammond Valve.
Milwaukee Valve Company.
Mueller Company.
NIBCO.
United Brass Works, Inc.
G. Indicating Valves: UL 1091, with integral indicating device and ends matching connecting
piping.
1. Indicator: Electrical, 115-V ac, prewired, single-circuit, supervisory switch and Visual.
2. NPS 2 and Smaller: Ball or butterfly valve with bronze body and threaded ends.
a.
Manufacturers:
1)
2)
3)
Milwaukee Valve Company.
NIBCO.
Victaulic Co. of America.
3. NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Butterfly valve with cast- or ductile-iron body; wafer type or with
flanged or grooved ends.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-11
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
a.
Manufacturers:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
2.8
Central Sprinkler Corp.
Grinnell Fire Protection.
McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
Milwaukee Valve Company.
NIBCO.
Victaulic Co. of America.
UNLISTED GENERAL-DUTY VALVES
A. Ball Valves NPS 2 and Smaller: MSS SP-110, 2-piece copper-alloy body with chrome-plated
brass ball, 600-psig minimum CWP rating, blowout-proof stem, and threaded ends.
B. Check Valves NPS 2 and Smaller: MSS SP-80, Type 4, Class 125 minimum, swing type with
bronze body, nonmetallic disc, and threaded ends.
C. Gate Valves NPS 2 and Smaller: MSS SP-80, Type 2, Class 125 minimum, with bronze
body, solid wedge, and threaded ends.
D. Globe Valves NPS 2 and Smaller: MSS SP-80, Type 2, Class 125 minimum, with bronze
body, nonmetallic disc, and threaded ends.
2.9
SPECIALTY VALVES
A. Sprinkler System Control Valves: Cast- or ductile-iron body with flanged or grooved ends,
and 175-psig minimum pressure rating. Control valves shall have 250-psig minimum
pressure rating if valves are components of high-pressure piping system.
1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Central Sprinkler Corp.
Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation.
Grinnell Fire Protection.
Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
Star Sprinkler Inc.
Victaulic Co. of America.
Viking Corp.
B. Automatic Drain Valves: UL 1726, NPS 3/4, ball-check device with threaded ends.
1. Manufacturers:
a.
2.10
Grinnell Fire Protection.
MANUAL CONTROL STATIONS (Pre-action)
A. Manual Control Stations: Hydraulic operation, with union, NPS 1/2 pipe nipple, and bronze
ball valve. Include metal enclosure labeled "MANUAL CONTROL STATION" with operating
instructions and cover held closed by breakable strut to prevent accidental opening.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-12
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
2.11
SPRINKLERS
A. Sprinklers shall be UL listed, with 175-psig minimum pressure rating. Sprinklers shall have
250-psig minimum 300-psig pressure rating if sprinklers are components of high-pressure
piping system.
B. Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Central Sprinkler Corp.
Globe Fire Sprinkler Corporation.
Grinnell Fire Protection.
Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co., Inc.
Star Sprinkler Inc.
Victaulic Co. of America.
Viking Corp.
C. Automatic Sprinklers: With heat-responsive element complying with the following:
1. UL 199, for nonresidential applications.
2. UL 1626, for residential applications.
D. Sprinkler Types and Categories: Nominal 1/2-inch orifice for "Ordinary" temperature
classification rating, unless otherwise indicated or required by application.
1. Open Sprinklers: UL 199, without heat-responsive element.
a.
b.
Orifice: 1/2 inch, with discharge coefficient K between 5.3 and 5.8.
Orifice: 17/32 inch, with discharge coefficient K between 7.4 and 8.2.
E. Sprinkler types, features, and options as follows:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Concealed ceiling sprinklers, including cover plate.
Extended-coverage sprinklers, not allowed unless approved in writing prior to bidding.
Flow-control sprinklers, with automatic open and shutoff feature.
Flush ceiling sprinklers, including escutcheon, not allowed.
Pendent sprinklers.
Pendent, dry-type sprinklers.
Quick-response sprinklers.
Sidewall sprinklers.
Sidewall, dry-type sprinklers.
Upright sprinklers.
F. Sprinkler Finishes: Chrome plated, bronze, and painted.
G. Special Coatings: Wax, lead, and corrosion-resistant paint.
H. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types, and finishes for the following sprinkler mounting
applications. Escutcheons for concealed, flush, and recessed-type sprinklers are specified
with sprinklers.
1. Ceiling Mounting: Plastic, white finish, one piece, flat.
2. Sidewall Mounting: Plastic, white finish, one piece, flat.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-13
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
I.
2.12
Sprinkler Guards: Wire-cage type, including fastening device for attaching to sprinkler.
ALARM DEVICES
A. Alarm-device types shall match piping and equipment connections.
B. Potter’s SASH Sprinkler Alarm Strobe Horn.
C. Water-Flow Indicator:
UL 346, electrical-supervision, paddle-operated-type, water-flow
detector with 250-psig pressure rating and designed for horizontal or vertical installation.
Include two single-pole, double-throw circuit switches for isolated alarm and auxiliary
contacts, 7 A, 125-V ac and 0.25 A, 24-V dc; complete with factory-set, field-adjustable retard
element to prevent false signals and tamperproof cover that sends signal if removed.
1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
ADT Security Services, Inc.
Grinnell Fire Protection.
ITT McDonnell & Miller.
Potter Electric Signal Company.
System Sensor.
Viking Corp.
Watts Industries, Inc.; Water Products Div.
D. Pressure Switch: UL 753, electrical-supervision-type, water-flow switch with retard feature.
Include single-pole, double-throw, normally closed contacts and design that operates on
rising pressure and signals water flow.
1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Grinnell Fire Protection.
Potter Electric Signal Company.
System Sensor.
Viking Corp.
E. Valve Supervisory Switch: UL 753, electrical, single-pole, double-throw switch with normally
closed contacts. Include design that signals controlled valve is in other than fully open
position.
1. Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
McWane, Inc.; Kennedy Valve Div.
Potter Electric Signal Company.
System Sensor.
F. Indicator-Post Supervisory Switch: UL 753, electrical, single-pole, double-throw switch with
normally closed contacts. Include design that signals controlled indicator-post valve is in
other than fully open position.
1. Manufacturers:
a.
Potter Electric Signal Company.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-14
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
b.
2.13
System Sensor.
PRESSURE GAUGES
A. Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Brecco Corporation.
Dresser Equipment Group; Instrument Div.
Marsh Bellofram.
WIKA Instrument Corporation.
B. Description: UL 393, 3-1/2- to 4-1/2-inch- diameter, dial pressure gauge with range of 0 to
250 psig minimum.
1. Water System Piping: Include caption "WATER" or "AIR/WATER" on dial face.
2. Air System Piping: Include retard feature and caption "AIR" or "AIR/WATER" on dial
face.
2.14
DOUBLE CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLIES
A. Ames Colt C300.
EXECUTION
2.15
PREPARATION
A. Obtain Engineer’s Water Analysis or fire-hydrant flow test. Use results for system design
calculations required in "Quality Assurance" Article in Part 1 of this Section.
B. Engineer’s Water Analysis. See Flow Analysis provided by Van Boerum & Frank Associates.
2.16
EXAMINATION
A. Examine roughing-in for stations to verify actual locations of piping connections before
installation.
B. Examine walls and partitions for suitable thicknesses, fire- and smoke-rated construction,
framing for hose-station cabinets, and other conditions where hose connections and stations
are to be installed.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
2.17
PIPING APPLICATIONS
A. Shop weld pipe joints where welded piping is indicated.
B. Do not use welded joints for galvanized-steel pipe.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-15
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
C. Flanges, flanged fittings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings with finish and
pressure ratings same as or higher than system's pressure rating may be used in
aboveground applications, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Piping between Fire Department Connections and Check Valves: Galvanized, standardweight steel pipe with grooved ends; grooved-end fittings; grooved-end-pipe couplings; and
grooved joints.
E. Underground Service-Entrance Piping: Ductile-iron, push-on or mechanical-joint pipe and
fittings and restrained joints. Include corrosion-protective encasement.
F. Sprinkler Main Piping: Use the following:
1. NPS 6 and Smaller: Standard-weight steel pipe with threaded ends, or grooved ends.
No plain ends allowed.
2. Outlets shall be welded.
a.
Victaulic Brand Mechanical tee fittings may be used in lieu of welded outlets.
G. Branch line piping: Use the following:
1. NPS 2 and Smaller: Threadable steel pipe with threaded ends; cast- or malleable-iron
threaded fittings; and threaded joints.
a.
Victaulic Brand Mechanical tee fittings may be used
H. Standpipes and mains: Use the following:
1. NPS 4 to NPS 6: Schedule 40 steel pipe with grooved ends & Welded outlets.
2. NPS 3 and Smaller: Schedule 40 steel pipe with threaded ends, or grooved ends. No
plain ends allowed.
2.18
VALVE APPLICATIONS
A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the
following requirements apply:
1. Fire-Protection-Service Valves: UL listed for applications where required by NFPA 13.
2. General-Duty Valves: For applications where UL-listed valves are not required by
NFPA 13.
a. Shutoff Duty: Use gate, ball, or butterfly valves.
b. Throttling Duty: Use globe, ball, or butterfly valves.
2.19
JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Common Work Result for HVAC" for basic piping joint
construction.
B. Ductile-Iron-Piping, Grooved Joints: Use ductile-iron pipe with radius-cut-grooved ends;
ductile-iron, grooved-end fittings; and ductile-iron, keyed couplings. Assemble joints with
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-16
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
couplings, gaskets, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling manufacturer's written
instructions.
C. Steel-Piping, Grooved Joints: Use Schedule 40 steel pipe with cut or roll-grooved ends and
Schedule 30 or thinner steel pipe with roll-grooved ends; steel, grooved-end fittings; and
steel, keyed couplings. Assemble joints with couplings, gaskets, lubricant, and bolts
according to coupling manufacturer's written instructions.
2.20
WATER-SUPPLY CONNECTION
A. Install shutoff Backflow preventions assemblies, valve, pressure gauge’s, drain, and other
accessories at connection to water service.
2.21
PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Common Work Result for HVAC" for basic piping installation.
B. Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general
location and arrangement of piping. Install piping as indicated, as far as practical.
1. Deviations from approved working plans for piping require written approval from
authorities having jurisdiction. File written approval with Architect before deviating from
approved working plans.
C. Install underground service-entrance piping according to NFPA 24 and with restrained joints.
D. Make connections between underground and above-ground piping using bolted flange.
E. Install mechanical sleeve seal at pipe penetrations in basement and foundation walls. Refer
to Division 23 Section “Common Work Result for HVAC.”
F. Use approved fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and
reductions in pipe sizes.
G. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. Unions are not required on
flanged devices or in piping installations using grooved joints.
H. Install flanges or flange adapters on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and
larger connections.
I.
Install "Inspector's Test Connections" in sprinkler piping, complete with shutoff valve, sized
and located according to NFPA 13.
J.
Install sprinkler piping with drains for complete system drainage.
K. Install sprinkler zone control valves, check valves, test assemblies, and drain risers adjacent
to standpipes when sprinkler piping is connected to standpipes.
L. Install drain valves on standpipes.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-17
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
M. Install ball drip valves to drain piping between fire department connections and check valves.
Drain to floor drain or outside building.
N. Install alarm devices in piping systems.
O. Hangers and Supports: Comply with NFPA 13 for hanger materials. Install according to
NFPA 13 for sprinkler piping.
1.
2.
No powder driven studs allowed.
Wrap-around braces are to be provided at end of branch lines.
P. Earthquake Protection: Install piping according to Factory Mutual 2-8 requirements, to
protect from earthquake damage. Seismic Bracing shall be designed to withstand vertical
forces and movement.
Q. Install piping with grooved joints according to manufacturer's written instructions. Construct
rigid piping joints, unless otherwise indicated, or required by NFPA 13 for flexibility in seismic
zones.
R. Install pressure gauges on riser or feed main, at each sprinkler test connection, and at top of
each standpipe. Include pressure gauges with connection not less than NPS 1/4 and with
soft metal seated globe valve, arranged for draining pipe between gauge and valve. Install
gauges to permit removal, and install where they will not be subject to freezing.
2.22
SPECIALTY SPRINKLER FITTING INSTALLATION
A. Install specialty sprinkler fittings according to manufacturer's written instructions.
2.23
VALVE INSTALLATION
A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Valves" for installing general-duty valves. Install fire-protection
specialty valves, trim, fittings, controls, and specialties according to NFPA 13, manufacturer's
written instructions, and authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Valves: Install fire-protection-service valves supervised-open, located to control sources of
water supply except from fire department connections. Provide permanent identification
signs indicating portion of system controlled by each valve.
C. Double Check Valve Assemblies: Install valves in vertical or horizontal position, per listings
and for proper direction of flow.
2.24
SPRINKLER APPLICATIONS
A. General: All sprinklers are to be quick response type. Sprinkler heads shall be of the latest
design closed spray type for 155°F unless specified otherwise or required by code. Extended
coverage heads shall not be used. Orifices larger than 1/2" may be used as required by
density and spacing demands. Use sprinklers according to the following applications:
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-18
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
1. Rooms without Ceilings: Upright and/or pendent sprinklers. Provide mechanical
guards on all heads at or below 7’-0” height above the floor or where damage from
room occupant use may occur.
2. Rooms with Ceilings: Concealed sprinklers.
3. Wall Mounting: Sidewall sprinklers with recessed escutcheon.
4. Heads located within the air streams of unit heaters or other heat-emitting equipment
shall be selected for proper temperature rating.
5. Sprinkler Finishes: Use sprinklers with the following finishes:
a. Upright, Pendent, and Sidewall Sprinklers: Chrome in finished spaces exposed to
view; rough bronze in unfinished spaces not exposed to view.
b. Concealed Sprinklers: Rough brass, with cover plate to match ceiling color.
B. Sprinklers: Use the following:
1. All sprinklers shall be listed, quick response type.
2. Sprinkler in future finish spaces (shelled) 10’ x 10’ spacing shall be pendents/uprights
installed with 1 x ½" bushing, to accommodate future finishes.
2.25
SPRINKLER INSTALLATION
A. Every effort shall be required to insure that the heads form a symmetrical pattern in the
ceiling with the ceiling grid, lights, diffusers and grilles. Offsets shall be made in piping to
accommodate ductwork in the ceiling. Heads should be symmetrical and all piping run
parallel or perpendicular to building lines.
1. In no case shall sprinkler heads be installed closer than approved distances from
ceiling obstructions and HVAC ductwork.
2. Sprinkler heads shall not conflict with tile grids.
3. Sprinkler heads shall be located near center of corridors.
B. Where layout of sprinkler heads is shown on reflected ceiling plans the locations shall be
followed unless approval is obtained from the Architect or such locations shown do not meet
the requirements of NFPA-13. In either case, approval of the Architect shall be obtained in
writing before sprinkler head locations are changed. If the installation of additional heads is
needed to conform to NFPA 13 requirements in areas where heads are shown on reflected
ceiling plans, they shall be included in the contract price.
C. Install sprinklers in patterns indicated.
D. Do not install pendent or sidewall, wet-type sprinklers in areas subject to freezing. Use drytype sprinklers with water supply from heated space.
E. Future finish shelled and tenant finish; Shell spaces shall be piped to accommodate future.
Install sprinklers with 1" x ½" bushings, and space heads at a maximum spacing of 100 sq. ft.
per head. Occupancy shall be Ordinary-Hazard Group 1 Design.
F. Concealed type sprinkler shall be installed in the following areas:
1. Areas as indicated on drawings.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-19
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
2.26
CONNECTIONS
A. Connect water-supply piping and standpipes and sprinklers where indicated.
B. Install ball drip valves at each check valve for fire department connection. Drain to floor drain
or outside building.
C. Connect piping to specialty valves, specialties, fire department connections, and accessories.
D. Electrical Connections: Power wiring is specified in Division 28.
E. Connect alarm devices to fire alarm.
2.27
LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION
A. Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements in
NFPA 13 and in Division 23 Section "Common Work Result for HVAC."
2.28
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler piping according to NFPA 13, "System Acceptance"
Chapter.
B. Replace piping system components that do not pass test procedures and retest to
demonstrate compliance. Repeat procedure until satisfactory results are obtained.
C. Report test results promptly and in writing to Architect and authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Whether the underground serving the sprinkler system is done by this contractor or another,
this contractor will be responsible to assure and have in his possession a certificate that the
underground has been flushed and tested by the contractor who installed it in accordance
with NFPA-24 prior to connection of the underground piping to the overhead sprinkler system.
2.29
CLEANING
A. Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers.
B. Remove and replace sprinklers having paint other than factory finish.
2.30
PROTECTION
A. Protect sprinklers from damage until Substantial Completion.
2.31
COMMISSIONING
A. Verify that specialty valves, trim, fittings, controls, and accessories are installed and operate
correctly.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-20
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
B. Verify that specified tests of piping are complete and that “Material Test Certificates” are
complete.
C. Verify that damaged sprinklers and sprinklers with paint or coating not specified are replaced
with new, correct type.
D. Verify that sprinklers are correct types, have correct finishes and temperature ratings, and
have guards as required for each application.
E. Fill wet-pipe sprinkler piping with water.
F. Coordinate with fire alarm tests. Operate as required.
2.32
DEMONSTRATION & TESTS
A. Demonstrate equipment, specialties, and accessories. Review operating and maintenance
information.
B. All tests will be conducted as required by the local authority having jurisdiction, and in no
case less than those required by NFPA standards. As a minimum, piping in the sprinkler
system shall be tested at a water pressure at 200 psi for a period of not less two hours, or at
50 psi in excess of the normal pressure when the normal pressure is above 150 psi. Bracing
shall be in place, and air shall be removed from the system through the hydrants and drain
valves before the test pressure is applied. No apparent leaks will be permitted on interior or
underground piping.
C. The local jurisdiction having authority and the Utah State Fire Marshal's office (where
required) shall be notified at least three working days in advance of all tests and flushing.
This includes any flushing of underground, hydrostatic testing, or flow testing that may be
required.
D. This contractor shall make all the required tests to the sprinkler system as required by code.
He shall be responsible to assure that the Contractor Test Certificates for the overhead,
backflow and underground work are completed and delivered to the owner’s insurance
underwriter to assure proper insurance credit.
E. All tests requiring the witnessing by local authorities will be the responsibility of this
contractor. If tests are not run or do not have the proper witness, then they will be run later
and all damage caused by the system, or caused in uncovering the system for such test, will
be borne by this contractor.
2.33
WARRANTY
A. This contractor shall warranty the sprinkler system and all its components for one year from
the date of acceptance by the owner. Any costs incurred to extend any warranties of
materials to assure this time frame shall be borne by this contractor.
B. Provide Operation and Maintenance Manuals with correct as-builts test certificates and
warranties included. A minimum 6 sets to be provided in red 3-ring binders.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-21
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
C. Electronic copy of AutoCAD as-built drawings shall also be provided on CD, with each O&M
Manual.
2.34
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Flush, test and inspect sprinkler piping according to NFPA 13, “System Acceptance” Chapter.
B. Replace piping system components that do not pass test procedures and retest to
demonstrate compliance. Repeat procedure until satisfactory results are obtained.
C. Report test results promptly and in writing to Architect and authorities having jurisdiction.
END OF SECTION 211000
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX WATER-BASED FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
21 1000-22
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
SECTION 224000
PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following conventional plumbing fixtures and related components:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
Related Sections include the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.3
Faucets for lavatories and sinks.
Protective shielding guards.
Fixture supports.
Commercial sinks.
Service sinks.
Division 10 Section "Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories."
Division 22 Section "Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for backflow preventers, floor
drains, and specialty fixtures not included in this Section.
Division 22 Section "Emergency Plumbing Fixtures."
Division 22 Section "Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers."
DEFINITIONS
A.
Accessible Fixture: Plumbing fixture that can be approached, entered, and used by people with
disabilities.
B.
Cast Polymer: Cast-filled-polymer-plastic material. This material includes cultured-marble and
solid-surface materials.
C.
Cultured Marble: Cast-filled-polymer-plastic material with surface coating.
D.
Fitting: Device that controls the flow of water into or out of the plumbing fixture. Fittings
specified in this Section include supplies and stops, faucets and spouts, shower heads and tub
spouts, drains and tailpieces, and traps and waste pipes. Piping and general-duty valves are
included where indicated.
E.
FRP: Fiberglass-reinforced plastic.
F.
PMMA: Polymethyl methacrylate (acrylic) plastic.
G.
PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PLUMBING FIXTURES
22 4000-1
08/26/15
H.
1.4
Solid Surface: Nonporous, homogeneous, cast-polymer-plastic material with heat-, impact-,
scratch-, and stain-resistance qualities.
SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of plumbing fixture indicated. Include selected fixture and trim,
fittings, accessories, appliances, appurtenances, equipment, and supports. Indicate materials
and finishes, dimensions, construction details, and flow-control rates.
B.
Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring.
C.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For plumbing fixtures to include in emergency, operation,
and maintenance manuals.
D.
Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Section.
1.5
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Source Limitations: Obtain plumbing fixtures, faucets, and other components of each category
through one source from a single manufacturer.
1.
Exception: If fixtures, faucets, or other components are not available from a single
manufacturer, obtain similar products from other manufacturers specified for that
category.
B.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
C.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in ICC A117.1, "Accessible and Usable
Buildings and Facilities"; Public Law 90-480, "Architectural Barriers Act"; and Public Law 101336, "Americans with Disabilities Act"; for plumbing fixtures for people with disabilities.
D.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements in Public Law 102-486, "Energy Policy
Act," about water flow and consumption rates for plumbing fixtures.
E.
NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects," for
fixture materials that will be in contact with potable water.
F.
Select combinations of fixtures and trim, faucets, fittings, and other components that are
compatible.
G.
Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for plumbing
fixtures:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Enameled, Cast-Iron Fixtures: ASME A112.19.1M.
Porcelain-Enameled, Formed-Steel Fixtures: ASME A112.19.4M.
Solid-Surface-Material Lavatories and Sinks: ANSI/ICPA SS-1.
Stainless-Steel Residential Sinks: ASME A112.19.3.
Vitreous-China Fixtures: ASME A112.19.2M.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PLUMBING FIXTURES
22 4000-2
08/26/15
H.
Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for lavatory
and sink faucets:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
I.
Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
miscellaneous fittings:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
J.
Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001.
Brass and Copper Supplies: ASME A112.18.1.
Manual-Operation Flushometers: ASSE 1037.
Plastic Tubular Fittings: ASTM F 409.
Brass Waste Fittings: ASME A112.18.2.
Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for
miscellaneous components: Retain only subparagraphs below that match components and
features specified.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
1.6
Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Side Spray: ASME A112.18.3M.
Backflow Protection Devices for Faucets with Hose-Thread Outlet: ASME A112.18.3M.
Diverter Valves for Faucets with Hose Spray: ASSE 1025.
Faucets: ASME A112.18.1.
Hose-Connection Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1011.
Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7.
Integral, Atmospheric Vacuum Breakers: ASSE 1001.
NSF Potable-Water Materials: NSF 61.
Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.
Sensor-Actuated Faucets and Electrical Devices: UL 1951.
Supply Fittings: ASME A112.18.1.
Brass Waste Fittings: ASME A112.18.2.
Flexible Water Connectors: ASME A112.18.6.
Floor Drains: ASME A112.6.3.
Grab Bars: ASTM F 446.
Hose-Coupling Threads: ASME B1.20.7.
Off-Floor Fixture Supports: ASME A112.6.1M.
Pipe Threads: ASME B1.20.1.
Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC A117.1.
EXTRA MATERIALS
A.
Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged
with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1.
2.
3.
Faucet Washers and O-Rings: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type and size
installed.
Faucet Cartridges and O-Rings: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type and size
installed.
Provide hinged-top wood or metal box, or individual metal boxes, with separate
compartments for each type and size of extra materials listed above.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PLUMBING FIXTURES
22 4000-3
08/26/15
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
LAVATORY FAUCETS
A.
Lavatory Faucets:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
b.
c.
2.2
Chicago Faucets.
T & S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc.
Moen, Inc.
SINK FAUCETS
A.
Sink Faucets:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
b.
c.
2.3
Chicago Faucets.
T & S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc.
Moen, Inc.
PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS
A.
Protective Shielding Pipe Covers:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
2.
B.
Engineered Brass Co.
Insul-Tect Products Co.; a Subsidiary of MVG Molded Products.
McGuire Manufacturing Co., Inc.
Plumberex Specialty Products Inc.
TCI Products.
TRUEBRO, Inc.
Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Tubular Brass Plumbing Products Operation.
Description: Manufactured plastic wraps for covering plumbing fixture hot- and coldwater supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with Americans with Disabilities Act
(ADA) requirements. Product shall also meet the ASTM E 84 25/450 smoke and flame
rating.
Protective Shielding Piping Enclosures:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
TRUEBRO, Inc.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PLUMBING FIXTURES
22 4000-4
08/26/15
2.
2.4
Description: Manufactured plastic enclosure for covering plumbing fixture hot- and coldwater supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with ADA requirements.
FIXTURE SUPPORTS
A.
Manufacturers:
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
B.
Josam Company.
MIFAB Manufacturing Inc.
Smith, Jay R. Mfg. Co.
Tyler Pipe; Wade Div.
Watts Drainage Products Inc.; a div. of Watts Industries, Inc.
Zurn Plumbing Products Group; Specification Drainage Operation.
Lavatory Supports:
1.
2.
2.5
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
Description: Type II, lavatory carrier with concealed arms and tie rod for wall-mounting,
lavatory-type fixture. Include steel uprights with feet.
Accessible-Fixture Support: Include rectangular steel uprights.
LAVATORIES
A.
Lavatories:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.6
American Standard Companies, Inc.
Briggs Plumbing Products, Inc.
Crane Plumbing, L.L.C./Fiat Products.
Eljer.
Kohler Co.
COMMERCIAL SINKS
A.
Commercial Sinks:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
b.
2.7
Elkay Manufacturing Co.
Just Manufacturing Company.
SERVICE SINKS
A.
Service Sinks:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PLUMBING FIXTURES
22 4000-5
08/26/15
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
American Standard Companies, Inc.
Commercial Enameling Company.
Eljer.
Kohler Co.
Crane Plumbing, L.L.C./Fiat Products.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine roughing-in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify
actual locations of piping connections before plumbing fixture installation.
B.
Examine cabinets, counters, floors, and walls for suitable conditions where fixtures will be
installed.
C.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2
INSTALLATION
A.
Assemble plumbing fixtures, trim, fittings, and other components according to manufacturers'
written instructions.
B.
Install off-floor supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall-mounting fixtures.
1.
2.
3.
Use carrier supports with waste fitting and seal for back-outlet fixtures.
Use carrier supports without waste fitting for fixtures with tubular waste piping.
Use chair-type carrier supports with rectangular steel uprights for accessible fixtures.
C.
Install back-outlet, wall-mounting fixtures onto waste fitting seals and attach to supports.
D.
Install floor-mounting fixtures on closet flanges or other attachments to piping or building
substrate.
E.
Install wall-mounting fixtures with tubular waste piping attached to supports.
F.
Install counter-mounting fixtures in and attached to casework.
G.
Install fixtures level and plumb according to roughing-in drawings.
H.
Install water-supply piping with stop on each supply to each fixture to be connected to water
distribution piping. Attach supplies to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures.
Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation.
1.
I.
Exception: Use ball, gate, or globe valves if supply stops are not specified with fixture.
Valves are specified in Division 22 Section "General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping."
Install trap and tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be directly connected to
sanitary drainage system.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PLUMBING FIXTURES
22 4000-6
08/26/15
J.
Install tubular waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be indirectly connected to drainage
system.
K.
Install faucet-spout fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets are
not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required.
L.
Install water-supply flow-control fittings with specified flow rates in fixture supplies at stop
valves.
M.
Install faucet flow-control fittings with specified flow rates and patterns in faucet spouts if faucets
are not available with required rates and patterns. Include adapters if required.
N.
Install shower flow-control fittings with specified maximum flow rates in shower arms.
O.
Install traps on fixture outlets.
1.
2.
Exception: Omit trap on fixtures with integral traps.
Exception: Omit trap on indirect wastes, unless otherwise indicated.
P.
Install escutcheons at piping wall ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within
cabinets and millwork. Use deep-pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings.
Escutcheons are specified in Division 22 Section "Common Work Results for Plumbing."
Q.
Seal joints between fixtures and walls, floors, and countertops using sanitary-type, one-part,
mildew-resistant silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Sealants are specified in
Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants."
U.
All plumbing fixtures are to be mounted at the height specified on the Architectural drawings.
3.3
CONNECTIONS
A.
Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 22 Sections. Drawings indicate
general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B.
Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent
piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures.
C.
Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical
Systems."
D.
Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and
Cables."
3.4
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Verify that installed plumbing fixtures are categories and types specified for locations where
installed.
B.
Check that plumbing fixtures are complete with trim, faucets, fittings, and other specified
components.
C.
Inspect installed plumbing fixtures for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and components.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PLUMBING FIXTURES
22 4000-7
08/26/15
D.
Test installed fixtures after water systems are pressurized for proper operation. Replace
malfunctioning fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until units operate
properly.
E.
Install fresh batteries in sensor-operated mechanisms.
3.5
ADJUSTING
A.
Operate and adjust faucets and controls.
fittings, and controls.
B.
Adjust water pressure at faucets and flushometer valves to produce proper flow and stream.
C.
Replace washers and seals of leaking and dripping faucets and stops.
D.
Install fresh batteries in sensor-operated mechanisms.
3.6
Replace damaged and malfunctioning fixtures,
CLEANING
A.
Clean fixtures, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods
and materials. Do the following:
1.
2.
B.
3.7
Remove faucet spouts and strainers, remove sediment and debris, and reinstall strainers
and spouts.
Remove sediment and debris from drains.
After completing installation of exposed, factory-finished fixtures, faucets, and fittings, inspect
exposed finishes and repair damaged finishes.
PROTECTION
A.
Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings.
B.
Do not allow use of plumbing fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by
Owner.
3.8
PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
S-1
Wall Mounted Sink: Acorn 1955-1-CGS-GT stainless steel wall hung. Bottom outlet and center
set faucet with goose neck spout and wrist blade handles. Flexible stainless steel supplies with
loose key angle stops and p-trap.
S-2
Dye Sink (Counter Mounted, Double Compartment, Wrist Blades): Just DLXD-2237-A-GR 22" x
37" x 12" deep, 18-gauge, type 304 stainless steel, counter mounted sink. Chicago 897-CCP
faucet with vacuum breaker, screwdriver stops in shanks, No. 317 4" wrist blades, ¾” threaded
hose connection outlet. Flexible stainless steel supplies with loose key angle stops. Just J-35
stainless steel cup strainer and cast brass P-trap with clean-out plug.
S-3
Paint Mixing Room Sink: Just custom wall mounted sink with 14 gauge stainless steel counter
with 16x14x7.5 double bowl sink in the center, (3) faucet holes on 4” centers; LK-35 duo-strainer;
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PLUMBING FIXTURES
22 4000-8
08/26/15
Chicago No. 786-E35XKABCP Quaturn fitting with 4” wrist blade handles and 5-1/4” rigid gooseneck spout with 1.5 GPM outlet. Flexible stainless steel supplies with loose key angle stops, cast
brass p-trap with clean-out plug. Contractor shall field verify room dimensions and fit sink countertop to room width.
SS-1
Service Sink (Floor Mounted): Acorn TSH-32-SSC-TF1-KDG3, Terrazzo floor mounted mop sink
with stainless steel cap. Chicago 897-CCP faucet with vacuum breaker, screwdriver stops in
shanks, 5 foot rubber hose and 853 wall hook.
NFH-1 Non-freeze Hydrant: Smith 5509QT non-freeze wall hydrant for wall thickness shown on plan.
Bronze hydrant in locking box, 3/4-inch connection with brass casing, integral self-draining vacuum breaker, and loose key. Coordinate box cover finish with Architect.
HB-1
Hose Bibb: Chicago 293-CP ½" NPT Female inlet, 3/4" male hose thread outlet, chrome plated,
escutcheon plate. Chicago E27JKCP inline vacuum breaker 3/4" hose thread outlet.
CA-1
Air Compressor Connection: Global Industrial Cejn eSafe Series 320 Safety Multi-Link System
with 4 outlets.
WB-1
Guy Gray model T-200 galvanized steel box painted with epoxy resin with 2” standpipe with Gerber 47-150 washer filler, polished chrome handles and 1/2” iron pipe union inlets by 1/2” iron pipe
outlets. Two valve, 8” centers. Install standpipe for drainage. Provide stainless steel box for faucet and standpipe.
DV-1
Dye Vat (Provided as an FF and E item, not provided by the contractor): Groen EE-80 electric
floor kettle, 316 stainless steel, solid one piece welded construction. All exposed surfaces shall
be stainless steel. Kettle body shall be sheathed in stainless steel and air gap insulated. Electrical loads shall be 480/3/60, 36 KW, 44 FLA. Unit shall be thermostatically controlled to shut off
automatically when desired temperature is reached and turn on when product temperature falls
below desired setting. Unit complete with cover, swing faucet, gallon etch marks and drain.
Connect hot and cold water to the swing faucet. Used equipment may be approved by owner as
a cost savings measure.
END OF SECTION 22 4000
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PLUMBING FIXTURES
22 4000-9
08/26/15
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PLUMBING FIXTURES
22 4000-10
08/26/15
SECTION 23 0519
METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
1.3
Section Includes:
1.
Liquid-in-glass thermometers.
2.
Thermowells.
3.
Dial-type pressure gages.
4.
Gage attachments.
5.
Test plugs.
6.
Test-plug kits.
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B.
Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.
1.4
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
1.5
Product Certificates: For each type of meter and gage, from manufacturer.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A.
Operation and Maintenance Data:
maintenance manuals.
For meters and gages to include in operation and
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
LIQUID-IN-GLASS THERMOMETERS
A.
Metal-Case, Industrial-Style, Liquid-in-Glass Thermometers:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC
23 0519-1
08/26/15
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
2.2
Palmer Wahl Instrumentation Group.
Trerice, H. O. Co.
Weiss Instruments, Inc.
Weksler Instruments Inc.
Standard: ASME B40.200.
Case: Die Cast aluminum or brass; 9-inch nominal size unless otherwise indicated.
a.
Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div.
Case Form: Adjustable angle type unless otherwise indicated, 180 degrees in vertical
plane, 360 degrees in horizontal plane, with locking device.
Tube: Glass with magnifying lens and red or blue organic liquid.
Tube Background: Satin faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale
markings graduated in deg F.
Window: Glass. [or] [plastic] <Insert material>.
Stem: Copper-plated steel, aluminum, stainless steel, or brass designed for thermowell
installation. Stem shall be of length to match thermowell insertion length.
a.
Design for Thermowell Installation: Bare stem.
Connector: 1-1/4 inches, with ASME B1.1 screw threads.
Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of scale range or one scale division, to a maximum of
1.5 percent of scale range.
THERMOWELLS
A.
Thermowells:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
B.
2.3
Manufacturers: Same as manufacturer of thermometer being used.
Standard: ASME B40.200.
Description: Pressure-tight, socket-type fitting made for insertion into piping tee fitting.
Material for Use with Copper Tubing: Brass.
Material for Use with Steel Piping: Brass or steel.
Type: Stepped shank unless straight or tapered shank is indicated.
External Threads: NPS 1/2, NPS 3/4, NPS 1 or NPS 1-1/4 ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads.
Internal Threads: 1/2, 3/4, and 1 inch with ASME B1.1 screw threads.
Bore: Diameter required to match thermometer bulb or stem.
Insertion Length: Length required to match thermometer bulb or stem.
Lagging Extension: Include on thermowells for insulated piping and tubing.
Bushings: For converting size of thermowell's internal screw thread to size of
thermometer connection.
Heat-Transfer Medium: Mixture of graphite and glycerin.
PRESSURE GAGES
A.
Direct-Mounted, Metal-Case, Dial-Type Pressure Gages:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
b.
c.
AMETEK, Inc.; U.S. Gauge.
Ashcroft Inc.
Ernst Flow Industries.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC
23 0519-2
08/26/15
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
2.4
KOBOLD Instruments, Inc.
Marsh Bellofram.
Miljoco Corporation.
Noshok.
Palmer Wahl Instrumentation Group.
REOTEMP Instrument Corporation.
Trerice, H. O. Co.
Weiss Instruments, Inc.
Weksler Instruments Operating Unit; Dresser Industries; Instrument Div.WIKA
Instrument Corporation - USA.
WIKA Instrument Corporation.
Winters Instruments - U.S.
Standard: ASME B40.100.
Case: Liquid-filled type; cast aluminum or drawn steel; 4-1/2-inch nominal diameter.
Pressure-Element Assembly: Bourdon tube unless otherwise indicated.
Pressure Connection: Brass, with NPS 1/4 ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and bottomoutlet type unless back-outlet type is indicated.
Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer.
Dial: Satin faced, nonreflective aluminum with permanently etched scale markings
graduated in psi. Pointer: Dark-colored metal.
Window: Glass
Ring: Stainless steel.
Accuracy: Grade A, plus or minus 1 percent of middle half of scale range.
GAGE ATTACHMENTS
A.
Snubbers: ASME B40.100, brass; with NPS 1/4 ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and porous-metaltype surge-dampening device. Include extension for use on insulated piping.
B.
Siphons: Loop-shaped section of brass or steel pipe with NPS 1/4 pipe threads.
C.
Valves: Brass or stainless-steel needle, with NPS 1/4 ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads.
2.5
TEST PLUGS
A.
Manufacturers:
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
B.
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
Flow Design, Inc.
MG Piping Products Co.
National Meter, Inc.
Peterson Equipment Co., Inc.
Sisco Manufacturing Company, Inc.
Trerice, H. O. Co.
Twin City Hose.
Watts Regulator Co.; a div. of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
Weiss Instruments, Inc.
Description: Test-station fitting made for insertion into piping tee fitting.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC
23 0519-3
08/26/15
C.
Body: Brass or stainless steel with core inserts and gasketed and threaded cap. Include
extended stem on units to be installed in insulated piping.
D.
Thread Size: NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2, ASME B1.20.1 pipe thread.
E.
Minimum Pressure and Temperature Rating: 500 psig at 200 deg F.
F.
Core Inserts: Self-sealing synthetic rubber;
1.
EPDM (Nordel) for air, water or glycol operation between 30 and 275 deg F.
2.
CR (Neoprene) for air, water, glycol, oil, or gas operation between -30 to 200 deg F.
2.6
TEST-PLUG KITS
A.
Manufacturers:
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
B.
Flow Design, Inc.
MG Piping Products Co.
National Meter, Inc.
Peterson Equipment Co., Inc.
Sisco Manufacturing Company, Inc.
Trerice, H. O. Co.
Watts Regulator Co.; a div. of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.
Weiss Instruments, Inc.
Furnish one test-plug kit containing two thermometers, one pressure gage and adapter, and
carrying case. Thermometer sensing elements, pressure gage, and adapter probes shall be of
diameter to fit test plugs and of length to project into piping. Retain one of first two paragraphs
below. If retaining both, indicate location of each on Drawings.
1.
2.
3.
2.7
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
Low-Range Thermometer: Small, bimetallic insertion type with 1- to 2-inch diameter dial
and tapered-end sensing element. Dial range shall be at least 25 to 125 deg F.
High-Range Thermometer: Small, bimetallic insertion type with 1- to 2-inch diameter dial
and tapered-end sensing element. Dial range shall be at least 0 to 220 deg FPressure
Gage: Small, Bourdon-tube insertion type with 2- to 3-inch diameter dial and probe. Dial
range shall be at least 0 to 200 psig.
Carrying Case: Metal or plastic, with formed instrument padding.
FLOWMETERS
A.
Orifice Flowmeters:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
ABB; Instrumentation and Analytical.
Armstrong Pumps Inc.; S. A. Armstrong Limited.
Badger Meter, Inc.; Industrial Div.
Bell & Gossett; ITT Industries.
Meriam Process Technologies.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC
23 0519-4
08/26/15
2.
3.
4.
Description: Flowmeter with sensor, hoses or tubing, fittings, valves, quick connect hose
fittings, indicator, and conversion chart.
Flow Range: Sensor and indicator shall cover operating range of equipment or system
served.
Sensor: Wafer-orifice-type, calibrated, flow-measuring element; for installation between
pipe flanges.
a.
b.
c.
d.
5.
6.
7.
B.
Design: Differential-pressure-type measurement for HVAC hot and chilled water.
Construction: Cast-iron body, brass valves with integral check valves and caps,
and calibrated nameplate.
Minimum Pressure Rating: 300 psig.
Minimum Temperature Rating: 250 deg F.
Portable Indicators: Hand-held, differential-pressure type, calibrated for connected
sensor and having two 12-foot hoses, with carrying case.
a.
Scale: Gallons per minute.
b.
Accuracy: Plus or minus 2 percent between 20 and 80 percent of scale range.
Conversion Chart: Flow rate data compatible with sensor and indicator.
Operating Instructions: Include complete instructions with each flowmeter.
Venturi Flowmeters:
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
2.
3.
4.
Armstrong Pump
Badger Meter, Inc.; Industrial Division
Bailey-Fischer & Porter Co.
Flow Design, Inc.
Gerand Engineering Co.
Hyspan Precision Products, Inc.
Leeds & Northrup.
McCrometer, Inc.
Preso Meters; a division of Racine Federated Inc.
Victaulic Company.
Description: Flowmeter with calibrated flow-measuring element, hoses or tubing, quick
connect hose fittings, valves, indicator, and conversion chart.
Flow Range: Sensor and indicator shall cover operating range of equipment or system
served.
Sensor: Venturi-type, calibrated, flow-measuring element; for installation in piping.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Design: Differential-pressure-type measurement for water.
Construction: Bronze, brass, or factory-primed steel, with brass fittings and
attached tag with flow conversion data.
Minimum Pressure Rating: 250 psig.
Minimum Temperature Rating: 250 deg F.
End Connections for NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded.
End Connections for NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged or welded.
Flow Range: Flow-measuring element and flowmeter shall cover operating range
of equipment or system served.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC
23 0519-5
08/26/15
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A.
Install thermowells with socket extending one-third of pipe diameter and in vertical position in
piping tees.
B.
Install thermowells of sizes required to match thermometer connectors. Include bushings if
required to match sizes.
C.
Install thermowells with extension on insulated piping.
D.
Fill thermowells with heat-transfer medium.
E.
Install direct-mounted thermometers in thermowells and adjust vertical and tilted positions to
most readable position.
F.
Install direct-mounted pressure gages in piping tees with pressure gage located on pipe at the
most readable position.
G.
Install needle-valve and snubber in piping for each pressure gage for fluids.
H.
Install test plugs in piping tees.
I.
Install thermometers in the following locations:
1.
Inlet and outlet of each hydronic coil in air-handling units.
2.
Two inlets and two outlets of each hydronic heat exchanger.
3.
Inlet and outlet of each piece of steam equipment.
J.
Install pressure gages in the following locations:
1.
2.
3.
3.2
Inlet and discharge of each pressure-reducing valve.
Inlet and outlet of each chiller chilled-water and condenser-water connection.
Suction and discharge of each pump.
CONNECTIONS
A.
3.3
Install meters and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow service and
maintenance of meters, gages, machines, and equipment.
ADJUSTING
A.
3.4
Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best visibility.
THERMOMETER SCHEDULE
A.
Thermometers at inlet and outlet of each hydronic zone shall be the following:
1.
Industrial-style, liquid-in-glass type.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC
23 0519-6
08/26/15
B.
Thermometers at inlet and outlet of each hydronic coil in air-handling units and built-up central
systems shall be the following:
1.
C.
Thermometers at inlet and outlet of each hydronic coil at fan coils, cabinet heaters, unit heaters
and reheat coils and as shown on details shall be the following:
1.
D.
3.5
Industrial-style, liquid-in-glass type.
Thermometers at outside-, return-, supply-, and mixed-air ducts shall be the following:
1.
F.
Industrial-style, liquid-in-glass type.
Thermometers at inlets and outlets of each hydronic heat exchanger shall be the following:
1.
E.
Industrial-style, liquid-in-glass type.
Industrial-style, liquid-in-glass type.
Thermometer stems shall be of length to match thermowell insertion length.
THERMOMETER SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE
A.
Scale Range for Chilled-Water Piping: 0 to 100 deg F and minus 20 to plus 50 deg C.
B.
Scale Range for Heating, Hot-Water Piping: 30 to 240 deg F and 0 to 115 deg C
C.
Scale Range for Air Ducts: Minus 40 to plus 110 deg F and minus 40 to plus 45 deg C. Insert
additional paragraphs for thermometer scale ranges and applications here.
3.6
PRESSURE-GAGE SCHEDULE
A.
Pressure gages at inlet and discharge of each pressure-reducing valve shall be the following:
1.
B.
Pressure gages at inlet and outlet of each chiller chilled-water and condenser-water connection
shall be the following:
1.
C.
Liquid-filled, direct-mounted, metal case.
Pressure gages at suction and discharge of each pump shall be the following:
1.
3.7
Dry-case type, direct-mounted, metal case.
Liquid-filled, direct-mounted, metal case.
PRESSURE-GAGE SCALE-RANGE SCHEDULE
A.
Scale Range for Chilled-Water and Heating Hot-Water Piping shall be twice the normal
operating pressure of the measured system with gage ranges as follows:
1.
30 in. Hg to 15 psi and minus 100 to 0 kPa.
2.
0 to 30 psi and 0 to 240 kPa.
3.
0 to 100 psi and 0 to 600 kPa.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC
23 0519-7
08/26/15
4.
5.
6.
7.
3.8
0 to 160 psi and 0 to 1100 kPa.
0 to 200 psi and 0 to 1400 kPa.
0 to 300 psi and 0 to 2500 kPa.
0 to 600 psi and 0 to 4000 kPa.
FLOWMETER SCHEDULE
A.
Flowmeters for Chilled-Water Piping: Venturi type.
B.
Flowmeters for Heating, Hot-Water Piping: Venturi type
END OF SECTION 23 0519
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METERS AND GAGES FOR HVAC
23 0519-8
08/26/15
SECTION 23 0548
VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SCOPE
A.
Provide engineered vibration isolation and restraint systems in accordance with the
requirements of this section including design, engineering, materials, testing, inspections and
reports.
B.
Mechanical equipment with moving parts shall be mounted on or suspended from vibration
isolators to reduce the transmission of vibration and mechanically transmitted sound to the
building structure.
C.
All mechanical equipment, piping and ductwork shall be restrained as required by Federal, State
and Local building codes to preserve the integrity of nonstructural building components during
seismic events to minimize hazards to occupants and reduce property damage.
1.3
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes the following:
1.
Elastomeric isolation pads.
2.
Elastomeric isolation mounts.
3.
Restrained elastomeric isolation mounts.
4.
Open-spring isolators.
5.
Housed-spring isolators.
6.
Restrained-spring isolators.
7.
Housed-restrained-spring isolators.
8.
Pipe-riser resilient supports.
9.
Resilient pipe guides.
10. Air-spring isolators.
11. Restrained-air-spring isolators.
12. Elastomeric hangers.
13. Spring hangers.
14. Snubbers.
15. Restraint channel bracings.
16. Restraint cables.
17. Seismic-restraint accessories.
18. Mechanical anchor bolts.
19. Adhesive anchor bolts.
20. Vibration isolation equipment bases.
21. Restrained isolation roof-curb rails.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-1
08/26/15
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
28.
B.
1.4
Certification of seismic restraint designs.
Installation supervision.
Design of attachment of housekeeping pads.
All components requiring IBC compliance and certification.
All inspection and test procedures for components requiring IBC compliance.
Restraint of all mechanical equipment, pipe and ductwork, within, on, or outdoors of the
building and entry of services to the building, up to but not including, the utility
connection, is part of this Specification.
Seismic certification of equipment
Related Requirements:
1.
Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for
devices for plumbing equipment and systems.
DEFINITIONS
A.
IBC: International Building Code.
B.
ICC-ES: ICC-Evaluation Service.
C.
ASCE: American Society of Civil Engineers
D.
OSHPD: Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development for the State of California.
E.
Ip: Importance Factor.
F.
ESSENTIAL FACILITIES, (Occupancy Category IV, IBC-2012)
1.
G.
H.
LIFE SAFETY
1.
All systems involved with fire protection, including sprinkler piping, jockey pumps, fire
pumps, control panels, service water supply piping, water tanks, fire dampers, smoke
exhaust systems and fire alarm panels.
2.
All mechanical, electrical, plumbing or fire protection systems that support the operation
of, or are connected to, emergency power equipment, including all lighting, generators,
transfer switches and transformers.
HIGH HAZARD
1.
1.5
Buildings and other structures that are intended to remain operational in the event of
extreme environmental loading from flood, wind, snow or earthquakes.
All gases or fluids that must be contained in a closed system which are flammable or
combustible. Any gas that poses a health hazard if released into the environment and
vented Fuel Cells.
REFERENCE CODES AND STANDARDS
A.
Codes and Standards: The following shall apply and conform to good engineering practices
unless otherwise directed by the Federal, State or Local authorities having jurisdiction.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-2
08/26/15
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
The following guides may be used for supplemental information on typical seismic installation
practices. Where a conflict exists between the guides and these construction documents, the
construction documents will preside.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.6
IBC
ASCE 7
NFPA 13 (National Fire Protection Association)
IBC 2012 replaces all references to IBC 2006, 2009.
FEMA (Federal Emergency Management Agency) manuals 412, Installing Seismic
Restraints for Mechanical Equipment and 414, Installing Seismic Restraints for Ductwork
and Pipe.
SMACNA (Sheet Metal and Air-conditioning Contractors’ National Association) Seismic
Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems, 3rd ed.
ASHRAE (American Society for Heating, Refrigerating and Air-conditioning Engineers) A
Practical Guide to Seismic Restraint
MSS (Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry) MSS SP127, Bracing for Piping Systems, Seismic – Wind – Dynamic, Design, Selection,
Application.
ISOLATOR AND RESTRAINT MANUFACTURER’S RESPONSIBILITIES:
A.
Provide project specific vibration isolation and seismic restraint design prepared by a registered
design professional in the state were the project is being constructed, and manufacturer
certifications that the components are seismically qualified.
1.
B.
Provide calculations to determine restraint loads resulting from seismic forces as required
by IBC, Chapter 16 and ASCE 7, latest editions. Seismic calculations shall be certified by
an engineer licensed in the state where the project is being constructed.
Provide installation instructions and shop drawings for all materials supplied under this section
of the specifications.
1.
2.
Provide seismic restraint details with specific information relating to the materials, type,
size, and locations of anchorages; materials used for bracing; attachment requirements
of bracing to structure and component; and locations of transverse and longitudinal sway
bracing and rod stiffeners.
Provide seismic bracing layout drawings indicating the location of all seismic restraints.
a.
Each piece of rotating isolated equipment shall be tagged to clearly identify
quantity and size of vibration isolators and seismic restraints.
C.
Provide, in writing, the special inspection requirements for all Designated Seismic Systems as
indicated in Chapter 17 of the IBC.
D.
Provide training for installation, operation and maintenance of isolation and restraint systems.
1.7
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Flood-Restraint Loading: Per the structural drawings and specifications.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-3
08/26/15
B.
Seismic-Restraint Loading:
1.
Site Class as Defined in the IBC: Per the structural drawings and specifications.
2.
Assigned Occupancy Category as Defined in the IBC: Per the structural drawings and
specifications.
a.
b.
c.
d.
3.
4.
1.8
Component Importance Factor: 1.5.
1)
Life safety components required to function after an earthquake.
2)
Components containing hazardous or flammable materials in quantities that
exceed the exempted amounts for an open system listed in Chapter 4.
3)
For structures with an Occupancy Category IV, components needed for
continued operation of the facility or whose failure could impair the
continued operation of the facility.
4)
Storage racks in occupancies open to the general public (e.g., warehouse
retail stores).
Component Importance Factor: 1.0.
1)
All other components
Component Response Modification Factor: Per the structural drawings and
specifications.
Component Amplification Factor: Per the structural drawings and specifications.
Design Spectral Response Acceleration at Short Periods: Per the structural drawings and
specifications.
Design Spectral Response Acceleration at 1-Second Period: Per the structural drawings
and specifications.
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For the following:
1.
2.
3.
Submittals shall include catalog cut sheets and installation instructions for each type of
anchor and seismic restraint used on equipment or components being isolated and/or
restrained.
Submittals for mountings and hangers incorporating springs shall include spring diameter
and free height, rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration
isolation device.
Illustrate and indicate style, material, strength, fastening provision, and finish for each
type and size of seismic-restraint component used.
a.
b.
4.
B.
Tabulate types and sizes of seismic restraints, complete with report numbers and
rated strength in tension and shear as evaluated by an evaluation service
member of ICC-ES.
Annotate to indicate application of each product submitted and compliance with
requirements.
Interlocking Snubbers: Include ratings for horizontal, vertical, and combined loads.
Shop Drawings:
1.
Detail fabrication and assembly of equipment bases. Detail fabrication including
anchorages and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include
adjustable motor bases, rails, and frames for equipment mounting.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-4
08/26/15
C.
Delegated-Design Submittal: For vibration isolation and seismic-restraint details indicated to
comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and
sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
1.
“Basis for Design” report: Statement from the registered design professional that the
design complies with the requirements of the ASCE 7-05 Chapter 13, IBC 2009 chapter
1912 and ACI 318. In addition, the basis for compliance must also be noted, as listed
below:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Project specific design documentation prepared and submitted by a registered
design professional (ASCE 7, 13.2.1.1)
Submittal of the manufacturer’s certification that the isolation equipment is
seismically qualified by:
An engineered analysis conforming to the requirements of Chapter 13 of ASCE 7.
Testing by a nationally recognized testing standard procedure such as ICC-ES AC
156. The substantiated seismic design capacities shall exceed the seismic
demands determined by Section 13.3 of ASCE 7.
Experience data conforming to a nationally recognized procedure.
The
substantiated seismic design capacities shall exceed the seismic demands
determined by Section 13.3 of ASCE 7.
2.
Seismic restraint load ratings must be certified and substantiated by testing or
calculations under direct control of a registered professional engineer. Copies of testing
and calculations must be submitted as part of submittal documents. OSHPD preapproved restraint systems are exempt from this requirement if their pre-approval is
current and based upon the IBC 2009 (i.e. OPA-07 pre-approval numbers).
3.
Include design calculations and details for selecting vibration isolators, seismic restraints,
and vibration isolation bases complying with performance requirements, design criteria,
and analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible
for their preparation.
4.
Design Calculations: Calculate static and dynamic loading due to equipment weight and
operation, seismic forces required to select vibration isolators, seismic restraints, and for
designing vibration isolation bases.
a.
5.
6.
7.
Coordinate design calculations with wind load calculations required for equipment
mounted outdoors. Comply with requirements in other Division 23 Sections for
equipment mounted outdoors.
Riser Supports: Include riser diagrams and calculations showing anticipated expansion
and contraction at each support point, initial and final loads on building structure, spring
deflection changes, and seismic loads. Include certification that riser system has been
examined for excessive stress and that none will exist.
Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail overall dimensions, including anchorages and
attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include auxiliary motor slides and
rails, base weights, equipment static loads, power transmission, component
misalignment, and cantilever loads.
Seismic-Restraint Details:
a.
Design Analysis: To support selection and arrangement of seismic restraints.
Include calculations of combined tensile and shear loads.
b.
Details: Indicate fabrication and arrangement. Detail attachments of restraints to
the restrained items and to the structure. Show attachment locations, methods,
and spacings. Identify components, list their strengths, and indicate directions and
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
VIBRATION ISOLATION
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
23 0548-5
08/26/15
c.
1.9
values of forces transmitted to the structure during seismic events. Indicate
association with vibration isolation devices.
Preapproval and Evaluation Documentation: By an evaluation service member of
ICC-ES, showing maximum ratings of restraint items and the basis for approval
(tests or calculations).
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Coordination Drawings: Show coordination of seismic bracing for HVAC piping and equipment
with other systems and equipment in the vicinity, including other supports and seismic
restraints.
1.
2.
Submittal drawings and calculations must be stamped by a registered professional
engineer in the State where the project is being constructed who is responsible for the
seismic restraint design.
Calculations and restraint device submittal drawings shall specify anchor bolt type,
embedment, concrete compressive strength, minimum spacing between anchors, and
minimum distances of anchors from concrete edges. Concrete anchor locations shall not
be near edges, stress joints, or an existing fracture. All bolts shall be ASTM A307 or
better.
B.
Qualification Data: For professional engineer and testing agency.
C.
Welding certificates.
D.
Field quality-control test reports.
1.10
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, with the experience and capability to
conduct the testing indicated, that is a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as
defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7, and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
B.
Comply with seismic-restraint requirements in the IBC unless requirements in this Section are
more stringent.
C.
Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding
Code - Steel."
D.
Seismic-restraint devices shall have horizontal and vertical load testing and analysis and shall
bear anchorage preapproval OPA number from OSHPD, preapproval by ICC-ES, or
preapproval by another agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, showing maximum
seismic-restraint ratings. Ratings based on independent testing are preferred to ratings based
on calculations. If preapproved ratings are not available, submittals based on independent
testing are preferred. Calculations (including combining shear and tensile loads) to support
seismic-restraint designs must be signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer.
1.11
SEISMIC CERTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-6
08/26/15
A.
Component Importance Factor. All plumbing and mechanical components shall be assigned a
component importance factor. The component importance factor, Ip, shall be taken as 1.5 if any
of the following conditions apply:
1.
2.
3.
The component is required to function for life-safety purposes after an earthquake.
The component contains hazardous materials.
The component is in or attached to an Occupancy Category IV structure and it is needed
for continued operation of the facility or its failure could impair the continued operation of
the facility.
B.
All other components shall be assigned a component importance factor, Ip, equal to 1.0.
C.
For equipment or components where Ip = 1.0.
1.
Submit manufacturer’s certification that the equipment is seismically qualified by:
a.
b.
c.
2.
The equipment and components listed below are considered rugged and shall not require
Special Seismic Certification:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
3.
D.
An engineered analysis conforming to the requirements of Chapter 13 of ASCE 7.
Testing by a nationally recognized testing standard procedure such as ICC-ES AC
156. The substantiated seismic design capacities shall exceed the seismic
demands determined by Section 13.3 of ASCE 7.
Experience data conforming to a nationally recognized procedure.
The
substantiated seismic design capacities shall exceed the seismic demands
determined by Section 13.3 of ASCE 7.
Valves (not in cast-iron housings, except for ductile cast iron).
Pneumatic operators.
Hydraulic operators.
Motors and motor operators.
Horizontal and vertical pumps (including vacuum pumps).
Air compressors
Refrigerators and freezers.
Elevator cabs.
Underground tanks.
Equipment and components weighing not more than 20 lbs. supported directly on
structures (and not mounted on other equipment or components) with supports
and attachments in accordance with Chapter 13, ASCE 7.
Rugged equipment and components in this section are for factory assembled discrete
equipment and components only and do not apply to site assembled or field assembled
equipment or equipment anchorage. The list is based in part on OSHPD Code
Application Notice 2-1708A.5.
Special Certification requirements for Designated Seismic Systems (i.e. Ip = 1.5): Seismic
Certificates of Compliance supplied by manufacturers shall be submitted for all components that
are part of Designated Seismic Systems. In accordance with the ASCE 7, certification shall be
via one of the following methods:
1.
For active mechanical and electrical equipment that must remain operable following the
design earthquake:
a.
Testing as detailed by part C.1.b above.
b.
Experience data as detailed by part C.1.c above.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-7
08/26/15
c.
2.
Equipment that is considered “rugged” per part C.2 above.
Components with hazardous contents shall be certified by the manufacturer as
maintaining containment following the design earthquake by:
a.
b.
c.
Testing as detailed by part C.1.b above.
Experience data as detailed by part C.1.c above.
Engineering analysis utilizing dynamic characteristics and forces. Tanks (without
vibration isolators) designed by a registered design professional in accordance
with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, and satisfying the force and
displacement requirements of Sections 13.3.1 and 13.3.2 of ASCE 7 having an
importance factor, Ip = 1.0 shall be considered to satisfy the Special Seismic
Certification requirements on the basis of ASCE 7 Section 13.6.9.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
VIBRATION ISOLATORS
A.
Manufacturers:
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
Amber/Booth Company, Inc.
CalDyn (California Dynamics Corporation).
ISAT (International Seismic Application Technology).
Kinetics Noise Control.
Mason Industries.
Vibro-Acoustics
VMC (Vibration Mountings & Controls, Inc.)
Elastomeric Isolation Pads P1:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C.
Fabrication: Single or multiple layers of sufficient durometer stiffness for uniform loading
over pad area.
Size: Factory or field cut to match requirements of supported equipment.
Pad Material: Oil and water resistant with elastomeric properties.
Surface Pattern: Ribbed pattern.
Load-bearing metal plates adhered to pads.
Double-Deflection, Elastomeric Isolation Mounts M1:
1.
Mounting Plates:
a.
b.
2.
D.
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
Top Plate: Encapsulated steel load transfer top plates, factory drilled and
threaded, or with threaded studs or bolts.
Baseplate: Encapsulated steel bottom plates with holes provided for anchoring to
support structure.
Elastomeric Material:
material.
Molded, oil-resistant rubber, neoprene, or other elastomeric
Restrained Elastomeric Isolation Mounts M2:
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-8
08/26/15
1.
Description: All-directional isolator with seismic restraints containing two separate and
opposing elastomeric elements that prevent central threaded element and attachment
hardware from contacting the housing during normal operation.
a.
b.
E.
Spring Isolators S1: Freestanding, laterally stable, open-spring isolators.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
F.
Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
Baseplates: Factory drilled for bolting to structure and bonded to 1/4-inch-thick, rubber
isolator pad attached to baseplate underside. Baseplates shall limit floor load to 500
psig.
Top Plate and Adjustment Bolt: Threaded top plate with adjustment bolt and cap screw
to fasten and level equipment.
Restrained Spring Isolators S2: Freestanding, steel, open-spring isolators with seismic or limitstop restraint.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
G.
Housing: Cast-ductile iron or welded steel.
Elastomeric Material: Molded, oil-resistant rubber, neoprene, or other elastomeric
material.
Housing: Steel with resilient vertical-limit stops to prevent spring extension due to weight
being removed; factory-drilled baseplate bonded to 1/4-inch-thick, neoprene or rubber
isolator pad attached to baseplate underside; and adjustable equipment mounting and
leveling bolt that acts as blocking during installation. Baseplates shall limit floor load to
500 psig.
Restraint: Seismic or limit stop as required for equipment and authorities having
jurisdiction.
Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
Housed Restrained Spring Isolators S3: Freestanding, Steel, Open-Spring Isolators with
Vertical-Limit Stop Restraint in Two-Part Telescoping Housing:
1.
Two-Part Telescoping Housing: A steel top and bottom frame separated by an
elastomeric material and enclosing the spring isolators. Housings are equipped with
adjustable snubbers to limit vertical movement.
a.
b.
2.
Drilled base housing for bolting to structure with an elastomeric isolator pad
attached to the underside. Bases shall limit floor load to 500 psig.
Threaded top housing with adjustment bolt and cap screw to fasten and level
equipment.
Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the
spring at rated load.
3.
Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
VIBRATION ISOLATION
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
23 0548-9
08/26/15
4.
5.
6.
H.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
Elastomeric pad: For high frequency absorption at the base of the spring.
Elastomeric Hangers H1:
1.
Description: Elastomeric Mount in a Steel Frame with Upper and Lower Steel Hanger
Rods
a.
b.
I.
Spring Hangers H2: Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert hanger with spring and
insert in compression.
1.
J.
Frame: Steel, fabricated with a connection for an upper threaded hanger rod and
an opening on the underside to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular
lower hanger-rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency.
Dampening Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber, neoprene, or other elastomeric
material with a projecting bushing for the underside opening preventing steel to
steel contact.
Description: Combination Coil-Spring and Elastomeric-Insert Hanger with spring and
Insert in Compression.
a.
Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a
maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or
reducing isolation efficiency.
b.
Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of
the spring at rated load.
c.
Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
d.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
e.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
f.
Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel-washerreinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame.
g.
Self-centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and
support spring coil.
Spring Hangers with Vertical-Limit Stop H3: Combination coil-spring and elastomeric-insert
hanger with spring and insert in compression.
1.
Description: Combination Coil-Spring and Elastomeric-Insert Hanger with spring and
insert in Compression and vertical limit stop.
a.
Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a
maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger-rod misalignment without binding or
reducing isolation efficiency.
b.
Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of
the spring at rated load.
c.
Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
d.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
e.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
f.
Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel-washerreinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame.
g.
Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up-stop" on lower
threaded rod.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
VIBRATION ISOLATION
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
23 0548-10
08/26/15
h.
K.
Pipe Riser Resilient Support R1:
1.
Description: All-directional, acoustical pipe anchor consisting of 2 steel tubes separated
by a minimum of 1/2-inch-thick neoprene.
a.
b.
L.
Description: Telescopic arrangement of two steel tubes or post and sleeve arrangement
separated by a minimum 1/2-inch-thick neoprene.
a.
Factory-Set Height Guide with Shear Pin: Shear pin shall be removable and
reinsertable to allow for selection of pipe movement. Guides shall be capable of
motion to meet location requirements.
Horizontal Thrust Restraints T1: Modified specification S2 isolator.
1.
2.
3.
4.
2.2
Vertical-Limit Stops: Steel and neoprene vertical-limit stops arranged to prevent
vertical travel in both directions.
Maximum Load Per Support: 500 psig on isolation material providing equal
isolation in all directions.
Resilient Pipe Guides R2:
1.
M.
Self-centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and
support spring coil.
Horizontal thrust restraints shall consist of a modified specification S2 spring mounting.
Restraint springs shall have the same deflection as the isolator springs.
The assembly shall be preset at the factory and fine tuned in the field to allow for a
maximum of 1/4" movement from stop to maximum thrust.
The assemblies shall be furnished with rod and angle brackets for attachment to both the
equipment and duct work or the equipment and the structure.
Restraints shall be attached at the center line of thrust and symmetrically on both sides of
the unit.
RESTRAINED VIBRATION ISOLATION ROOF-CURB RAILS
A.
Manufacturers:
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
Amber/Booth Company, Inc.
CalDyn (California Dynamics Corporation).
ISAT (International Seismic Application Technology).
Kinetics Noise Control.
Mason Industries.
Vibro-Acoustics
VMC (Vibration Mountings & Controls, Inc.)
B.
Restrained Vibration Isolation Roof-Curb Rails: RC1:
C.
Description: Factory-assembled, fully enclosed, insulated, air- and watertight curb rail designed
to resiliently support equipment and to withstand seismic and wind forces.
D.
Upper Frame: The upper frame shall provide continuous support for equipment and shall be
captive to resiliently resist seismic forces.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-11
08/26/15
E.
Lower Support Assembly: The lower support assembly shall be a formed sheet-metal section
containing adjustable and removable steel springs that support upper frame. Lower support
assembly shall have a means for attaching to building structure and a wood nailer for attaching
roof materials, and shall be insulated with a minimum of 2 inches of rigid, glass-fiber insulation
on inside of assembly.
F.
Spring Isolators: Adjustable, restrained spring isolators shall be mounted on 1/4-inch-thick,
elastomeric vibration isolation pads and shall have access ports, for level adjustment, with
removable waterproof covers at all isolator locations. Isolators shall be located so they are
accessible for adjustment at any time during the life of the installation without interfering with the
integrity of the roof.
1.
Restrained Spring Isolators: Freestanding, steel, open-spring isolators with seismic and
wind restraint.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Housing: Steel with resilient vertical-limit stops and adjustable equipment
mounting and leveling bolt.
Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of
the spring at rated load.
Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.
Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness.
Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without
deformation or failure.
G.
Snubber Bushings: All-directional, elastomeric snubber bushings at least 1/4 inch-thick.
H.
Water Seal: Galvanized sheet metal with EPDM seals at corners, attached to upper support
frame, extending down past wood nailer of lower support assembly, and counterflashed over
roof materials.
2.3
VIBRATION ISOLATION EQUIPMENT BASES
A.
Manufacturers:
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
Amber/Booth Company, Inc.
CalDyn (California Dynamics Corporation).
ISAT (International Seismic Application Technology).
Kinetics Noise Control.
Mason Industries.
Vibro-Acoustics
VMC (Vibration Mountings & Controls, Inc.)
Steel Bases and Rails SB1: Factory-fabricated, welded, structural-steel bases and rails.
1.
Design Requirements: Lowest possible mounting height with not less than 1-inch
clearance above the floor. Include equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide
bases or rails.
a.
2.
Include supports for suction and discharge elbows for pumps.
Structural Steel: Steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M.
Bases shall have shape to accommodate supported equipment.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-12
08/26/15
3.
C.
Support Brackets: Factory-welded steel brackets on frame for outrigger isolation
mountings and to provide for anchor bolts and equipment support.
Inertia Base IB1: Factory-fabricated, welded, structural-steel bases and rails ready for
placement of cast-in-place concrete.
1.
Design Requirements: Lowest possible mounting height with not less than 2-inch
clearance above the floor. Include equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide
bases or rails.
a.
2.
3.
4.
2.4
Include supports for suction and discharge elbows for pumps.
Structural Steel: Steel shapes, plates, and bars complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M.
Bases shall have shape to accommodate supported equipment.
Support Brackets: Factory-welded steel brackets on frame for outrigger isolation
mountings and to provide for anchor bolts and equipment support.
Fabrication: Fabricate steel templates to hold equipment anchor-bolt sleeves and
anchors in place during placement of concrete. Obtain anchor-bolt templates from
supported equipment manufacturer.
SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES
A.
Manufacturers:
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
Structural Safety Factor: Allowable strength in tension, shear, and pullout force of
components shall be at least four times the maximum seismic forces to which they will be
subjected.
Snubbers: Factory fabricated using welded structural-steel shapes and plates, anchor bolts,
and replaceable resilient isolation washers and bushings.
1.
2.
3.
D.
Amber/Booth Company, Inc.
CalDyn (California Dynamics Corporation).
ISAT (International Seismic Application Technology).
Kinetics Noise Control.
Mason Industries.
Vibro-Acoustics
VMC (Vibration Mountings & Controls, Inc.)
General Requirements for Restraint Components: Rated strengths, features, and applications
shall be as defined in reports by an evaluation service member of ICC-ES.
1.
C.
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
Anchor bolts for attaching to concrete shall be seismic-rated, drill-in, and stud-wedge or
female-wedge type.
Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings: Oil- and water-resistant neoprene.
Maximum 1/4-inch air gap, and minimum 1/4-inch-thick resilient cushion.
Channel Support System: MFMA-4, shop- or field-fabricated support assembly made of slotted
steel channels with accessories for attachment to braced component at one end and to building
structure at the other end and other matching components and with corrosion-resistant coating;
and rated in tension, compression, and torsion forces.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-13
08/26/15
E.
Restraint Cables: ASTM A 603 galvanized or ASTM A 492 stainless-steel cables with end
connections made of steel assemblies with thimbles, brackets, swivel, and bolts designed for
restraining cable service; and with a minimum of two clamping bolts for cable engagement.
Cables located in exterior or other wet locations such as wash-down areas shall be stainless
steel.
F.
Hanger Rod Stiffener: Steel tube or steel slotted-support-system sleeve with internally bolted
connections or reinforcing steel angle clamped to hanger rod.
G.
Hinged and Swivel Brace Attachments: Multifunctional steel connectors for attaching hangers
to rigid channel bracings and restraint cables.
H.
Bushings for Floor-Mounted Equipment Anchor Bolts: Neoprene bushings designed for rigid
equipment mountings, and matched to type and size of anchor bolts and studs.
I.
Bushing Assemblies for Wall-Mounted Equipment Anchorage: Assemblies of neoprene
elements and steel sleeves designed for rigid equipment mountings, and matched to type and
size of attachment devices used.
J.
Resilient Isolation Washers and Bushings:
neoprene, with a flat washer face.
K.
Mechanical Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and stud-wedge or female-wedge type in zinc-coated steel
for interior applications and stainless steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with
strength required for anchor and as tested according to ASTM E 488. Minimum length of eight
times diameter.
L.
Adhesive Anchor Bolts: Drilled-in and capsule anchor system containing polyvinyl or urethane
methacrylate-based resin and accelerator, or injected polymer or hybrid mortar adhesive.
Provide anchor bolts and hardware with zinc-coated steel for interior applications and stainless
steel for exterior applications. Select anchor bolts with strength required for anchor and as
tested according to ASTM E 488.
M.
All post installed anchors utilized in the seismic design must be qualified for use in cracked
concrete and approved for use with seismic loads.
N.
Expansion anchors shall not be used for anchorage of equipment with motors rated over 10 HP
with the exception of undercut expansion anchors. Spring or internally isolated equipment are
exempt from this requirement.
O.
All beam clamps utilized for vertical support must also incorporate retention straps.
P.
All seismic brace arm anchorages to include concrete anchors, beam clamps, truss
connections, etc., must be approved for use with seismic loads.
2.5
One-piece, molded, oil- and water-resistant
FACTORY FINISHES
A.
Finish: Manufacturer's standard paint applied to factory-assembled and tested equipment
before shipping.
1.
2.
3.
Powder coating on springs and housings.
All hardware shall be galvanized. Hot-dip galvanize metal components for exterior use.
Baked enamel or powder coat for metal components on isolators for interior use.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-14
08/26/15
4.
Color-code or otherwise mark vibration isolation and seismic control devices to indicate
capacity range.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation and seismic control devices for
compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting
performance of the Work.
B.
Examine roughing-in of reinforcement and cast-in-place anchors to verify actual locations before
installation.
C.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate the location of embedded connection hardware with supported equipment
attachment and mounting points and with requirements for concrete reinforcement and
formwork specified in Divison 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete."
B.
Coordinate size, shape, reinforcement and attachment of all housekeeping pads supporting
vibration/seismically rated equipment. Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of
4,000 psi or as specified by the project engineer. Coordinate size, thickness, doweling, and
reinforcing of concrete equipment housekeeping pads and piers with vibration isolation and
seismic restraint device manufacturer to ensure adequate space, embedment and prevent edge
breakout failures. Pads and piers must be adequately doweled in to structural slab.
C.
Housekeeping pads shall have adequate space to mount equipment and seismic restraint
devices.
D.
Housekeeping Pads must be adequately reinforced and adequately sized for proper installation
of equipment anchors and shall also be large enough and thick enough to ensure adequate
edge distance and embedment depth for restraint anchor bolts to avoid housekeeping pad
breakout failure. Refer seismic restraint manufacturer’s written instructions.
E.
Coordinate with vibration/seismic restraint manufacturer and the structural engineer of record to
locate and size structural supports underneath vibration/seismically restrained equipment (e.g.
roof curbs, cooling towers and other similar equipment). Installation of all seismic restraint
materials specified in this section shall be accomplished as per the manufacturer’s written
instructions. Adjust isolators and restraints after piping systems have been filled and equipment
is at its operating weight, following the manufacturer’s written instructions.
3.3
APPLICATIONS
A.
Multiple Pipe Supports: Secure pipes to trapeze member with clamps approved for application
by an evaluation service member of ICC-ES and per the seismic restraint manufacturer’s
design.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-15
08/26/15
B.
Hanger Rod Stiffeners: Install hanger rod stiffeners where indicated or scheduled on Drawings
to receive them and where required to prevent buckling of hanger rods due to seismic forces.
C.
Strength of Support and Seismic-Restraint Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of
components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static and seismic loads
within specified loading limits.
3.4
VIBRATION-CONTROL DEVICE INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Roof Accessories" for installation of roof
curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations.
B.
Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Hydronic Piping" for piping flexible
connections.
C.
Isolate all mechanical equipment 0.75 hp and over per the isolator and seismic restraint
schedule and these specifications. Vibration isolators shall be selected in accordance with the
equipment, pipe or duct weight distribution so as to produce reasonably uniform deflections
D.
All isolation materials and seismic restraints shall be of the same vendor and shall be selected
and certified using published or factory certified data
E.
Installation of all vibration isolation materials, flexible connectors and supplemental equipment
bases specified in this section shall be accomplished as per the manufacturer’s written
instructions with mountings adjusted to level equipment. Any variance or non-compliance with
the manufacturer’s instructions shall be reviewed and approved in writing by the manufacturer
or corrected by the contractor in an approved manner.
F.
Installation of vibration isolators must not cause any change of position of equipment, piping or
duct work resulting in stresses or misalignment.
G.
Locate isolation hangers as near to the overhead support structure as possible.
H.
No rigid connections between isolated components and the building structure shall be made
that degrades the noise and vibration control system herein specified. “Building” includes, but is
not limited to, slabs, beams, columns, studs and walls. “Components” includes, but is not limited
to, mechanical equipment, piping and ducts.
I.
Coordinate work with other trades to avoid rigid contact with the building.
J.
Any conflicts with other trades which will result in rigid contact with equipment or piping due to
inadequate space or other unforeseen conditions should be brought to the architects/engineers
attention prior to installation. Corrective work necessitated by conflicts after installation shall be
at the responsible contractor’s expense.
K.
Bring to the architects/engineers attention any discrepancies between the specifications and the
field conditions or changes required due to specific equipment selection, prior to installation.
Corrective work necessitated by discrepancies after installation shall be at the responsible
contractor’s expense.
L.
Correct, at no additional cost, all installations which are deemed defective in workmanship and
materials at the contractor’s expense.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-16
08/26/15
M.
Use horizontal thrust restraints T1 to protect Air handling equipment and centrifugal fans against
excessive displacement which results from high air thrust when thrust forces exceed 10% of the
equipment weight.
N.
Isolated equipment, duct and piping located on roofs must be attached to the structure.
Supports (e.g., sleepers) that are not attached to the structure will not be acceptable.
O.
On completion of installation of all isolation materials and before startup of isolated equipment
all debris shall be cleared from areas surrounding and from beneath all isolated equipment,
leaving equipment free to move on the isolation supports.
P.
All floor mounted isolated equipment shall be protected with specification M1, M2, S1, S2 or S3
isolator.
Q.
Horizontal Pipe Isolation: All HVAC pumped water, pumped condensate, glycol, and refrigerant
piping size 1-1/4” and larger within mechanical rooms shall be isolated. Outside equipment
rooms this piping shall be isolated for the greater of 50’ or 100 pipe diameters from rotating
equipment. For the first three (3) support locations from externally isolated equipment provide
specification H2 or H3 hangers or specification S1, S2 or S3 mounts with the same deflection as
equipment isolators (max 2”). All other piping within the equipment rooms shall be isolated with
the same specification isolators with a 3/4” minimum deflection. Steam piping size 1-1/4” and
larger which is within an equipment room and connected to rotating equipment shall be isolated
for three (3) support locations from the equipment. Provide specification H2 or H3 hangers, or
specification S1 or S2 mounts with the same deflection as equipment isolators but a minimum of
¾”.
R.
Install full line size flexible pipe connectors at the inlet and outlet of each pump, cooling tower,
condenser, chiller, coiling connections and where shown on the drawings. All connectors shall
be suitable for use at the temperature, pressure, and service encountered at the point of
installation and operation. End fitting connectors shall conform to the pipefitting schedule.
Control rods or protective braid must be used to limit elongation to 3/8”. Flexible connectors
shall not be required for suspended in-line pumps.
S.
All plumbing pumped water, piping size 1-1/4” and larger within mechanical rooms shall be
isolated the same as HVAC piping above. Isolators are not required for any plumbing pumped
water, pumped condensate, and steam piping outside of mechanical rooms unless listed in the
isolation schedule.
T.
Pipe Riser Isolation: The operating weight of all variable temperature vertical pipe risers 1-1/4”
and larger, requiring isolation where specifically shown and detailed on riser drawings shall be
fully supported by specification M1, M2 or R1 supports. S1, S2, S3, H2 or H3 steel spring
deflection isolators with minimum 3/4-inch minimum shall be in those locations where added
deflection is required due to pipe expansion and contraction. Spring deflection shall be a
minimum of 4 times the anticipated deflection change. Springs shall be selected to keep the
riser in tension. Height saving brackets used with isolators having 2.5" deflection or greater shall
be of the precompression type to limit exposed bolt length. Specification R1 riser supports shall
be installed near the center point of the riser to anchor the riser when spring isolation is used.
Specification R2 riser guides may be used in conjunction with spring isolators per design
calculations. Pipe risers up through 16” shall be supported at intervals of every third floor of the
building. Pipe risers 18” and over, every second floor. Wall sleeves for take-offs from riser shall
be sized for insulation O.D. plus two times the anticipated movement to prevent binding.
Horizontal take-offs and at upper and lower elbows shall be supported with spring isolators as
required to accommodate anticipated movement. In addition to submittal data requirements
previously outlined, riser diagrams and calculations shall be submitted for approval.
Calculations must show anticipated expansion and contraction at each support point, initial and
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
VIBRATION ISOLATION
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
23 0548-17
08/26/15
final loads on the building structure, and spring deflection changes. Submittal data shall include
certification that the riser system has been examined for excessive stresses and that none will
exist if installed per design proposed.
U.
Where riser pipes pass through cored holes, core diameters shall be a maximum of 2” larger
than pipe O.D. including insulation. Cored holes must be packed with resilient material or
firestop as provided by other sections of this specification or local codes. Where seismic
restraint is required specification isolator S3 shall support risers and provide longitudinal
restraint at floors where thermal expansion is minimal and will not bind isolator restraints.
V.
Duct Isolation: Isolate all duct work with a static pressure 2” W.C. and over in equipment rooms
and to minimum of 50 feet from the fan or air handler. Use specification type H2 or H3 hangers
or type S1 or S2 floor mounts.
3.5
SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICE INSTALLATION
A.
Equipment Restraints:
1.
On projects with Seismic Site Class A or B, seismic design or restraint is not required.
2.
On projects with Seismic Design Category C: Components with an importance factor of
1.0 do not require seismic design or restraint.
3.
Install seismic snubbers on HVAC equipment mounted on vibration isolators. Locate
snubbers as close as possible to vibration isolators and bolt to equipment base and
supporting structure.
4.
Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance
between anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch.
5.
Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an evaluation service
member of ICC-ES providing required submittals for component.
6.
Suspended Equipment: All suspended equipment that meets any of the following
conditions requires seismic restraints as specified by the supplier:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Rigidly attached to pipe or duct that is 75 lbs. and greater,
Items greater than 20 lbs and distribution systems weighing more than 5 lbs/lineal
foot, with an importance factor of 1.0 hung independently or with flexible
connections.
Possibility of consequential damage.
For importance factors greater than 1.0 all suspended equipment requires seismic
restraint regardless of the above notes.
Wall mounted equipment weighing more than 20 lbs.
Exemptions:
1)
7.
Equipment weighing less than 20 lbs and distribution systems weighing less
than 5 lbs/lineal foot, with an Ip = 1.0 and where flexible connections exist
between the component and associated ductwork, piping or conduit.
Base Mounted Equipment: All base mounted equipment that meets any of the following
conditions requires attachments and seismic restraints as specified by the supplier:
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-18
08/26/15
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Connections to or containing hazardous material,
With an overturning moment.
Weight greater than 400 lbs.
Mounted on a stand 4 ft. or more from the floor
Possibility of consequential damage.
For importance factors greater than 1.0 all base mounted items require seismic
restraints regardless of the above notes.
For equipment with high center of gravity additional cable restraints shall be
furnished, as required by isolation manufacturer, to limit forces and motion caused
by rocking.
Exemptions:
1)
Floor or curb-mounted equipment weighing less than 400 lbs and not
resiliently mounted, where the Importance Factor, Ip = 1.0, the components
are mounted at 4 feet or less above a floor level, flexible connections
between the components and associated duct work, piping and conduit are
provided and there is no possibility of consequential damage.
8.
Roof Mounted Equipment:
a.
To be installed on a structural frame, seismically rated roof curb, or structural curb
frame mechanically connected to the structure. Items shall not be mounted onto
sleepers or pads that are not mechanically and rigidly attached to the structure.
Restraint must be adequate to resist both seismic and wind forces.
b.
Roof curbs shall be installed directly to building structural steel or concrete roof
deck and not to top of steel deck or roofing material.
c.
Exemptions:
1)
Curb-mounted mushroom, exhaust and vent fans with curb area less than
nine square feet are excluded.
9.
Rigid Mounted Equipment:
a.
b.
c.
10.
Anchor floor and wall mounted equipment to the structure as per the stamped
seismic certifications / drawings.
For equipment with high center of gravity additional cable restraints shall be
furnished, as required by isolation manufacturer, to limit forces and motion caused
by rocking.
Suspended equipment shall be restrained using seismic cable restraints, or struts,
and hanger rods as per the stamped seismic certifications / drawings.
Vibration Isolated Equipment:
a.
b.
Seismic control shall not compromise the performance of noise control, vibration
isolation or fire stopping systems.
Equipment supported by vibration-isolation hangers shall be detailed and installed
with approximately a 1/8” gap between the isolation hangers and the structure.
Isolators at restraint locations must be fitted with uplift limit stops.
B.
Install seismic snubbers on HVAC equipment mounted on vibration isolators. Locate snubbers
as close as possible to vibration isolators and bolt to equipment base and supporting structure.
C.
Install resilient bolt isolation washers on equipment anchor bolts where clearance between
anchor and adjacent surface exceeds 0.125 inch.
D.
Install seismic-restraint devices using methods approved by an evaluation service member of
ICC-ES providing required submittals for component.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
VIBRATION ISOLATION
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
23 0548-19
08/26/15
E.
Installation and adjustment of all seismic restraints specified in this section shall be
accomplished as per the manufacturer’s written instructions. Any deviation from the
manufacturer’s instructions shall be reviewed and approved by the manufacturer.
F.
Piping Restraints:
1.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Comply with requirements in MSS SP-127.
Seismically restrain piping, with an Ip = 1.0, located in boiler rooms, mechanical
equipment rooms and refrigeration equipment rooms that is 1¼” I.D. and larger.
Seismically restrain all other Ip = 1.0 piping 2½” diameter and larger.
Seismically restrain all Ip = 1.5 piping larger than 1” diameter.
Branch lines may not be used to brace main lines.
Exemptions:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
All high deformability pipe 3” or less in diameter suspended by individual hanger
rods where Ip = 1.0.
High deformability pipe or conduit in Seismic Design Category C, 2” or less in
diameter suspended by individual hanger rods where Ip = 1.5.
High deformability pipe in Seismic Design Category D, E or F, 1” or less in
diameter suspended by individual hanger rods where Ip = 1.5.
All clevis supported pipe runs installed less than 12” from the top of the pipe to the
underside of the support point and trapeze supported pipe suspended by hanger
rods having a distance less than 12” in length from the underside of the pipe
support to the support point of the structure.
Piping systems, including their supports, designed and constructed in accordance
with ASME B31.
Piping systems, including their supports, designed and constructed in accordance
with NFPA, provided they meet the force and displacement requirements of
Section 13.3.1 and 13.3.2 (ASCE 7).
G.
Install flexible metal hose loops in piping which crosses building seismic joints, sized for the
anticipated amount of movement.
H.
Install flexible piping connectors where adjacent sections or branches are supported by different
structural elements, and where the connections terminate with connection to equipment that is
anchored to a different structural element from the one supporting the connections as they
approach equipment.
I.
Where pipe sizes reduce below dimensions required for seismic, the final restraint shall be
installed at the transition location.
J.
Restraint Spacing For Piping: Sizes shown are maximum. Actual spacing determined by
calculation.
1.
2.
3.
4.
For non-ductile piping (e.g., cast iron, PVC) space transverse supports a maximum of 20’
o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 40’ o.c.
For piping with hazardous material inside (e.g., natural gas, medical gas) space
Transverse supports a maximum of 20’ o.c., and longitudinal supports a maximum of 40’
o.c.
For pipe risers, restrain the piping at floor penetrations using the same spacing
requirements as above.
For all other ductile piping see Table “A” below
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-20
08/26/15
K.
Seismic Restraint of Ductwork: Seismically restrain per specific code requirements, all ductwork
listed below (unless otherwise indicated on the drawings), using seismic cable restraints:
(Ductwork not meeting criteria listed below is to be “Exempt”)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Restrain rectangular ductwork with cross sectional area of 6 square feet or larger. Duct
with and an importance factor of 1.5 must be braced with no exceptions regardless of
size or distance requirements.
Restrain round ducts with diameters of 28” or larger. Duct with an importance factor of
1.5 must be braced with no exceptions regardless of size or distance requirements.
Restrain flat oval ducts the same as rectangular ducts of the same nominal size.
Duct must be reinforced at the restraint locations. Reinforcement shall consist of an
additional angle on top of the ductwork that is attached to the support hanger rods.
Ductwork is to be attached to both upper angle and lower trapeze. Additional reinforcing
is not required if duct sections are mechanically fastened together with frame bolts and
positively fastened to the duct support suspension system.
A group of ducts may be combined in a larger frame so that the combined weights and
dimensions of the ducts are less than or equal to the maximum weight and dimensions of
the duct for which bracing details are selected.
Walls, including gypsum board non-bearing partitions, which have ducts running through
them, may replace a typical transverse brace. Provide channel framing around ducts and
solid blocking between the duct and frame.
If ducts are supported by angles, channels or struts, ducts shall be fastened to it at
seismic brace locations in lieu of duct reinforcement.
All ductwork weighing more than 17 lb/ft.
Duct runs supported at locations by two rods less than 12 inches in
a.
10.
L.
Duct runs supported at locations by two rods less than 12 inches in length from the
structural support to the structural connection to the ductwork. This exemption
does not apply to ducts with an importance factor of 1.5.
See Table “A” below for restraint spacing.
Exemptions do not apply for:
1.
Life Safety or High Hazard Components
a.
2.
Piping
a.
3.
Including gas, fire protection, medical gas, fuel oil and compressed air needed for
the continued operation of the facility or whose failure could impair the facility’s
continued operation, Occupancy Category IV, IBC-2009 as listed in Section 1.3 B
regardless of governing code for HVAC, Plumbing, Electrical piping or equipment.
(A partial list is illustrated.) High Hazard is additionally classified as any system
handling flammable, combustible or toxic material. Typical systems not excluded
are additionally listed below.
Fuel oil, gasoline, natural gas, medical gas, steam, compressed air or any piping
containing hazardous, flammable, combustible, toxic or corrosive materials. Fire
protection standpipe, risers and mains. Fire Sprinkler Branch Lines must be end
tied.
Duct
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-21
08/26/15
a.
4.
Equipment
a.
M.
Smoke evacuation duct or fresh air make up connected to emergency system,
emergency generator exhaust, boiler breeching or as used by the fire department
on manual override.
Previously excluded non life safety duct mounted systems such as fans, variable
air volume boxes, heat exchangers and humidifiers having a weight greater than
75 lbs require independent seismic bracing.
Spacing Chart For Suspended Components:
Table “A” Seismic Bracing
(Maximum Allowable Spacing Shown- Actual Spacing to Be Determined by Calculation)
Equipment
On Center Transverse
On Center Longitudinal
Change Of Direction
Duct
All Sizes
30 Feet
60 Feet
4 Feet
80 Feet
60 Feet
60 Feet
30 Feet
4 Feet
4 Feet
4 Feet
4 Feet
Pipe Threaded, Welded, Soldered Or Grooved
To 16”
40 Feet
18” – 28”
30 Feet
30” – 40”
20 Feet
42” & Larger
10 Feet
N.
Roof mounted duct is to be installed on sleepers or frames mechanically connected to the
building structure. Roof anchors and seismic cables or frames shall be used to resist seismic
and wind loading. Wind loading factors shall be determined by the registered design
professional.
O.
Where duct sizes reduce below dimensions required for seismic restraint the final restraint shall
be installed at the transition location.
P.
Install cables so they do not bend across edges of adjacent equipment or building structure.
Q.
Install bushing assemblies for anchor bolts for floor-mounted equipment, arranged to provide
resilient media between anchor bolt and mounting hole in concrete base.
R.
Install bushing assemblies for mounting bolts for wall-mounted equipment, arranged to provide
resilient media where equipment or equipment-mounting channels are attached to wall.
S.
Attachment to Structure: If specific attachment is not indicated, anchor bracing to structure at
flanges of beams, at upper truss chords of bar joists, or at concrete members.
T.
Seismically Rated Beam Clamps are required where welding to or penetrations to steel beams
are not approved.
U.
Drilled-in Anchors:
1.
Identify position of reinforcing steel and other embedded items prior to drilling holes for
anchors. Do not damage existing reinforcing or embedded items during coring or drilling.
Notify the structural engineer if reinforcing steel or other embedded items are
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-22
08/26/15
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
3.6
encountered during drilling. Locate and avoid prestressed tendons, electrical and
telecommunications conduit, and gas lines.
Do not drill holes in concrete or masonry until concrete, mortar, or grout has achieved full
design strength.
Wedge Anchors: Protect threads from damage during anchor installation. Heavy-duty
sleeve anchors shall be installed with sleeve fully engaged in the structural element to
which anchor is to be fastened.
Adhesive Anchors: Clean holes to remove loose material and drilling dust prior to
installation of adhesive. Place adhesive in holes proceeding from the bottom of the hole
and progressing toward the surface in such a manner as to avoid introduction of air
pockets in the adhesive.
Set anchors to manufacturer's recommended torque, using a torque wrench.
Install zinc-coated steel anchors for interior and stainless-steel anchors for exterior
applications.
ACCOMMODATION OF DIFFERENTIAL SEISMIC MOTION
A.
3.7
Install flexible connections in piping where they cross seismic joints, where adjacent sections or
branches are supported by different structural elements, and where the connections terminate
with connection to equipment that is anchored to a different structural element from the one
supporting the connections as they approach equipment. Comply with requirements in
Division 23 Section "Hydronic Piping" for piping flexible connections.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
B.
Perform tests and inspections.
1.
A representative of the vibration isolation system manufacturer shall review the project
installation and provide documentation indicating conformance to vibration isolation
design intent
C.
Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
D.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
1.
3.8
The installing contractor shall submit a report upon request to the building architect
and/or engineer, including the manufacturer’s representative’s final report, indicating that
all seismic restraint material has been properly installed, or steps that are to be taken by
the contractor to properly complete the seismic restraint work as per the specifications.
ADJUSTING
A.
Adjust isolators after piping system is at operating weight.
B.
Adjust leveling devices as required to distribute loading uniformly on isolators. Shim units as
required where leveling devices cannot be used to distribute loading properly.
1.
Adjust active height of spring isolators.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-23
08/26/15
C.
Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal operating height.
After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are out of contact during
normal operation.
D.
Adjust restraints to permit free movement of equipment within normal mode of operation.
EQUIPMENT ISOLATION SCHEDULE
LOCATION
A'
B'
C'
CRITIC
UPPER STORY
GRADE
AL
(35'-50' SPAN)
(20'-35' SPAN)
ISOLA MINIMU
ISOLA MINIMU
ISOLA MINIMU
BASE
BASE
BASE
TOR
M
TOR
M
TOR
M
DEFLE
DEFLE
DEFLE
TYPE
TYPE TYPE
TYPE TYPE
TYPE
CTION
CTION
CTION
(IN)
(IN)
(IN)
EQUIPMENT (1)
AIR HANDLING UNITS
FLOOR MOUNTED
UP TO 15 HP
S3
1.5
20 HP & OVER
S3
2.5
SB1
SUSPENDED
UP TO 15 HP
H3
1.75
20 HP & OVER
H3
2.5
SB1
CENTRIFUGAL FANS
CL. I & II UP TO 54-112" W.D.
UPT015HP
S3
1.5
SB1
20-50 HP
S1
2.5
IB1
60 HP & OVER
S1
3.5
IB1
CL. I & II 60" W.D. & OVERI
ALL CL. III FANS
UPT015HP
S1
2.5
IB1
20-50 H P
S1
2.5
IB1
60 HP & OVER
S1
3.5
IB1
VENT (UTILITY SETS)
FLOOR MTD
S3
1.5
SB1
SUSPENDED
H3
1.75
SB1
CABINET FANS, FANS
SECTIONS
FLOOR MTD.
UP TO 15 HP
S3
1.5
20 HP & OVER
S1
2.5
IB1
SUSPENDED
UP TO 15 HP
H3
1.75
20 HP & OVER
H3
2.5
SB1
PUMPS
FLOOR MTD.
UP TO 15 HP
S3
0.75
IB1
7-112 HP & OVER
S3
1.5
IB1
SUSPENDED INLINE
H3
1.75
REFRIGERATION UNITS
RECIPROCATING
S1
2.5
IB1
COMPRESSORS
RECIPROCATING COND.
S1
2.5
IB1
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
S3
S3
0.75
1.5
S3
S3
0.75
0.75
H3
H3
1
1.75
H3
H3
1
1
S3
S3
S1
0.75
1.5
2.5
SB1
IB1
IB1
S3
S3
S3
0.75
0.75
1.5
SB1
SB1
SB1
S3
S1
S1
1.5
2.5
2.5
IB1
IB1
IB1
S3
S3
S3
0.75
1.5
1.5
IB1
IB1
IB1
S3
H3
0.75
1
S3
H3
0.75
0.75
S3
S3
0.75
1.5
S3
S3
0.75
0.75
H3
H3
1
1.75
H3
H3
0.75
1.75
S3
S3
H3
0.75
1.5
1.75
IB1
IB1
SRVD
S3
H3
0.4
0.75
1
S3
1.5
IB1
S3
S3
1.5
0.75
IB1
IB1
IB1
S3
0.75
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-24
08/26/15
UNITS & CHILLERS
HERMETIC
CENTRIFUGALS
OPEN CENTRIFUGALS
ABSORPTION MACHINES
AIR COMPRESSORS
TANK TYPE (HORIZONTAL
TANK)
TANK TYPE (VERTICAL
TANK)
AIR COOLED CONDENSERS
UP TO 50 TONS
OVER 50 TONS
ROOFTOP AIR
CONDITIONING UNITS
REQUIRING WEATHER
SEAL
UP TO 5000 CFM (12 TON)
OVER 5000 CFM (12 TON)
OTHER TYPES
UP TO 25 TONS
OVER 25 TONS
ENGINE DRIVEN
GENERATORS
UP TO 60 HP
75 HP & OVER
S3
2.5
S3
1.5
S1
S3
2.5
1.5
IB1
S3
S3
1.5
0.75
S1
2.5
IB1
S3
1.5
S1
2.5
IB1
S3
1.5
S3
S3
1.5
2.5
S3
S3
0.75
1.5
S1
S3
1.5
2.5
S1
S3
0.75
1.5
S3
S3
1.5
2.5
S3
S3
1.5
1.5
S1
S1
2.5
3.5
S3
S3
1.5
2.5
RC1
RC1
IB1
IB1
IB1
IB1
P1
0.15
P1
P1
0.15
0.15
S3
0.75
S3
0.75
P1
P1
0.15
0.15
S3
S3
0.75
0.75
RC1
RC1
IB1
IB1
NOTES:
1) Thrust restraints required on all high-pressure fan section, suspended axial-flow fans and on floormounted axial fans operating at 3.0” S.P. or greater.
END OF SECTION 23 0548
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-25
08/26/15
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
VIBRATION ISOLATION
AND SEISMIC RESTRAINT
23 0548-26
08/26/15
SECTION 23 0720
HVAC PIPING INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section includes insulating the following HVAC piping systems:
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.3
Condensate drain piping.
Chilled-water piping.
Heating hot-water piping.
Refrigerant suction and hot-gas piping.
DEFINITIONS:
A.
1.4
Refer to Section 230500 “Common Work Results for HVAC”.
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include thermal conductivity, water-vapor
permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory and field applied if any).
B.
LEED Submittals:
1.
2.
C.
Product Data for Credit IEQ 4.1: For adhesives and sealants, documentation including
printed statement of VOC content.
Laboratory Test Reports for Credit IEQ 4: For adhesives and sealants, documentation
indicating that products comply with the testing and product requirements of the
California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile
Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."
Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Detail application of protective shields, saddles, and inserts at hangers for each type of
insulation and hanger.
Detail attachment and covering of heat tracing inside insulation.
Detail insulation application at pipe expansion joints for each type of insulation.
Detail insulation application at elbows, fittings, flanges, valves, and specialties for each
type of insulation.
Detail removable insulation at piping specialties.
Detail application of field-applied jackets.
Detail application at linkages of control devices.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PIPE INSULATION
23 0720-1
08/26/15
1.5
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.
B.
Material Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction indicating, interpreting, and certifying test results for compliance of insulation
materials, sealers, attachments, cements, and jackets, with requirements indicated. Include
dates of tests and test methods employed.
1.6
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship
program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of
Apprenticeship and Training.
B.
Surface-Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing
identical products according to ASTM E 84, by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive,
mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing
agency.
1.
2.
1.7
Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread index of 25 or less, and smoke-developed
index of 50 or less.
Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame-spread index of 75 or less, and smoke-developed
index of 150 or less.
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
1.8
Packaging: Insulation material containers shall be marked by manufacturer with appropriate
ASTM standard designation, type and grade, and maximum use temperature.
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in
Section 230529 "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
B.
Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application. Before
preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation
of insulation and field-applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance.
1.9
SCHEDULING
A.
Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after
installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have
satisfactory test results.
B.
Complete installation and concealment of plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of
construction.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PIPE INSULATION
23 0720-2
08/26/15
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
INSULATION MATERIALS
A.
Comply with requirements in "Piping Insulation Schedule, General," "Indoor Piping Insulation
Schedule," "Outdoor, Aboveground Piping Insulation Schedule," and "Outdoor, Underground
Piping Insulation Schedule" articles for where insulating materials shall be applied.
B.
Insulation for below-ambient service requires a vapor-barrier.
C.
Products shall not contain asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds.
D.
Products that come in contact with stainless steel shall have a leachable chloride content of less
than 50 ppm when tested according to ASTM C 871.
E.
Insulation materials for use on austenitic stainless steel shall be qualified as acceptable
according to ASTM C 795.
F.
Foam insulation materials shall not use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing
process.
G.
Calcium Silicate:
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
a.
2.
3.
4.
H.
Preformed Pipe Sections: Flat-, curved-, and grooved-block sections of noncombustible,
inorganic, hydrous calcium silicate with a non-asbestos fibrous reinforcement. Comply
with ASTM C 533, Type I.
Flat-, curved-, and grooved-block sections of noncombustible, inorganic, hydrous calcium
silicate with a non-asbestos fibrous reinforcement. Comply with ASTM C 533, Type I.
Prefabricated Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C 450 and ASTM C 585 for dimensions
used in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges.
Flexible Elastomeric Insulation: Closed-cell, sponge- or expanded-rubber materials. Comply
with ASTM C 534, Type I for tubular materials.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
I.
Industrial Insulation Group (IIG); Thermo-12 Gold.
Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aerocel.
Armacell LLC; AP Armaflex.
K-Flex USA; Insul-Lock, Insul-Tube, and K-FLEX LS.
Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin.
Comply with ASTM C 553,
1.
Type II and ASTM C 1290, Factory-applied jacket requirements are specified in "FactoryApplied Jackets" Article.
2.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
CertainTeed Corp.; SoftTouch Duct Wrap.
Johns Manville; Microlite.
Knauf Insulation; Friendly Feel Duct Wrap.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PIPE INSULATION
23 0720-3
08/26/15
d.
e.
J.
Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation:
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
K.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.2
Johns Manville; Micro-Lok.
Knauf Insulation; 1000-Degree Pipe Insulation.
Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley-K.
Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe Insulation.
Type I, 850 deg F Materials: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting
resin. Comply with ASTM C 547, Type I, Grade A:
1)
with factory-applied ASJ-SSL. Factory-applied jacket requirements are
specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.
Mineral-Fiber, Pipe and Tank Insulation: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting
resin. Semirigid board material with factory-applied:
1.
ASJ complying with ASTM C 1393, Type II or Type IIIA Category 2, or with properties
similar to ASTM C 612, Type IB. Nominal density is 2.5 lb/cu. ft. or more. Thermal
conductivity (k-value) at 100 deg F is 0.29 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F or less. Factoryapplied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory-Applied Jackets" Article.
2.
L.
Manson Insulation Inc.; Alley Wrap.
Owens Corning; SOFTR All-Service Duct Wrap.
CertainTeed Corp.; CrimpWrap.
Johns Manville; MicroFlex.
Knauf Insulation; Pipe and Tank Insulation.
Manson Insulation Inc.; AK Flex.
Owens Corning; Fiberglas Pipe and Tank Insulation.
Prefabricated Thermal Insulating Fitting Covers: Comply with ASTM C 450 for dimensions used
in preforming insulation to cover valves, elbows, tees, and flanges.
INSULATING CEMENTS
A.
Mineral-Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 195.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
a.
B.
Mineral-Fiber, Hydraulic-Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C 449.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
a.
2.3
Ramco Insulation, Inc.; Super-Stik.
Ramco Insulation, Inc.; Ramcote 1200 and Quik-Cote.
ADHESIVES
A.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding
insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated unless otherwise indicated.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PIPE INSULATION
23 0720-4
08/26/15
B.
Calcium Silicate Adhesive: Fibrous, sodium-silicate-based adhesive with a service temperature
range of 50 to 800 deg F.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
C.
For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
Flexible Elastomeric Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-24179A, Type II, Class I.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
D.
Aeroflex USA, Inc.; Aeroseal.
Armacell LLC; Armaflex 520 Adhesive.
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 85-75.
K-Flex USA; R-373 Contact Adhesive.
For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
Mineral-Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
E.
Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-97.
Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 290.
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 81-27.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-30.
Vimasco Corporation; 760.
Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-127.
Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225.
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 85-60/85-70.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.
For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
ASJ Adhesive, and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A for
bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-82.
Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 225.
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 85-50.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 22-25.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PIPE INSULATION
23 0720-5
08/26/15
2.
F.
For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
PVC Jacket Adhesive: Compatible with PVC jacket.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
2.4
Dow Corning Corporation; 739, Dow Silicone.
Johns Manville; Zeston Perma-Weld, CEEL-TITE Solvent Welding Adhesive.
P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; Welding Adhesive.
Speedline Corporation; Polyco VP Adhesive.
For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
MASTICS
A.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates; comply with
MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II.
1.
B.
For indoor applications, use mastics that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor use on below-ambient services.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
2.
3.
4.
5.
C.
Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM E 96/E 96M, Procedure B, 0.013 perm at 43-mil dry film
thickness.
Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F.
Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 58 percent by volume and 70 percent by weight.
Color: White.
Vapor-Barrier Mastic: Solvent based; suitable for outdoor use on below-ambient services.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
2.
3.
4.
5.
D.
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 30-80/30-90.
Vimasco Corporation; 749.
Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; Encacel.
Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 570.
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 60-95/60-96.
Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 0.05 perm at 30-mil dry film thickness.
Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 220 deg F.
Solids Content: ASTM D 1644, 33 percent by volume and 46 percent by weight.
Color: White.
Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above-ambient services.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PIPE INSULATION
23 0720-6
08/26/15
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.5
Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-10.
Eagle Bridges - Marathon Industries; 550.
Foster Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; 46-50.
Mon-Eco Industries, Inc.; 55-50.
Vimasco Corporation; WC-1/WC-5.
Water-Vapor Permeance: ASTM F 1249, 1.8 perms at 0.0625-inch dry film thickness.
Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 deg F.
Solids Content: 60 percent by volume and 66 percent by weight.
Color: White.
SEALANTS
A.
ASJ Flashing Sealants and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants:
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:
a.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.6
Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; CP-76.
Materials shall be compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.
Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant.
Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 deg F.
Color: White.
For indoor applications, sealants shall have a VOC content of 420 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
FACTORY-APPLIED JACKETS
A.
2.7
Insulation system schedules indicate factory-applied jackets on various applications. When
factory-applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following:
1.
ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure-sensitive, acrylic-based adhesive covered by a
removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C 1136, Type I.
FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS
A.
Field-applied jackets shall comply with ASTM C 921, Type I, unless otherwise indicated.
B.
PVC Jacket:
High-impact-resistant, UV-resistant PVC complying with ASTM D 1784,
Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming.
Thickness is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Johns Manville; Zeston.
P.I.C. Plastics, Inc.; FG Series.
Proto Corporation; LoSmoke.
Speedline Corporation; SmokeSafe.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PIPE INSULATION
23 0720-7
08/26/15
2.
3.
4.
Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer.
Color: Color-code jackets based on system:
a.
White
Factory-fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate.
a.
C.
Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges,
unions, reducers, end caps, soil-pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P-trap
and supply covers for lavatories.
Metal Jacket:
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
2.
Childers Brand, Specialty Construction Brands, Inc., a business of H. B. Fuller
Company; Metal Jacketing Systems.
ITW Insulation Systems; Aluminum and Stainless Steel Jacketing.
RPR Products, Inc.; Insul-Mate.
Aluminum Jacket:
Temper H-14.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Sheet and roll stock ready for shop or field sizing or factory cut and rolled to size.
Finish and thickness are indicated in field-applied jacket schedules.
Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications:
1)
1-mil- thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper.
Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications:
1)
3-mil- thick, heat-bonded polyethylene and kraft paper.
Factory-Fabricated Fitting Covers:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
2.8
Comply with ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3005, 3105, or 5005,
Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket.
Preformed 2-piece or gore, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long-radius
elbows.
Tee covers.
Flange and union covers.
End caps.
Beveled collars.
Valve covers.
Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory-fabricated fitting covers are not
available.
TAPES
A.
ASJ Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching factory-applied jacket with acrylic adhesive,
complying with ASTM C 1136.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 428 AWF ASJ.
Avery Dennison Corporation, Specialty Tapes Division; Fasson 0836.
Compac Corporation; 104 and 105.
Venture Tape; 1540 CW Plus, 1542 CW Plus, and 1542 CW Plus/SQ.
Width: 3 inches.
Thickness: 11.5 mils.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PIPE INSULATION
23 0720-8
08/26/15
4.
5.
6.
7.
B.
Adhesion: 90 ounces force/inch in width.
Elongation: 2 percent.
Tensile Strength: 40 lbf/inch in width.
ASJ Tape Disks and Squares: Precut disks or squares of ASJ tape.
PVC Tape: White vapor-retarder tape matching field-applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive;
suitable for indoor and outdoor applications.
1.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a.
b.
c.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
2.9
ABI, Ideal Tape Division; 370 White PVC tape.
Compac Corporation; 130.
Venture Tape; 1506 CW NS.
Width: 2 inches.
Thickness: 6 mils.
Adhesion: 64 ounces force/inch in width.
Elongation: 500 percent.
Tensile Strength: 18 lbf/inch in width.
SECUREMENTS
A.
Staples: Outward-clinching insulation staples, nominal 3/4-inch- wide, stainless steel or Monel.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances
and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.
1.
2.
3.
3.2
Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects.
Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
PREPARATION
A.
Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will
adversely affect insulation application.
B.
Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a
corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows:
1.
2.
Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils thick and an
epoxy finish 5 mils thick if operating in a temperature range between 140 and 300 deg F.
Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods
for operating temperature range.
Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature between 32 and 300
deg F with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating
materials and application methods for operating temperature range.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PIPE INSULATION
23 0720-9
08/26/15
C.
Coordinate insulation installation with the trade installing heat tracing.
requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation.
D.
Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with
stainless-steel surfaces, use demineralized water.
3.3
Comply with
GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A.
Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces;
free of voids throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties.
B.
Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and thicknesses required
for each item of pipe system as specified in insulation system schedules.
C.
Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install
accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or
dry state.
D.
Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs.
E.
Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.
F.
Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties.
G.
Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.
H.
Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with
adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer.
I.
Install insulation with least number of joints practical.
J.
Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers,
supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-barrier mastic.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor
legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper
and seal ends at attachment to structure with vapor-barrier mastic.
Install insert materials and install insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to
insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation
material manufacturer.
Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over
jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield.
K.
Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet
and dry film thicknesses.
L.
Install insulation with factory-applied jackets as follows:
1.
2.
Draw jacket tight and smooth.
Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket.
Secure strips with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both edges of strip,
spaced 4 inches o.c.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PIPE INSULATION
23 0720-10
08/26/15
3.
Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal
seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps
with outward clinching staples along edge at
a.
2 inches o.c.
b.
For below-ambient services, apply vapor-barrier mastic over staples.
4.
Cover joints and seams with tape, according to insulation material manufacturer's written
instructions, to maintain vapor seal.
Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor-barrier mastic on seams and joints and
at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings.
5.
M.
Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 75 percent of its nominal
thickness.
N.
Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking
due to thermal movement.
O.
Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas.
Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches
similar to butt joints.
P.
For above-ambient services, do not install insulation to the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
3.4
Vibration-control devices.
Testing agency labels and stamps.
Nameplates and data plates.
Manholes.
Handholes.
Cleanouts.
PENETRATIONS
A.
Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations:
penetrations.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install insulation continuously through roof
Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface
and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation,
install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal
joint with joint sealant.
Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of
roof flashing.
Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant.
B.
Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush
with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant.
C.
Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously
through wall penetrations.
1.
2.
Seal penetrations with flashing sealant.
For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface
and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation,
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PIPE INSULATION
23 0720-11
08/26/15
3.
4.
install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal
joint with joint sealant.
Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least
2 inches.
Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant.
D.
Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated):
Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions.
E.
Insulation Installation at Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations:
continuously through penetrations of fire-rated walls and partitions.
1.
F.
Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping
and fire-resistive joint sealers.
Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations:
1.
2.
3.5
Install insulation
Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations.
Seal penetrations through fire-rated assemblies.
Comply with requirements in
Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping."
GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION
A.
Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more
specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles.
B.
Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, and Unions:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, unions, and other specialties with
continuous thermal and vapor-retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated.
Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same
material and density as adjacent pipe insulation. Each piece shall be butted tightly
against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular
surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is
uniform with adjoining pipe insulation.
Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt
each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with
adhesive.
Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe
insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe
diameter, whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets,
valve stuffing-box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with
insulating cement.
Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same
material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe
insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe
diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating
cement. Insulate strainers so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and
replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable
insulation cover. For below-ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor
barrier.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PIPE INSULATION
23 0720-12
08/26/15
6.
7.
8.
9.
Insulate flanges and unions using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation.
Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than two times the thickness of pipe
insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker.
Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a
mastic. Install vapor-barrier mastic for below-ambient services and a breather mastic for
above-ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric-reinforcing mesh. Trowel the
mastic to a smooth and well-shaped contour.
For services not specified to receive a field-applied jacket except for flexible elastomeric,
install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions.
Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing
using PVC tape.
Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union." Match
size and color of pipe labels.
C.
Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps,
test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape
insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating
cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant.
D.
Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated.
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
3.6
Installation shall conform to the
Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same
thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as adjoining pipe
insulation.
When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation
from flanges or union long at least two times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe
insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainlesssteel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket.
Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except
divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body.
When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of
mitered blocks wired to stainless-steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached
insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe
insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe
insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied
in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish.
Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field-applied jacket schedules, finish exposed
surfaces with a metal jacket.
INSTALLATION OF FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC INSULATION
A.
Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer's recommended adhesive to eliminate
openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
B.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1.
2.
Install pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
thickness of pipe insulation.
3.
Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of same thickness
as pipe insulation.
4.
Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive
to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
PIPE INSULATION
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
23 0720-13
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
08/26/15
C.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1.
2.
D.
Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1.
2.
3.
4.
3.7
Install mitered sections of pipe insulation.
Secure insulation materials and seal seams with manufacturer's recommended adhesive
to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to surface being insulated.
Install preformed valve covers manufactured of same material as pipe insulation when
available.
When preformed valve covers are not available, install cut sections of pipe and sheet
insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow
valve operation without disturbing insulation.
Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer's
recommended adhesive to eliminate openings in insulation that allow passage of air to
surface being insulated.
INSTALLATION OF MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION
A.
Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
B.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges:
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.
Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the
thickness of pipe insulation.
Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of
adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral-fiber blanket insulation.
Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at
least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant.
Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows:
1.
2.
D.
Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten
bands without deforming insulation materials.
Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions
with vapor-barrier mastic and joint sealant.
For insulation with factory-applied jackets on above-ambient surfaces, secure laps with
outward-clinched staples at 6 inches o.c.
For insulation with factory-applied jackets on below-ambient surfaces, do not staple
longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive as recommended by
insulation material manufacturer and seal with vapor-barrier mastic and flashing sealant.
Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when
available.
When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections
of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation
materials with wire or bands.
Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties:
1.
Install preformed sections of same material as straight segments of pipe insulation when
available.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PIPE INSULATION
23 0720-14
08/26/15
2.
3.
4.
3.8
When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to
valve body.
Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without
disturbing insulation.
Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.
FIELD-APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION
A.
Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end
joints; for horizontal applications. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive.
1.
B.
3.9
Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the
finish bead along seam and joint edge.
Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end
joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof
sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-steel bands 12
inches o.c. and at end joints.
FINISHES
A.
Pipe Insulation with ASJ, Glass-Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with
paint system identified below and as specified in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting" and
Section 099123 "Interior Painting."
1.
Flat Acrylic Finish: Two finish coats over a primer that is compatible with jacket material
and finish coat paint. Add fungicidal agent to render fabric mildew proof.
a.
Finish Coat Material: Interior, flat, latex-emulsion size.
B.
Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation: After adhesive has fully cured, apply two coats of
insulation manufacturer's recommended protective coating.
C.
Color: Final color as selected by Architect.
inspection of the completed Work.
D.
Do not field paint aluminum or stainless-steel jackets.
3.10
Vary first and second coats to allow visual
PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL
A.
Acceptable preformed pipe and tubular insulation materials and thicknesses are identified for
each piping system and pipe size range. If more than one material is listed for a piping system,
selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
B.
Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not install insulation on the following:
1.
2.
3.
Drainage piping located in crawl spaces.
Underground piping.
Chrome-plated pipes and fittings unless there is a potential for personnel injury.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PIPE INSULATION
23 0720-15
08/26/15
3.11
Insulation shall have a k value that meets the minimum requirements of the latest International
Energy Conservation Code (IECC).
3.12
INDOOR PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE
A.
Condensate and Equipment Drain Water below 60 Deg F:
1.
2.
B.
All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a.
Flexible Elastomeric:
1)
1/2 inch thick
b.
Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe Insulation, Type I:
1)
1/2 inch thick
Jacketing: None
Chilled Water, above 40 Deg F:
1.
NPS 1-1/2 inch and Smaller: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a.
Flexible Elastomeric:
1)
1-1/2 inch thick.
b.
Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe, Type I:
1)
1-1/2 inches thick.
2.
NPS 2 inch and Larger: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a.
Flexible Elastomeric:
1)
1-1/2 inch thick.
b.
Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe, Type I:
1)
1-1/2 inches thick.
3.
Field Applied Jacketing: Blue PVC (Mechanical rooms and where exposed).
4.
Insulation runouts not exceeding 48 inches in length for connection to equipment shall
be one of the following:
a.
b.
C.
Heating-Hot-Water Supply and Return, 200 Deg F and Below:
1.
NPS 1 1/2 and Smaller: Insulation shall be the following:
a.
Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe, Type I:
1)
1-1/2 inch thick
2.
Greater than NPS 1-1/2 inch : Insulation shall be the following:
a.
Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe, Type I or Pipe and Tank Insulation:
1)
2 inches thick
3.
Field Applied Jacketing: Yellow PVC (Mechanical rooms and where exposed).
4.
Insulation for runouts not exceeding 48 inches in length for connection to equipment shall
be the following:
a.
D.
Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick.
Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe, Type I: 1 inch thick
Mineral-Fiber, Preformed Pipe, Type I: 1 inch thick.
Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Piping:
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PIPE INSULATION
23 0720-16
08/26/15
1.
E.
All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be one of the following:
a.
Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick.
Refrigerant Suction and Hot-Gas Flexible Tubing:
1.
All Pipe Sizes: Insulation shall be the following:
a.
3.13
Flexible Elastomeric: 1 inch thick.
INDOOR, FIELD-APPLIED JACKET SCHEDULE
A.
Apply PVC jacket where indicated, with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints.
Seal with manufacturer’s recommended adhesive. Color for each piping system shall comply
with USU standards. USU Standard Jacketing colors are listed in the Interior Insulation
Application Schedule below.
B.
Apply metal jacket where indicated, with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints.
Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant
recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless-steel bands 12 inches
o.c. and at end joints.
C.
Install jacket over insulation material. For insulation with factory-applied jacket, install the fieldapplied jacket over the factory-applied jacket.
D.
If more than one material is listed, selection from materials listed is Contractor's option.
E.
Piping, Concealed:
1.
F.
None.
Piping, Exposed:
1.
PVC:
a.
White: 30 mils thick.
END OF SECTION 23 0720
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PIPE INSULATION
23 0720-17
08/26/15
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
PIPE INSULATION
23 0720-18
08/26/15
SECTION 23 2123
HYDRONIC PUMPS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
1.3
Close-coupled, in-line centrifugal pumps.
Separately coupled, base-mounted, end-suction centrifugal pumps.
DEFINITIONS
A.
Buna-N: Nitrile rubber.
B.
EPT: Ethylene propylene terpolymer.
1.4
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of pump. Include certified performance curves and rated
capacities, shipping weights, installed weights, operating characteristics, furnished specialties,
final impeller dimensions, and accessories for each type of product indicated. Indicate pump's
operating point on curves.
B.
Shop Drawings: For each pump.
1.
2.
3.
1.5
Show pump layout and connections.
Include setting drawings with templates for installing foundation and anchor bolts and
other anchorages.
Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring.
a.
Detail all wiring systems and differentiate clearly between manufacturer-installed
and field-installed wiring.
CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A.
Operation and Maintenance Data:
maintenance manuals.
For pumps to include in emergency, operation, and
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
HYDRONIC PUMPS
23 2123-1
08/26/15
1.6
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
UL Compliance: Fabricate and label pumps to comply with UL 778, "Motor-Operated Water
Pumps," for construction requirements.
B.
Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, connections, and dimensional requirements
of pumps and are based on the specific types and models indicated. Other manufacturers'
pumps with equal performance characteristics may be considered. Refer to Division 1 Section
"Substitutions."
C.
Regulatory Requirements: Fabricate and test steam condensate pumps to comply with HI 1.11.5, "Centrifugal Pumps for Nomenclature, Definitions, Application and Operation," and HI 1.6,
"Centrifugal Pump Tests."
D.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.7
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A.
Manufacturer's Preparation for Shipping: Clean flanges and exposed machined metal surfaces
and treat with anticorrosion compound after assembly and testing. Protect flanges, pipe
openings, and nozzles with wooden flange covers or with screwed-in plugs.
B.
Store pumps in dry location.
C.
Retain protective covers for flanges and protective coatings during storage.
D.
Protect bearings and couplings against damage from sand, grit, and other foreign matter.
E.
Comply with pump manufacturer's written rigging instructions.
1.8
COORDINATION
A.
Coordinate size and location of concrete bases.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
CLOSE-COUPLED, IN-LINE CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
A.
Manufacturers:
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
Armstrong Pumps Inc.
Aurora Pump; Division of Pentair Pump Group.
Flofab
Grundfos Pumps Corporation.
ITT Corporation; Bell & Gossett.
Mepco, LLC.
PACO Pumps; Grundfos CBG.
Patterson Pump Co.; a subsidiary of the Gorman-Rupp Co.
TACO Incorporated.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
HYDRONIC PUMPS
23 2123-2
08/26/15
B.
Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, centrifugal, overhung-impeller, close-coupled, inline pump as defined in HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3; designed for installation with pump and motor
shafts mounted horizontally or vertically. Rated for 175-psig minimum working pressure and a
continuous water temperature of 225 deg F.
C.
Pump Construction:
1.
Casing: Radially split, cast iron, with threaded gage tappings at inlet and outlet, and
threaded or threaded companion-flange or union-end connections or unions at
connections for casings that are not available with threaded companion flanges.
2.
Impeller: ASTM B 584, cast bronze; statically and dynamically balanced, keyed to shaft,
and secured with a locking cap screw. For constant-speed pumps, trim impeller to match
specified performance.
D.
3.
Pump Shaft: Steel, with oil lubricated copper-alloy shaft sleeve.
4.
Seal: Mechanical seal consisting of carbon rotating ring against a ceramic seat held by a
stainless-steel spring, and Buna-N bellows and gasket. Include water slinger on shaft
between motor and seal.
5.
Pump Bearings:
1.
Oil lubricated, bronze-journal.
Motor: Single speed and rigidly or resiliently mounted to pump casing.
1.
2.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and
application.
Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, and efficiency
requirements for motors specified in Division 23 Section "Common Motor Requirements
for HVAC Equipment."
a.
Enclosure: Open, dripproof.
b.
Enclosure Materials:
1)
Cast iron.
c.
Motor Bearings:
1)
Grease-lubricated ball bearings.
d.
Efficiency:
1)
Premium efficient.
Service Factor: 1.15
e.
2.2
SEPARATELY COUPLED, BASE-MOUNTED, END-SUCTION CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
A.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1.
Armstrong Pumps Inc.
2.
Aurora Pump; Division of Pentair Pump Group.
3.
Flofab
4.
ITT Corporation; Bell & Gossett.
5.
PACO Pumps; Grundfos CBG.
6.
Patterson Pump Co.; a subsidiary of the Gorman-Rupp Co.
7.
Peerless Pump Company.
8.
TACO Incorporated.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
HYDRONIC PUMPS
23 2123-3
08/26/15
B.
Description:
Factory-assembled and -tested, centrifugal, overhung-impeller, separately
coupled, bronze fitted, end-suction pump as defined in HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3; designed for base
mounting, with pump and motor shafts horizontal. Rated for 175-psig minimum working
pressure and a continuous water temperature of 225 deg F.
C.
Pump Construction:
1.
Casing: Radially split, cast iron, bronze fitted, with threaded gage tappings at inlet and
outlet, drain plug at bottom and air vent at top of volute, and threaded companion-flange
or flanged connections.
a.
Provide integral mount on volute to support the casing, and provide attached
piping to allow removal and replacement of impeller without disconnecting piping
or requiring the realignment of pump and motor shaft.
2.
Impeller: ASTM B 584, cast bronze; statically and dynamically balanced, keyed to shaft,
and secured with a locking cap screw. For pumps without frequency-drive control, trim
impeller to match specified performance.
3.
Pump Shaft: Steel, with copper-alloy shaft sleeve.
4.
Seal: Mechanical seal consisting of carbon rotating ring against a ceramic seat held by a
stainless-steel spring, and Buna-N bellows and gasket. Include water slinger on shaft
between motor and seal.
5.
Pump Bearings: Grease-lubricated ball bearings in cast-iron housing with grease fittings.
D.
Shaft Coupling: Molded-rubber insert and interlocking spider capable of absorbing vibration.
1.
Couplings shall be drop-out type to allow disassembly and removal without removing
pump shaft or motor.
E.
Coupling Guard:
Dual rated; ANSI B15.1, Section 8; OSHA 1910.219 approved; steel;
removable; attached to mounting frame.
F.
Mounting Frame:
Welded-steel frame and cross members, factory fabricated from
ASTM A 36/A 36M channels and angles. Fabricate to mount pump casing, coupling guard, and
motor.
G.
Motor: Single speed, secured to mounting frame, with adjustable alignment.
1.
2.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and
application.
Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, and efficiency
requirements for motors specified in Division 23 Section "Common Motor Requirements
for HVAC Equipment."
a.
Enclosure: Open, dripproof.
b.
Enclosure Materials: Cast iron.
c.
Motor Bearings: Grease-lubricated ball bearings.
d.
e.
Efficiency: Premium efficient.
Service Factor: 1.15
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
HYDRONIC PUMPS
23 2123-4
08/26/15
2.3
DOMESTIC WATER PUMPS
A.
Casings and all wetted parts in pumps used in domestic water systems shall be stainless steel.
B.
See Division 22 Section “Domestic Water Pumps”.
2.4
PUMP SPECIALTY FITTINGS
A.
Suction Diffuser:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Angle pattern.
175-psig pressure rating, cast-iron body and end cap, pump-inlet fitting.
Bronze startup and bronze or stainless-steel permanent strainers.
Bronze or stainless-steel straightening vanes.
Drain plug.
Factory-fabricated support.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine equipment foundations and anchor-bolt locations for compliance with requirements for
installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B.
Examine roughing-in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before
pump installation.
C.
Examine foundations and inertia bases for suitable conditions where pumps are to be installed.
D.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2
PUMP INSTALLATION
A.
Install pumps according to HI 1.1-1.5, "Centrifugal Pumps for Nomenclature, Definitions,
Application and Operation."
B.
Comply with HI 1.4.
C.
Install pumps to provide access for periodic maintenance including removing motors, impellers,
couplings, and accessories.
D.
Independently support pumps and piping so weight of piping is not supported by pumps and
weight of pumps is not supported by piping.
E.
Automatic Condensate Pump Units: Install units for collecting condensate and extend to open
drain.
F.
Equipment Mounting:
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
HYDRONIC PUMPS
23 2123-5
08/26/15
1.
2.
3.
G.
Equipment Mounting: Install in-line pumps with continuous-thread hanger rods and spring
hangers elastomeric hangers of size required to support weight of in-line pumps.
1.
2.
3.3
Install base-mounted pumps on cast-in-place concrete equipment bases. Comply with
requirements for equipment bases and foundations specified in Division 03 “Cast-inPlace Concrete."
Comply with requirements for vibration isolation and seismic control devices specified in
Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC."
Comply with requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Section 230548.13
"Vibration Controls for HVAC."
Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Section 230548
"Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC."
Comply with requirements for hangers and supports specified in Section 230529
"Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
ALIGNMENT
A.
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform alignment service.
B.
Comply with requirements in Hydronics Institute standards for alignment of pump and motor
shaft. Add shims to the motor feet and bolt motor to base frame. Do not use grout between
motor feet and base frame.
C.
Comply with pump and coupling manufacturers' written instructions.
D.
After alignment is correct, tighten foundation bolts evenly but not too firmly. Completely fill
baseplate with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout while metal blocks and shims or wedges are in
place. After grout has cured, fully tighten foundation bolts.
3.4
CONNECTIONS
A.
Comply with requirements for piping specified in Division 23 Section "Steam and Condensate
Heating Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
B.
Where installing piping adjacent to pump, allow space for service and maintenance.
C.
Connect piping to pumps. Install valves that are same size as piping connected to pumps.
D.
Install check, shutoff, and throttling on discharge side of pumps.
E.
Install suction and discharge pipe sizes equal to or greater than diameter of pump nozzles.
F.
Install suction diffuser and shutoff valve on suction side of vertical-inline and base-mounted
pumps.
G.
Install flexible connectors on suction and discharge sides of base-mounted pumps between
pump casing and valves.
H.
Install pressure gages on pump suction and discharge or at integral pressure-gage tapping, or
install single gage with multiple-input selector valve.
I.
Install thermometers at pump suction and discharge.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
HYDRONIC PUMPS
23 2123-6
08/26/15
J.
Install check valve and gate or ball valve on each condensate pump unit discharge.
K.
Ground equipment according to Division 26 Section "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical
Systems."
1.
Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published
torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those
specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
L.
Connect wiring according to Division 26 Section "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and
Cables."
1.
Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published
torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those
specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.
3.5
STARTUP SERVICE
A.
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.
Check piping connections for tightness.
Clean strainers on suction piping.
Perform the following startup checks for each pump before starting:
a.
b.
c.
d.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
B.
Verify that electrical wiring installation complies with manufacturer's written
instructions and the Contract Documents.
Verify bearing lubrication.
Verify that pump is free to rotate by hand and that pump for handling hot liquid is
free to rotate with pump hot and cold. If pump is bound or drags, do not operate
until cause of trouble is determined and corrected.
Verify that pump is rotating in the correct direction.
Prime pump by opening suction valves and closing drains, and prepare pump for
operation.
Open cooling water-supply valves in cooling water supply to bearings, where applicable.
Open cooling water-supply valves if stuffing boxes are water cooled.
Open sealing liquid-supply valves if pumps are so fitted.
Open warm-up valves of pumps handling hot liquids if pumps are not normally kept at
operating temperature.
Open circulating line valves if pumps should not be operated against dead shutoff.
Start motor.
Open discharge valve slowly.
Observe leakage from stuffing boxes and adjust sealing liquid valve for proper flow to
ensure lubrication of packing. Let packing "run in" before reducing leakage through
stuffing boxes; then tighten glands.
Check general mechanical operation of pumps and motors.
Close circulating line valves once there is sufficient flow through pumps to prevent
overheating.
When pumps are to be started against closed check valves with discharge shutoff valves open,
steps are the same, except open discharge valves before starting motors.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
HYDRONIC PUMPS
23 2123-7
08/26/15
3.6
DEMONSTRATION
A.
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain hydronic pumps as specified below:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and
stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining pumps.
Review data in maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout."
Review data in maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 1 Section Contract Closeout.
Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance
notice.
END OF SECTION 23 2123
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
HYDRONIC PUMPS
23 2123-8
08/26/15
SECTION 23 2500
CHEMICAL WATER TREATMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division I Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2
SUMMARY
A. This Section includes water-treatment systems for the following:
1. Hot-water heating systems.
2. Chilled-water systems.
3. Glycol heating system.
B. Samples shall be taken and turned into a testing agency for verification.
1.3
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Closed System: One bypass feeder on each system, with isolating and drain valves installed
around balancing valve downstream of circulating pumps, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Introduce closed system treatment through bypass feeder when required or indicated by
test.
2. Performance: Water treatment sized and equipped to treat raw water available at Project
site to sustain the following water characteristics:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Hardness:
Sodium Nitrite:
Conductivity (µmhos):
Silica:
pH:
less than 200ppm as CaCO3
800 —1000 ppm as NaNO2
3000 to 4000 µmhos/cm
60 ppm or less.
9.5 or above.
Water characteristics will change with location and type of treatment - usually the
treatment parameters will be left to the water treatment supplier based on the type of
treatment specified.
3. Closed Circulating Water Systems:
a. Chemicals:
1) Liquid Alkaline Cleaner
2) Non-Chromate, Borate-Nitrite corrosion inhibitor
b. Equipment: (To be mounted as per drawings)
1) One (1) Neptune VTF5-HP bypass feeder for each system.
2) One (1) Carlon water meter model 705JL or Seametrics Series MDT-075 to be
installed in the make-up water line of each closed system.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CHEMICAL WATER TREATMENT
23 2500-1
08/26/15
c.
Cleaning: Cleaning shall be performed by the contractor under the supervision of the
chemical supplier at the time of start up. The system shall be filled with water and
checked for leakage and debris. Add the proper dosage of liquid alkaline cleaner and
circulate for 24 hours at required temperature. Drain and flush piping, clean the
strainers. Flush until system pH is no more than eight.
d. Control: The contractor shall provide a Sodium Nitrite drop test kit for checking the
concentration of sodium nitrite in the system.
e. Service: The contractor shall provide initial and continuing field service to fulfill the
requirements and objectives of the General Water Treatment Specifications.
B. Closed Loop Glycol Feed Systems:
Glycol: The glycol provided shall be inhibited propylene glycol as manufactured by
Huntsman or Dow Chemical. Trade name shall be Huntsman Jeffcool P-150 or Dowfrost
HD. The water quality in the preheat glycol water system shall meet the
recommendations of the glycol manufacturer so as to reduce sludging. Glycol
percentage shall be 40%, by volume, unless noted otherwise on the drawings.
Equipment per each system:
50 gallon polyethylene feed tank. Tank shall be mounted on a steel frame with
accommodations for mounting a pump underneath. Tank shall be supplied with a hinged
lid and all interconnecting piping to pump including strainer.
Level switch to deactivate pump and activate alarm on low level.
Control panel to house switching device for pump, audible alarm, HOA switch for pump,
lights to indicate power and low level, pushbutton for alarm silence. Enclosure shall be
NEMA 12. Control panel shall be mounted on the tank stand.
1/3 HP rotary gear pump to be mounted under the feed tank. Materials of construction
shall be bronze. Pump shall provide 3 GPM at 60 PSIG.
ASCO Solenoid valve 1/2" to be mounted in the feed line to the hot/chilled system. The
valve shall be activated at the same time as the pump.
Honeywell pressure switch set at 50 (adjustable) PSIG to activate the glycol feed pump.
Differential setting for the pressure switch shall be 10 (adjustable) PSI.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Supplier Qualifications: A recognized chemical water treatment supplier with warehousing
facilities in the Project’s vicinity and that is or employs an experienced consultant, available at
reasonable times during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and
Owner about water treatment.
B. Chemical Standards: Meet state and local pollution-control regulations.
C. Comply with NFPA 70 for components and installation.
D. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.
1. The Terms “Listed” and “Labeled”: As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100.
2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A “Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory”
(NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CHEMICAL WATER TREATMENT
23 2500-2
08/26/15
1.5
MAINTENANCE
A. Service Period: Provide chemicals and service program for period of one year from startup
date of equipment, including the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.6
Initial water analysis and recommendations.
Startup assistance.
Training of operating personnel.
Periodic field service and consultation.
Customer report charts and log sheets.
Laboratory technical assistance.
EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish the following extra materials, matching products installed, packaged with protective
covering for storage and with identification labels clearly describing contents.
B. Chemicals: Furnish quantity equal to 50 percent of amount initially installed (or treatment for
one year.)
1.7
SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and
Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Product data for each type of product specified. Include manufacturer's technical product
data, rated capacities of selected equipment clearly indicated, water-pressure drops, weights
(shipping, installed, and operating), furnished specialties, accessories, and installation and
startup instructions.
C. Shop drawings from manufacturer detailing equipment assemblies and indicating dimensions,
weights, loadings, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location
and size of each field connection.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Chemical Water Treatment Products:
a. West
2.2
CHEMICAL WATER TREATMENT SYSTEM
A. Bypass (Pot) Feeders: Cast iron or steel, for introducing chemicals into system; with funnel,
shutoff valve on top, air release valve on top, drain valve on bottom, and re-circulating shutoff
valves on sides.
1. Capacity: 5 gal.
2. Working Pressure: 125 psi.
3. Working Pressure: 175 psi.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CHEMICAL WATER TREATMENT
23 2500-3
08/26/15
B. Positive Displacement Diaphragm Pump: Adjustable flow rate; thermoplastic construction;
continuous-duty, fully enclosed electric motor and drive; and built-in relief valve.
C. Positive Displacement Piston Pump: Metal and thermoplastic construction; continuous-duty,
fully enclosed electric motor and drive; and built-in relief valve.
D. Cold-Water Meter: Positive displacement type with sealed, tamperproof magnetic drive;
impulse contact register; single-pole, double-throw, dry-contact switch.
E. Solenoid Valves: Forged-brass body, globe pattern, normally open or closed as required,
general-purpose solenoid enclosure, and continuous-duty coil.
F. Electronic Timers: Infinitely adjustable over full range, 150-second and 5-minute range,
mounted together in cabinet with HAND-OFF-AUTOMATIC switches and status lights.
2.3
CHEMICALS
A. Furnish chemicals recommended by water treatment system manufacturer for treating water
to seals, and accessories.
B. System Cleaner: Liquid alkaline compound with emulsifying agents and detergents to remove
grease and petroleum products.
C. Biocide: Chlorine release agents or microbiocides.
D. Closed System (Water) Chemicals: Sequestering agent to reduce deposits and adjust pH,
corrosion inhibitors, and conductivity enhancers.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
INSTALLATION
A. Install treatment equipment level and plumb, according to manufacturer’s written instructions,
rough-in drawings, the original design, and referenced standards.
3.2
CONNECTIONS
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. The Drawings
indicate the general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. The following are specific
connection requirements:
1. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow servicing and maintenance.
2. Hot Water Piping: Conform to applicable requirements of Division 23 Section “Hydronic
Piping.”
3. Steam Piping: Conform to applicable requirements of Division 23 Section “Steam and
Condensate Piping.”
B. Electrical: Conform to applicable requirements of Division 26 Sections for connecting
electrical equipment.
1. Install electrical devices furnished with boiler but not specified to be factory mounted
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CHEMICAL WATER TREATMENT
23 2500-4
08/26/15
3.3
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: A qualified independent testing agency employed and paid by Owner will
perform field quality-control testing.
B. Testing Agency: Provide the services of a qualified independent testing agency to perform
field quality-control testing.
3.4
CLEANING
A. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect exposed
finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris; repair damaged finishes, including chips,
scratches, and abrasions.
B. Ensure that system is operational, filled, started, and vented prior to cleaning. Place terminal
control valves in OPEN position during cleaning. Use water meter to record capacity in each
system.
C. Add cleaning chemicals as recommended by manufacturer.
1. Hot-Water Heating System: Apply heat while circulating, slowly raising system to design
temperature; maintain for a minimum of 12 hours. Remove heat and allow to cool; drain
and refill with clean water. Circulate for 6 hours at design temperature, then drain. Refill
with clean water and repeat until system cleaner is removed.
2. Chilled-Water System: Circulate for 48 hours, then drain. Refill with clean water, circulate
for 24 hours, then drain. Refill with clean water and repeat until system cleaner is
removed.
3. Steam System: Fill steam boilers only with cleaner and water. Apply heat and maintain
for a minimum of 12 hours. Cool and drain. Refill with clean water, drain, refill, and check
for sludge. Repeat until system is free of sludge. Apply heat to produce steam for piping
system and maintain for a minimum of 8 hours. Bypass traps and waste condensate.
4. Open System: Flush with clean water for a minimum of one hour. Drain completely and
refill.
3.5
COMMISSIONING
A. Startup Services: Provide the services of a factory-authorized service representative to
provide startup service and to demonstrate and train Owner’s maintenance personnel as
specified below.
B. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and
equipment.
C. Startup Procedures: During boiler system startup, operate boiler water treatment system
(after charging with specified chemicals) to maintain required steady-state characteristics of
feedwater.
D. Label all water treatment equipment and tanks. Indicate the glycol percentage on the label
where applicable.
3.6
DEMONSTRATION
A. Provide services of supplier’s technical representative for half a day to instruct Owner’s
personnel in operation, maintenance, and testing procedures of boiler water treatment
system.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CHEMICAL WATER TREATMENT
23 2500-5
08/26/15
B. Train Owner’s maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup and
shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive maintenance.
C. Review data in the operation and maintenance manuals. Refer to Division I Section “Contract
Closeout.”
D. Schedule training with Owner, through the Architect, with at least 7 days’ advance notice.
END OF SECTION 23 2500
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
CHEMICAL WATER TREATMENT
23 2500-6
08/26/15
SECTION 23 3113
METAL DUCTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
Section Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
B.
Related Sections:
1.
2.
3.
1.3
Single-wall rectangular ducts and fittings.
Double-wall rectangular ducts and fittings.
Single-wall round ducts and fittings.
Sheet metal materials.
Duct liner.
Sealants and gaskets.
Hangers and supports.
Seismic-restraint devices.
Section 230593 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for testing, adjusting, and
balancing requirements for metal ducts.
Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for dampers, sound-control devices, ductmounting access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts.
Section 230713 “Duct Insulation” for duct insulation and fire wrap.
PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A.
Delegated Duct Design: Duct construction, including sheet metal thicknesses, seam and joint
construction, reinforcements, and hangers and supports, shall comply with SMACNA's "HVAC
Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" and performance requirements and design
criteria indicated in "Duct Schedule" Article.
B.
Seismic Performance: Duct hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of earthquake
motions determined according to SEI/ASCE 7 and with the requirements specified in
Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC."
1.
For equipment with a seismic importance factor of 1.0 the term "withstand" means "the
unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected
to the seismic forces specified."
2.
For equipment with a seismic importance factor of 1.5 the term "withstand" means "the
unit will remain in place without separation of any parts from the device when subjected
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METAL DUCTS
23 3113-1
08/26/15
to the seismic forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the seismic
event."
C.
Structural Performance: Duct hangers and supports shall withstand the effects of gravity loads
and stresses within limits and under conditions described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"
D.
Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with requirements in
ASHRAE 62.1.
1.4
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of the following products:
1.
2.
3.
B.
Shop Drawings:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
C.
Fabrication, assembly, and installation, including plans, elevations, sections,
components, and attachments to other work.
Factory- and shop-fabricated ducts and fittings.
Duct layout indicating sizes, configuration, liner material, and static-pressure classes.
Elevation of top of ducts.
Dimensions of main duct runs from building grid lines.
Fittings.
Reinforcement and spacing.
Seam and joint construction.
Penetrations through fire-rated and other partitions.
Equipment installation based on equipment being used on Project.
Locations for duct accessories, including dampers, turning vanes, and access doors and
panels.
Hangers and supports, including methods for duct and building attachment and vibration
isolation.
Duct fabrication shall not begin until shop drawings have been submitted and reviewed
by the mechanical engineer.
Delegated-Design Submittal:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
1.5
Liners and adhesives.
Sealants and gaskets.
Seismic-restraint devices.
Sheet metal thicknesses.
Joint and seam construction and sealing.
Reinforcement details and spacing.
Materials, fabrication, assembly, and spacing of hangers and supports.
Design Calculations: Calculations for selecting hangers and supports.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Coordination Drawings: Plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and
coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved:
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METAL DUCTS
23 3113-2
08/26/15
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Duct installation in congested spaces, indicating coordination with general construction,
building components, and other building services. Indicate proposed changes to duct
layout.
Suspended ceiling components.
Structural members to which duct will be attached.
Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile.
Penetrations of smoke barriers and fire-rated construction.
Items penetrating finished ceiling including, but not limited to the following:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
B.
1.6
Lighting fixtures.
Air outlets and inlets.
Speakers.
Sprinklers.
Access panels.
Perimeter moldings.
Field quality-control reports.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
ASHRAE Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE 62.1, Section 5 - "Systems and
Equipment" and Section 7 - "Construction and System Start-up."
B.
ASHRAE/IESNA Compliance: Applicable requirements in ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, Section 6.4.4 "HVAC System Construction and Insulation."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
SINGLE-WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS
A.
General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible" based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise
indicated.
B.
Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-1, "Rectangular Duct/Transverse Joints,"
for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support
intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
C.
Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Duct/Longitudinal
Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, ductsupport intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible."
D.
Elbows, Transitions, Offsets, Branch Connections, and Other Duct Construction: Select types
and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Chapter 4, "Fittings and Other Construction," for static-pressure class, applicable
sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METAL DUCTS
23 3113-3
08/26/15
2.2
DOUBLE-WALL RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND FITTINGS
A.
Rectangular Ducts: Fabricate ducts with indicated dimensions for the inner duct.
B.
Outer Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"
based on indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-1, "Rectangular Duct/Transverse Joints,"
for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support
intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
D.
Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Duct/Longitudinal
Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, ductsupport intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible."
E.
Interstitial Insulation:
Fibrous-glass liner complying with ASTM C 1071, NFPA 90A, or
NFPA 90B; and with NAIMA AH124, "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard."
1.
2.
3.
4.
F.
Maximum Thermal Conductivity: 0.27 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F at 75 deg F mean
temperature.
Install spacers that position the inner duct at uniform distance from outer duct without
compressing insulation.
Coat insulation with antimicrobial coating.
Cover insulation with polyester film complying with UL 181, Class 1.
Interstitial Insulation: Flexible elastomeric duct liner complying with ASTM C 534, Type II for
sheet materials, and with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B.
1.
Maximum Thermal Conductivity: 0.25 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F at 75 deg F mean
temperature.
G.
Inner Duct: Minimum 0.028-inch perforated galvanized sheet steel having 3/32-inch- diameter
perforations, with overall open area of 23 percent Inner duct shall be solid sheet steel a
minimum of 10 feet downstream of humidifiers or air washers.
H.
Formed-on Transverse Joints (Flanges): Select joint types and fabricate according to
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-1, "Rectangular
Duct/Traverse Joints," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials
involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible."
I.
Longitudinal Seams: Select seam types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 2-2, "Rectangular Duct/Longitudinal
Seams," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, ductsupport intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible."
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METAL DUCTS
23 3113-4
08/26/15
2.3
SINGLE-WALL ROUND DUCTS AND FITTINGS
A.
General Fabrication Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 3, "Round, Oval, and Flexible Duct," based on
indicated static-pressure class unless otherwise indicated.
B.
Transverse Joints: Select joint types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-1, "Round Duct Transverse Joints," for
static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials involved, duct-support
intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
1.
Transverse Joints in Ducts Larger Than 60 Inches in Diameter: Flanged.
C.
Longitudinal Seams: Not allowed.
D.
Tees and Laterals: Select types and fabricate according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and
Figure 3-6, "Conical Tees," for static-pressure class, applicable sealing requirements, materials
involved, duct-support intervals, and other provisions in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible."
2.4
SHEET METAL MATERIALS
A.
General Material Requirements: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards
- Metal and Flexible" for acceptable materials, material thicknesses, and duct construction
methods unless otherwise indicated. Sheet metal materials shall be free of pitting, seam marks,
roller marks, stains, discolorations, and other imperfections.
B.
Galvanized Sheet Steel: Comply with ASTM A 653/A 653M.
1.
2.
C.
Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black
and galvanized.
1.
D.
2.5
Galvanized Coating Designation: G90.
Finishes for Surfaces Exposed to View: Mill phosphatized.
Where black- and galvanized-steel shapes and plates are used to reinforce aluminum
ducts, isolate the different metals with butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM gasket materials.
Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches or less; 3/8-inch
minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.
DUCT LINER
A.
Fibrous-Glass Duct Liner: Comply with ASTM C 1071, NFPA 90A, or NFPA 90B; and with
NAIMA AH124, "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard."
1.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
CertainTeed Corporation; Insulation Group.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METAL DUCTS
23 3113-5
08/26/15
b.
c.
d.
2.
Maximum Thermal Conductivity:
a.
b.
3.
4.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a.
b.
c.
2.
3.
Aeroflex USA Inc.
Armacell LLC.
Rubatex International, LLC
Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread index of 25 and maximum
smoke-developed index of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL.
Liner Adhesive: As recommended by insulation manufacturer and complying with
NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B.
a.
For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
Insulation Pins and Washers:
1.
2.
D.
For indoor applications, adhesive shall have a VOC content of 80 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
Flexible Elastomeric Duct Liner: Preformed, cellular, closed-cell, sheet materials complying with
ASTM C 534, Type II, Grade 1; and with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B.
1.
C.
Type I, Flexible: 0.27 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F at 75 deg F mean temperature.
Type II, Rigid: 0.23 Btu x in./h x sq. ft. x deg F at 75 deg F mean temperature.
Antimicrobial Erosion-Resistant Coating: Apply to the surface of the liner that will form
the interior surface of the duct to act as a moisture repellent and erosion-resistant
coating. Antimicrobial compound shall be tested for efficacy by an NRTL and registered
by the EPA for use in HVAC systems.
Water-Based Liner Adhesive:
Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and with
ASTM C 916.
a.
B.
Johns Manville.
Knauf Insulation.
Owens Corning.
Cupped-Head, Capacitor-Discharge-Weld Pins: Copper- or zinc-coated steel pin, fully
annealed for capacitor-discharge welding, 0.135-inch-diameter shank, length to suit
depth of insulation indicated with integral 1-1/2-inch galvanized carbon-steel washer.
Insulation-Retaining Washers:
Self-locking washers formed from 0.016-inch-thick
aluminum or stainless steel; with beveled edge sized as required to hold insulation
securely in place but not less than 1-1/2 inches in diameter.
Shop Application of Duct Liner: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible," Figure 7-11, "Flexible Duct Liner Installation."
1.
2.
Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of duct liner with at least 90 percent adhesive
coverage at liner contact surface area. Attaining indicated thickness with multiple layers
of duct liner is prohibited.
Apply adhesive to transverse edges of liner facing upstream that do not receive metal
nosing.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METAL DUCTS
23 3113-6
08/26/15
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Butt transverse joints without gaps, and coat joint with adhesive.
Fold and compress liner in corners of rectangular ducts or cut and fit to ensure buttededge overlapping.
Do not apply liner in rectangular ducts with longitudinal joints, except at corners of ducts,
unless duct size and dimensions of standard liner make longitudinal joints necessary.
Apply adhesive coating on longitudinal seams in ducts with air velocity of 2500 fpm.
Secure liner with mechanical fasteners 4 inches from corners and at intervals not
exceeding 12 inches transversely; at 3 inches from transverse joints and at intervals not
exceeding 18 inches longitudinally.
Secure transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream with metal nosings that
have either channel or "Z" profiles or are integrally formed from duct wall. Fabricate edge
facings at the following locations:
a.
b.
c.
9.
Secure insulation between perforated sheet metal inner duct of same thickness as
specified for outer shell. Use mechanical fasteners that maintain inner duct at uniform
distance from outer shell without compressing insulation.
a.
10.
2.6
Fan discharges.
Intervals of lined duct preceding unlined duct.
Upstream edges of transverse joints in ducts where air velocities are higher than
2500 fpm or where indicated.
Sheet Metal Inner Duct Perforations: 3/32-inch diameter, with an overall open
area of 23 percent.
Terminate inner ducts with buildouts attached to fire-damper sleeves, dampers, turning
vane assemblies, or other devices. Fabricated buildouts (metal hat sections) or other
buildout means are optional; when used, secure buildouts to duct walls with bolts,
screws, rivets, or welds.
SEALANT AND GASKETS
A.
General Sealant and Gasket Requirements: Surface-burning characteristics for sealants and
gaskets shall be a maximum flame-spread index of 25 and a maximum smoke-developed index
of 50 when tested according to UL 723; certified by an NRTL.
B.
Two-Part Tape Sealing System:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
C.
Tape: Woven cotton fiber impregnated with mineral gypsum and modified acrylic/silicone
activator to react exothermically with tape to form hard, durable, airtight seal.
Tape Width: 4 inches.
Sealant: Modified styrene acrylic.
Water resistant.
Mold and mildew resistant.
Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg, positive and negative.
Service: Indoor and outdoor.
Service Temperature: Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F.
Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless
steel, or aluminum.
For indoor applications, sealant shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
Water-Based Joint and Seam Sealant:
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METAL DUCTS
23 3113-7
08/26/15
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
D.
Solvent-Based Joint and Seam Sealant:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
E.
Application Method: Brush on.
Solids Content: Minimum 65 percent.
Shore A Hardness: Minimum 20.
Water resistant.
Mold and mildew resistant.
VOC: Maximum 75 g/L (less water).
Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg, positive and negative.
Service: Indoor or outdoor.
Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel, stainless steel, or aluminum sheets.
Application Method: Brush on.
Base: Synthetic rubber resin.
Solvent: Toluene and heptane.
Solids Content: Minimum 60 percent.
Shore A Hardness: Minimum 60.
Water resistant.
Mold and mildew resistant.
For indoor applications, sealant shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
VOC: Maximum 395 g/L.
Maximum Static-Pressure Class: 10-inch wg, positive or negative.
Service: Indoor or outdoor.
Substrate: Compatible with galvanized sheet steel (both PVC coated and bare), stainless
steel, or aluminum sheets.
Flanged Joint Sealant: Comply with ASTM C 920.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
General: Single-component, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric.
Type: S.
Grade: NS.
Class: 25.
Use: O.
For indoor applications, sealant shall have a VOC content of 250 g/L or less when
calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).
F.
Flange Gaskets: Butyl rubber, neoprene, or EPDM polymer with polyisobutylene plasticizer.
G.
Round Duct Joint O-Ring Seals:
1.
2.
3.
2.7
Seal shall provide maximum leakage class of 3 cfm/100 sq. ft. at 1-inch wg and shall be
rated for 10-inch wg static-pressure class, positive or negative.
EPDM O-ring to seal in concave bead in coupling or fitting spigot.
Double-lipped, EPDM O-ring seal, mechanically fastened to factory-fabricated couplings
and fitting spigots.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A.
Hanger Rods for Noncorrosive Environments: Cadmium-plated steel rods and nuts.
B.
Hanger Rods for Corrosive Environments: Electrogalvanized, all-thread rods or galvanized rods
with threads painted with zinc-chromate primer after installation.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METAL DUCTS
23 3113-8
08/26/15
C.
Strap and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum
Hanger Sizes for Round Duct."
D.
Steel Cables for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 603.
E.
Steel Cables for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless steel complying with ASTM A 492.
F.
Steel Cable End Connections: Cadmium-plated steel assemblies with brackets, swivel, and
bolts designed for duct hanger service; with an automatic-locking and clamping device.
G.
Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible
with duct materials.
H.
Trapeze and Riser Supports:
1.
2.
3.
Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized-steel shapes and plates.
Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel shapes and plates.
Supports for Aluminum Ducts: Aluminum or galvanized steel coated with zinc chromate.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
DUCT INSTALLATION
A.
Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of duct
system. Indicated duct locations, configurations, and arrangements were used to size ducts
and calculate friction loss for air-handling equipment sizing and for other design considerations.
Install duct systems as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Shop Drawings
and Coordination Drawings.
B.
Install ducts according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible"
unless otherwise indicated.
C.
Install round ducts in maximum practical lengths.
D.
Install ducts with fewest possible joints.
E.
Install factory- or shop-fabricated fittings for changes in direction, size, and shape and for
branch connections.
F.
Unless otherwise indicated, install ducts vertically and horizontally, and parallel and
perpendicular to building lines.
G.
Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent
enclosure elements of building.
H.
Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness.
I.
Route ducts to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment rooms and
enclosures.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METAL DUCTS
23 3113-9
08/26/15
J.
Where ducts pass through non-fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed
to view, cover the opening between the partition and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal
flanges of same metal thickness as the duct. Overlap openings on four sides by at least 1-1/2
inches.
K.
Where ducts pass through fire-rated interior partitions and exterior walls, install fire dampers.
Comply with requirements in Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke
dampers.
L.
Protect duct interiors from moisture, construction debris and dust, and other foreign materials.
Comply with SMACNA's "IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under Construction," Appendix
G, "Duct Cleanliness for New Construction Guidelines."
3.2
INSTALLATION OF EXPOSED DUCTWORK
A.
Protect ducts exposed in finished spaces from being dented, scratched, or damaged.
B.
Trim duct sealants flush with metal. Create a smooth and uniform exposed bead. Do not use
two-part tape sealing system.
C.
Grind welds to provide smooth surface free of burrs, sharp edges, and weld splatter. When
welding stainless steel with a No. 3 or 4 finish, grind the welds flush, polish the exposed welds,
and treat the welds to remove discoloration caused by welding.
D.
Maintain consistency, symmetry, and uniformity in the arrangement and fabrication of fittings,
hangers and supports, duct accessories, and air outlets.
E.
Repair or replace damaged sections and finished work that does not comply with these
requirements.
3.3
DUCT SEALING
A.
Seal ducts for duct static-pressure, seal classes, and leakage classes specified in "Duct
Schedule" Article according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible."
B.
Seal ducts to the following seal classes according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible":
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible."
Outdoor, Supply-Air Ducts: Seal Class A.
Outdoor, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class A.
Outdoor, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class A.
Unconditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2-Inch wg and Lower: Seal
Class A.
Unconditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes Higher Than 2-Inch wg:
Seal Class A.
Unconditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class A.
Unconditioned Space, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class A.
Conditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes 2-Inch wg and Lower: Seal
Class A.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METAL DUCTS
23 3113-10
08/26/15
10.
11.
12.
3.4
Conditioned Space, Supply-Air Ducts in Pressure Classes Higher Than 2-Inch wg: Seal
Class A.
Conditioned Space, Exhaust Ducts: Seal Class A.
Conditioned Space, Return-Air Ducts: Seal Class A.
HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A.
Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Chapter 5,
"Hangers and Supports."
B.
Building Attachments:
Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel
fasteners appropriate for construction materials to which hangers are being attached.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Where practical, install concrete inserts before placing concrete.
Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured.
Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or for
slabs more than 4 inches thick.
Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-aggregate concretes or for
slabs less than 4 inches thick.
Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for seismic restraints.
C.
Hanger Spacing: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Table 5-1, "Rectangular Duct Hangers Minimum Size," and Table 5-2, "Minimum
Hanger Sizes for Round Duct," for maximum hanger spacing; install hangers and supports
within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each branch intersection.
D.
Hangers Exposed to View: Threaded rod and angle or channel supports.
E.
Support vertical ducts with steel angles or channel secured to the sides of the duct with welds,
bolts, sheet metal screws, or blind rivets; support at each floor and at a maximum intervals of 16
feet.
F.
Install upper attachments to structures. Select and size upper attachments with pull-out,
tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where
used.
3.5
CONNECTIONS
A.
Make connections to equipment with flexible connectors complying with Section 233300 "Air
Duct Accessories."
B.
Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible" for branch,
outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections.
3.6
PAINTING
A.
Paint interior of metal ducts that are visible through registers and grilles and that do not have
duct liner. Apply one coat of flat, black, latex paint over a compatible galvanized-steel primer.
Paint materials and application requirements are specified in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting"
and Section 099123 "Interior Painting."
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METAL DUCTS
23 3113-11
08/26/15
3.7
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Perform tests and inspections.
B.
Leakage Tests:
1.
2.
Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual." Submit a test report for
each test.
Test the following systems:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
3.
4.
5.
6.
C.
Ducts with a Pressure Class Higher Than 3-Inch wg: Test duct sections & system
in it's entirety. Duct pressure test shall be performed in the presence of the
Architect/Engineer.
Supply Ducts with a Pressure Class of 2-Inch wg or Higher: Test representative
duct sections, selected by Architect from sections installed, totaling no less than 25
percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure class.
Return Ducts with a Pressure Class of 2-Inch wg or Higher: Test representative
duct sections, selected by Architect from sections installed, totaling no less than 25
percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure class.
Exhaust Ducts with a Pressure Class of 2-Inch wg or Higher: Test representative
duct sections, selected by Architect from sections installed, totaling no less than 25
percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure class.
Outdoor Air Ducts with a Pressure Class of 2-Inch wg or Higher: Test
representative duct sections, selected by Architect from sections installed, totaling
no less than 25 percent of total installed duct area for each designated pressure
class.
Disassemble, reassemble, and seal segments of systems to accommodate leakage
testing and for compliance with test requirements.
Test for leaks before applying external insulation.
Conduct tests at static pressures equal to maximum design pressure of system or section
being tested. If static-pressure classes are not indicated, test system at maximum
system design pressure. Do not pressurize systems above maximum design operating
pressure.
Give seven days' advance notice for testing.
Duct System Cleanliness Tests:
1.
2.
Visually inspect duct system to ensure that no visible contaminants are present.
Test sections of metal duct system, chosen randomly by Owner, for cleanliness
according to "Vacuum Test" in NADCA ACR, "Assessment, Cleaning and Restoration of
HVAC Systems."
a.
3.
Acceptable Cleanliness Level: Net weight of debris collected on the filter media
shall not exceed 0.75 mg/100 sq. cm.
Any liner showing evidence that is has wet at any time shall be removed and replaced
with new liner.
a.
Disinfect affected sheet metal, and pins.
b.
Install new liner per specifications
c.
Seal friable edges and seams of repaired liner.
D.
Duct system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
E.
Prepare test and inspection reports.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METAL DUCTS
23 3113-12
08/26/15
3.8
DUCT CLEANING
A.
Clean new duct system(s) before testing, adjusting, and balancing.
B.
Use service openings for entry and inspection.
1.
2.
3.
C.
Particulate Collection and Odor Control:
1.
2.
D.
When venting vacuuming system inside the building, use HEPA filtration with 99.97
percent collection efficiency for 0.3-micron-size (or larger) particles.
When venting vacuuming system to outdoors, use filter to collect debris removed from
HVAC system, and locate exhaust downwind and away from air intakes and other points
of entry into building.
Clean the following components by removing surface contaminants and deposits:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
E.
Create new openings and install access panels appropriate for duct static-pressure class
if required for cleaning access. Provide insulated panels for insulated or lined duct.
Patch insulation and liner as recommended by duct liner manufacturer. Comply with
Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for access panels and doors.
Disconnect and reconnect flexible ducts as needed for cleaning and inspection.
Remove and reinstall ceiling to gain access during the cleaning process.
Air outlets and inlets (registers, grilles, and diffusers).
Supply, return, and exhaust fans including fan housings, plenums (except ceiling supply
and return plenums), scrolls, blades or vanes, shafts, baffles, dampers, and drive
assemblies.
Air-handling unit internal surfaces and components including mixing box, coil section, air
wash systems, spray eliminators, condensate drain pans, humidifiers and dehumidifiers,
filters and filter sections, and condensate collectors and drains.
Coils and related components.
Return-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes except in ceiling plenums and
mechanical equipment rooms.
Supply-air ducts, dampers, actuators, and turning vanes.
Dedicated exhaust and ventilation components and makeup air systems.
Mechanical Cleaning Methodology:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Clean metal duct systems using mechanical cleaning methods that extract contaminants
from within duct systems and remove contaminants from building.
Use vacuum-collection devices that are operated continuously during cleaning. Connect
vacuum device to downstream end of duct sections so areas being cleaned are under
negative pressure.
Use mechanical agitation to dislodge debris adhered to interior duct surfaces without
damaging integrity of metal ducts, duct liner, or duct accessories.
Clean fibrous-glass duct liner with HEPA vacuuming equipment; do not permit duct liner
to get wet. Replace fibrous-glass duct liner that is damaged, deteriorated, or delaminated
or that has friable material, mold, or fungus growth.
Clean coils and coil drain pans according to NADCA 1992. Keep drain pan operational.
Rinse coils with clean water to remove latent residues and cleaning materials; comb and
straighten fins.
Provide drainage and cleanup for wash-down procedures.
Antimicrobial Agents and Coatings: Apply EPA-registered antimicrobial agents if fungus
is present. Apply antimicrobial agents according to manufacturer's written instructions
after removal of surface deposits and debris.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METAL DUCTS
23 3113-13
08/26/15
3.9
START UP
A.
3.10
Air Balance: Comply with requirements in Section 230593 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing
for HVAC."
DUCT SCHEDULE
A.
Fabricate ducts with galvanized sheet steel except as otherwise indicated and as follows:
B.
Supply Ducts:
1.
Ducts Connected to Variable-Air-Volume Air-Handling Units:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
Ducts Connected to Equipment Not Listed Above:
a.
b.
c.
d.
C.
Pressure Class: Positive 4-inch wg.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 4
SMACNA Leakage Class for Round: 2.
Return Ducts:
1.
Ducts Connected to Air-Handling Units:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 16.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Round: 8
Ducts Connected to Equipment Not Listed Above:
a.
b.
c.
d.
D.
Pressure Class: Positive 6-inch wg.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 4.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Round: 2.
Pressure Class: Positive or negative 3-inch wg.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 8.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Round: 4.
Exhaust Ducts:
1.
Ducts Connected to Fans Exhausting (ASHRAE 62.1, Class 1 and 2) Air:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
Pressure Class: Negative 2-inch wg.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 16
SMACNA Leakage Class for Round: 4.
Ducts Connected to Air-Handling Units:
a.
Pressure Class: Positive or negative 3-inch wg.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METAL DUCTS
23 3113-14
08/26/15
b.
c.
d.
3.
Ducts Connected to Equipment Not Listed Above:
a.
b.
c.
d.
E.
Ducts Connected to Fan Coil Units, Furnaces, Heat Pumps, and Terminal Units:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
Pressure Class: Positive or negative 3-inch wg.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 8.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Round: 4.
Ducts Connected to Equipment Not Listed Above:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Pressure Class: Positive or negative 3-inch wg.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 8.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Round: 4.
Intermediate Reinforcement:
1.
2.
Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel or carbon steel coated with zinc-chromate
primer.
PVC-Coated Ducts:
a.
b.
Exposed to Airstream: Match duct material.
Not Exposed to Airstream: Match duct material.
Liner:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
H.
Pressure Class: Positive or negative 2-inch wg.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 16
SMACNA Leakage Class for Round: 4.
Ducts Connected to Air-Handling Units:
a.
b.
c.
d.
G.
Pressure Class: Positive or negative 4-inch wg.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 4
SMACNA Leakage Class for Round: 2
Outdoor-Air (Not Filtered, Heated, or Cooled) Ducts:
1.
F.
Minimum SMACNA Seal Class: A.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Rectangular: 8.
SMACNA Leakage Class for Round: 4.
Supply Air Ducts: Fibrous glass, Type I or flexible elastomeric, 1 inch thick
Return Air Ducts: Fibrous glass, Type I or flexible elastomeric, 1 inch thick
Exhaust Air Ducts: Fibrous glass, Type I or flexible elastomeric, 1 inch thick.
Supply Fan Plenums: Fibrous glass, Type II or flexible elastomeric, 1 inch thick.
Return- and Exhaust-Fan Plenums: Fibrous glass, Type II or flexible elastomeric, 1 inch
thick.
Transfer Ducts: Fibrous glass, Type I or flexible elastomeric, 1 inch thick.
Double-Wall Duct Interstitial Insulation:
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METAL DUCTS
23 3113-15
08/26/15
1.
2.
3.
I.
Supply Air Ducts: 1 inch thick.
Return Air Ducts: 1 inch thick.
Exhaust Air Ducts: 1 inch thick.
Elbow Configuration:
1.
Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal
and Flexible," Figure 4-2, "Rectangular Elbows."
a.
b.
c.
2.
Radius Type RE 1 with minimum 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio.
Radius Type RE 3 with minimum 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and two vanes.
Mitered Type RE 2 with vanes complying with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct
Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Figure 4-3, "Vanes and Vane
Runners," and Figure 4-4, "Vane Support in Elbows."
Round Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Figure 3-4, "Round Duct Elbows."
a.
Minimum Radius-to-Diameter Ratio and Elbow Segments:
Comply with
SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible," Table 3-1,
"Mitered Elbows." Elbows with less than 90-degree change of direction have
proportionately fewer segments.
1)
2)
3)
4)
b.
c.
J.
Velocity 1000 fpm or Lower: 1.0 radius-to-diameter ratio and three
segments for 90-degree elbow.
Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm: 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and four segments
for 90-degree elbow.
Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher: 1.5 radius-to-diameter ratio and five segments
for 90-degree elbow.
Radius-to Diameter Ratio: 1.5.
Round Elbows, 12 Inches and Smaller in Diameter: Stamped or pleated.
Round Elbows, 14 Inches and Larger in Diameter: Welded.
Branch Configuration:
1.
Rectangular Duct: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal
and Flexible," Figure 4-6, "Branch Connection."
a.
b.
2.
Rectangular Main to Rectangular Branch: 45-degree entry high efficiency take-off.
Rectangular Main to Round Branch: 45-degree entry high efficiency take-off.
Round: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and
Flexible," Figure 3-5, "90 Degree Tees and Laterals," and Figure 3-6, "Conical Tees."
Saddle taps are permitted in existing duct.
a.
b.
Velocity 1000 to 1500 fpm: 45-degree entry high efficiency tap.
Velocity 1500 fpm or Higher: 45-degree lateral.
END OF SECTION 23 3113
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
METAL DUCTS
23 3113-16
08/26/15
SECTION 23 3713
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This section includes ceiling- and wall-mounted diffusers, registers, and grilles.
B.
Related Sections:
1.
Section 233300 "Air Duct Accessories" for fire and smoke dampers and volume-control
dampers not integral to diffusers, registers, and grilles.
2.
Section 230594 "General Testing, Adjusting and Balancing" for balancing diffusers,
registers, and grilles.
1.3
ACTION SUBMITTALS
A.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated, include the following:
1.
2.
1.4
Data Sheet: Indicate materials of construction, finish, and mounting details; and
performance data including throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise ratings.
Diffuser, Register, and Grille Schedule: Indicate drawing designation, room location,
quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished.
INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A.
Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items
are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from Installers of the items involved:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B.
1.5
Ceiling suspension assembly members.
Method of attaching hangers to building structure.
Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile.
Ceiling-mounted items including lighting fixtures, diffusers, grilles, speakers, sprinklers,
access panels, and special moldings.
Duct access panels.
Source quality-control reports.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Product Options: Drawings and schedules indicate specific requirements of diffusers, registers,
and grilles and are based on the specific requirements of the systems indicated.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES
23 3713-1
08/26/15
B.
NFPA Compliance: Install diffusers, registers, and grilles according to NFPA 90A, "Standard for
the Installation of Air-Conditioning and Ventilating Systems."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A.
Manufacturers:
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
2.2
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
Air Factors
Carnes.
Kruegar.
METALAIRE, Inc.
Nailor Industries Inc.
Price Industries.
Titus.
Tuttle & Bailey.
REGISTERS, GRILLES, & DIFFUSERS
A.
2.3
General: The frames for all registers, grilles, and diffusers shall match type of ceiling where
they are to be installed. Special frames shall be provided for narrow T-bar ceilings. Refer to
reflected ceiling plan and other specification divisions for ceiling type. See drawings AND
schedules for additional information.
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A.
Verification of Performance: Rate diffusers, registers, and grilles according to ASHRAE 70,
"Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets."
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of
equipment.
B.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2
INSTALLATION
A.
Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb, according to manufacturer's written
instructions, coordination drawings, original design, and referenced standards.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES
23 3713-2
08/26/15
B.
Ceiling-Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings,
and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design
requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure drop. Make final
locations where indicated, as much as practical. For units installed in lay-in ceiling panels,
locate units in the center of panel. Where architectural features or other items conflict with
installation, notify Architect for a determination of final location.
C.
Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and
maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers.
3.3
ADJUSTING
A.
3.4
After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as directed,
before starting air balancing.
CLEANING
A.
After installation of diffusers, registers, and grilles, inspect exposed finish. Clean exposed
surfaces to remove burrs, dirt, and smudges. Replace diffusers, registers, and grilles that have
damaged finishes.
END OF SECTION 23 3713
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES
23 3713-3
08/26/15
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES
23 3713-4
08/26/15
SECTION 23 7325
FAN WALL TYPE CUSTOM AIR-HANDLING UNITS
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1.2
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes custom air-handling units for indoor installations.
1. Factory-fabricated, field-assembled, double-wall casings for HVAC equipment
2. Shop Drawings for each air handler are required.
3. This division shall be responsible for complete submittals which shall include the
engineering of the Casings, filters, coils. Dampers and fans. The Air Handlers shall be
engineering and submitted with shop drawings.
4. Air handlers shall be provided with a multi-fan array. The fans must comply with the
manufacturer’s recommended distances for space before, after and to the sides of each
fan.
5. The fans shall be wired for a single point connection. Division 26 shall provide VFDs
which shall be field wired to the air handler motor overload panel which shall be factory
wired.
6. The Manufacturer shall submit with his bid the delivery time to the site and the ship date.
7. The units are to be painted the color as directed by the Architect.
8. See drawings for exact configurations.
9. All curbs by this division.
10. Air Handlers are to be single point connection.
11. Each fan system should be supplied with at least (1) blank off panel.
1.3
SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and
Division 1 Specification Sections.
B. Product Data for each central-station air-handling unit specified, including the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Certified fan-performance curves with system operating conditions indicated.
Certified fan-sound power ratings.
Certified coil-performance ratings with system operating conditions indicated.
Motor ratings and electrical characteristics plus motor and fan accessories.
Material gages and finishes.
Filters with performance characteristics.
Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators.
C. Shop Drawings from manufacturer detailing equipment assemblies and indicating
dimensions, weights, loadings, required clearances, method of field assembly, components,
and location and size of each field connection.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
FAN WALL TYPE CUSTOM
AIR HANDLING UNITS
23 7325-1
08/26/15
D. Coordination Drawings, including floor plans and sections drawn to scale. Submit with Shop
Drawings. Show mechanical-room layout and relationships between components and
adjacent structural and mechanical elements. Show support locations, type of support, and
weight on each support. Indicate and certify field measurements.
E. Field test reports indicating and interpreting test results relative to compliance with specified
requirements.
F. Maintenance data for custom air-handling units to include in the operation and maintenance
manual.
1.4
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide motors required as part of air-handling units that are
listed and labeled by UL and comply with applicable NEMA standards.
B. Comply with NFPA 70 for components.
C. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated components specified in this Section that
are listed and labeled.
1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article
100.
2. Listing and Labeling Agency Qualifications: A "Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory" (NRTL) as defined in OSHA Regulation 1910.7.
D. Coordination: Coordinate layout and installation of air-handling units with piping and
ductwork and with other installations.
E. Air Handling units and major components shall be products of Manufacturing firms regularly
engaged in manufacture of this equipment with characteristics and capacities required and
whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 10 years.
1.5
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver air-handling unit as a factory-assembled module with protective crating and covering.
B. Lift and support units with manufacturer's designated lifting or supporting points.
C. Field assembled units furnished in multiple sections per manufacturer’s instructions.
1.6
SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Coordinate size and location of concrete housekeeping bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into
base.
B. Coordinate size and location of structural-steel support members.
1.7
EXTRA MATERIALS
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
FAN WALL TYPE CUSTOM
AIR HANDLING UNITS
23 7325-2
08/26/15
A. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed, are packaged with
protective covering for storage, and are identified with labels describing contents.
B. Filters: Furnish 1 set for each air-handling unit.
1.8
WARRANTY
A. The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner
may have under other provisions of Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run
concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of Contract
Documents.
B. Special Warranty: Submit a written warranty signed by manufacturer and Installer agreeing
to repair any leaks in the exterior units casings for a period 5 years from date of Substantial
Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MANUFACTURERS
A. Basis of design: Huntair
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
2.2
Hunt Air
Govern Air
Ventrol
ClimateCraft
Unitech
Energy Labs
Pace Custom
MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. General Description: Factory assembled, consisting of fans, motor and drive assembly, coils,
damper, plenums, filters, drip pans, and mixing dampers.
B. Motor and Electrical Components: Refer to Division 23 Section "Motors."
2.3
CABINET
A. Casing Construction: Walls and roof to be 4” Double Wall construction as indicated in the
specification for each section of the unit. Cabinet is with a minimum 16-gauge Bonderized,
Powder Coated, A60 galvanized steel solid outer panel and inner liner(s) for double wall
construction. Panels to be of standing seam construction with seams turned inward to provide
a smooth flush exterior. Panels to be screwed together on maximum 8” centers with
minimum 5/16” zinc plated screws sealed with a continuous bead of Sikaflex-1A caulking
applied between the matching panel seams prior to assembly (sandwiched and sealed by the
compression of the panels), and with a final bead following assembly on both the exterior and
interior panel seams to produce an air tight unit. Wall to base skin and wall to roof panel
seams shall be sealed with 1/2” x 1/8” Poron-Rubber strips and all exterior seams shall be
continuously caulked to assure leak-proof integrity of the unit housing. AHU unit housing shall
be constructed to prevent conditioned air bypass or mitigation through unit walls, roof and
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
FAN WALL TYPE CUSTOM
AIR HANDLING UNITS
23 7325-3
08/26/15
floor around any interior partition or component blank-off walls such as for filters, coils or fan
bulkheads.
B. Insulation: Panels to be insulated with 4” thick, 3.0 pcf, fiberglass insulation. Insulation to
meet NFPA 90A, NFPA 90B and ASTM E 84 requirements for Flame Spread of 25 or less
and Smoke Development of 50 or less. Insulation shall have a thermal conductivity K factor
of .23 Btu/hr/Sq. ft/degree F @ 75 F mean and provide the following sound attenuation
characteristics (per ASTM C 423 - Type “A” Mounting):
Octave bands
Absorption Coefficient
125
.17
250
.80
500
1.16
1k
1.15
2k
1.11
4k
1.10
8k
1.05 (4” thick, 3.0
pcf)
All cut edges of the board insulation shall be completely enclosed by the unit panels.
A finish bead of caulking will be applied over all foil to panel seams and/or inner liners to
main panel seams to completely encapsulate the insulation.
C. Interior liners: to be minimum 20-gauge Bonderized, Powder Coated, A60 galvanized steel;
solid and / or perforated metal throughout the unit for the walls and roof, except in applicable
cooling coil section and the plenum section immediately downstream will have solid
Bonderized, Powder Coated, A60 galvanized steel inner liners. A finish bead of caulking will
be applied between the liner and the interior panel seams to completely seal the panel.
D. Roof panels: weatherproof roofs shall be constructed with raised seams. Raised Roof Seams
to be sealed between sandwiched panels with a bead of silicone caulking. The top of each
roof panel seam is to receive a final bead of caulking and be sealed with a 16-gauge roof
cleat mechanically formed to enclose the standing seam at the roof panel to panel joint. Roof
to slope from center axis of roof to sides a minimum 1/8” per foot to allow complete water
drainage and preclude standing water. Roof panels to overlap the side panels a minimum 1”
all around the unit creating an overhang to reduce direct runoff from the roof down over the
side panels. All doors and louvers shall have a formed rain shield extending a minimum of 1”
from the wall to direct water away from the door and louver openings.
E. Stiffeners of angle steel shall be supplied as required to maintain a casing deflection criteria
of 1/100 at 1.5 times the working pressure.
2.4
BASE CONSTRUCTION
A. Unit bases shall be constructed from structural steel, channel iron frame around the entire
perimeter of the unit and provided with intermediate structural tubing, channel and angle iron
as required to support all internal components. All tubing, channel and angle joints shall be
solid welded. Bolted or formed channel bases are not acceptable.
B. The unit base shall be covered with a 1/4” Aluminum Tread-Plate floor with continuously
sealed seams. Base shall be provided with removable lifting lugs minimum (4) per section,
properly located to assure uniform loading. Maximum spacing between lifting lugs shall be
120”.
C. Base shall be insulated with 4” 3.0 pcf fiberglass insulation under the base skin with a
minimum 20-gauge G90 galvanized steel liner. Insulation to meet same criteria as explained
under the cabinet casing requirements.
D. Drain pans shall be 304 SS, double-walled construction with solid welded seams for complete
water capture and containment. Pans under cooling coils shall extend a minimum 12” passed
the leaving face of the coil in direction of airflow. Drain Pans shall be fully recessed in the unit
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
FAN WALL TYPE CUSTOM
AIR HANDLING UNITS
23 7325-4
08/26/15
floor and all headers and return bends shall be located over the drain pan for collection of all
condensate forming on headers and return bends. All coils shall be easily removable without
cutting or removing any portion of the drain pan. Pans shall be insulated between the liner
and the main pan. Pans shall be IAQ Double Sloping to a single drain. Drain connection shall
be a minimum 1-1/4” diameter MIPS thread extending out through the channel base the
same side as the coil connections unless other wised indicated on the drawings. Pans shall
be provided for cooling coils, outside air intakes and under other components as required.
Mastic coated drain pans are not acceptable as they are “non-Cleanable”.
E. All large openings (greater than one square foot) in the floor, including dampers openings,
shall be covered with a removable, Powder Coated, heavy gauge, steel grating bolted in
place and suitable for walking on. Grating shall be capable of supporting minimum 300
pounds and shall prevent personnel and large objects from falling through into the space /
duct below the opening.
2.5
ACCESS DOORS
A. Access doors shall be 4” thermal break construction with exterior panel minimum 20-gauge
Bonderized Powder Coated, A60 galvanized and interior panel minimum 20-gauge
Bonderized Powder Coated, A60 galvanized. Door jam & frame shall be constructed of
extruded aluminum with continuously welded corners for rigidity. Door panels shall be
insulated with (4”) expandable foam insulation completely encapsulated and sealed between
the door panels and frame. Provide doors located and sized to allow for routine maintenance
including motor replacement and filter replacement, electrical components and any other
sections or components requiring access or maintenance.
B. Doors shall be provided with a minimum (4) dual acting heavy duty key locking composite
latches through 48” high, (3) latches through 72” high. Latches shall be operable from both
the interior and exterior of the unit. Door latches on doors into fan sections shall be provided
with a hasp or other mechanism to facilitate locking of the doors. Door hinge shall be heavy
duty Stainless Steel. Door shall be sealed with continuous hollow closed cell foam gasket.
C. Doors to be provided with double high performance closed cell replaceable neoprene bulb
type gasket seals around the entire perimeter of the door / frame.
D. Doors shall open against static pressure unless obstructed by internal components. If
obstructed by internal components on the positive sections requiring access, the doors shall
open with pressure and shall be provided with a safety restraining mechanism. Doors used to
access rotating equipment shall be provided with an OSHA approved safety latching
mechanism requiring a tool to open and shall also have a highly visible, permanently fixed,
caution sign on the exterior of the door. Doors with access to moving parts must also have
locking hardware and meet current UL mechanical protection guidelines. Standard door size
shall be 24” wide by 60” high unless restricted by height or section width.
E. Doors shall be provided with thermal pane wire glass viewing windows as called out for on
the unit drawings in the specifications. Minimum window size to be 12” x 12” Thermal Break.
Note: Door size limits window availability / maximum window size.
2.6
FINISH
A. Base structure shall have a Dry Powder – Baked Polyester coating similar to Tiger #7035,
Drylac Series 49 or equal which is both lead and cadmium free. Powder Coated Finish Color
to be Gray, Sky White or Custom Color as specified by Architect / Owner with 7,000 Hour
Salt Spray undercoat.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
FAN WALL TYPE CUSTOM
AIR HANDLING UNITS
23 7325-5
08/26/15
B. All wall, roof, interior divider walls, racks, blank-offs and Base Structure shall be coated with a
Dry Powder - Baked Polyester coating similar to Tiger #7035, Drylac Series 49 or equal
which is both lead and cadmium free. Each cabinet panel, panel liner and interior partition
component is to be individually coated & baked following shearing, notching, punching, &
forming to provide 100% powder coverage over the entire finished piece to include the
interior, exterior and all metal edges.
The coating process is completed prior to assembly of the unit too unsure all joined surfaces
(panel to panel joints), are covered. Spray or brush applied coatings on the exterior of the
cabinet only are not acceptable. Powder Paint to have passed Salt Spray Resistance Test
ASTM B 117-90 Minimum 1500 Hours, Impact Test ASTM D 2794-90 up to 160 lbs and
Humidity Resistance Test ASTM D 2247-87 Minimum 1500-hour test w/ maximum blister
1/16 in/1 mm. Powder Coated Finish Color to be Gray, Sky White or Custom Color as
specified by Architect / Owner with 7,000 Hour Salt Spray undercoat for superior corrosion
resistance and easy cleaning.
2.7
SUPPLY FANS
A. The Fan Array, shall consist of multiple, direct driven, arrangement 4 plenum fans
constructed per AMCA requirements for the duty Class III. All fans shall be selected to
deliver design air flow at the specified operating TSP at the specified motor speed and as
scheduled. The Fan Array shall be selected to operate at a system Total Static Pressure that
does not exceed 90% of the specified fan’s peak static pressure producing capability at the
specified fan speed.
Each fan/motor “cube” cell shall consist of an 11 gauge, A60 galvanized steel intake wall, 14
gauge spun steel inlet funnel, and an 11 gauge, A60 galvanized steel motor support plate
and structure. The fan cartridge intake wall, inlet funnel, and motor support structure shall
have a Powder Coated Finish Color to be Gray or Sky White for superior corrosion resistance
and easy cleaning.
When using Fan Array Control with Variable Frequency Drive(s), all motors shall be IEEE
inverter duty, premium efficiency, TENV, T-frame motors selected at the specified or
scheduled operating voltage and RPM(s). (No ODP Motors). Each motor shall be provided
with an AEGIS Shaft Grounding Ring (SGR) to prevent Electrical Discharge Machining
(EDM) damage to the motor bearings and extend motor life by safely channeling harmful
shaft currents to ground. The AEGIS SGR Conductive MicroFiber Brush system is a ring that
slides over the end of the motor shaft and is locked in place with screw-on mounting
brackets. The AGEGIS system is frictionless, has no wear and requires no maintenance or
additional service during the life of the motor. Alternative protection methods, such as
isolated bearings or ceramic bearings, must be pre-approved by the engineer.
Each fan/motor assembly shall be dynamically balanced to meet AMCA standard 204-96,
category BV-5, Grade 1.0 with peak to peak deflection equal to or less than 0.5 mil at the
design operating speed for the fan/motor cartridge.
Scheduled number of fans is minimum number allowed.
Scheduled motor HP for each fan is maximum HP allowed.
Fan Arrays do NOT require spring isolators, seismic isolation, or inertia bases. Other
manufacturers must provide spring isolators, if required for vibration and sound isolation.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
FAN WALL TYPE CUSTOM
AIR HANDLING UNITS
23 7325-6
08/26/15
B. The Discharge and Inlet bare fan Sound Power Levels for each individual octave band shall
NOT exceed the values specified or scheduled for each individual Supply Fan Array.
Alternate manufacturers must submit acoustical data for review and approval prior to the bid
indicating that the proposed alternate equipment can meet all specified performance
requirements without impacting the equipment performance or design features including duct
connection location, unit weights, acoustical performance, or specified total fan HP when
compared to each individual Supply Fan Array. Proposals submitted which indicate a higher
connected fan HP and higher sound power levels than specified or scheduled will NOT be
accepted.
C. The Fan Array(s) shall be provided with Coplanar Silencer package(s) with (fiberglass or
Huntair BHN aseptic) sound absorption, acoustical media as noted below and or scheduled.
The Coplanar Silencers shall NOT increase the fan total static pressure, nor shall they
increase the airway tunnel length of the FWT Air Handling Unit when compared to the same
FWT Air Handling Unit without a Coplanar Silencer array. The Coplanar Silencers (SOUND
ATTENUATORS) will reduce the bare fan discharge sound power levels as noted below
and/or scheduled. If NOT otherwise specified, the acoustical silencers shall reduce the bare
fan discharge sound power levels by a minimum of 15 db, re 10^-12 watts with center
frequencies of 125, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, and 8000 HZ when compared to the same
Air Handling Unit without the silencers.
D. Each fan in the Fan Array shall be provided with an Inlet Airflow Straightener to reduce the
bare fan inlet and discharge sound power levels as noted below and / or scheduled.
E. The Fan Array shall consist of multiple fan and motor ”cells”, spaced in the air way tunnel
cross-section to provide a uniform air flow and velocity profile across the entire air way tunnel
cross-section and components contained therein. Each fan motor shall be individually wired
to an electrical control panel containing a Motor Starter Protector (MSP) for each motor. The
Motor Starter Protectors will be wired to Variable Frequency Drive(s) (VFD) as specified
elsewhere. Wire sizing shall be determined, and installed, in accordance with applicable NEC
standards.
F. The Fan Array shall produce a uniform air flow profile and velocity profile within the airway
tunnel of the air handling unit not to exceed the specified cooling coil and/or filter bank face
velocity when measured at a point 12” from the intake side of the Fan Array septum wall, and
at a distance of 42” from the discharge side of the Fan Array septum wall.
G. Each fan/motor assembly shall be removable through a 30” wide, free area, access door
located on the (discharge and / or inlet) side of the Fan Array.) NOTE: Narrower width
access doors may require the break-down of the fan/motor assemblies into separate fan and
motor components. Refer to plans for locations and sizes of the Access Doors.
H. Any inactive or “blank” Fan Array “cube(s)” are equipped with Blank-off Plate(s) as standard.
2.8
FANWALL TECHNOLOGYTM (FWT) ELECTRICAL
A. Provide complete electrical and control system(s) required to run the FANWALL system(s)
including all equipment, material, electrical enclosure, electrical components and electrical
labor.
B. FANWALL Array designs shall be in accordance with specific system requirements. Please
see system requirements before electrical design of FANWALL system is to commence.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
FAN WALL TYPE CUSTOM
AIR HANDLING UNITS
23 7325-7
08/26/15
C. FANWALL Array electrical designs shall be in accordance with the NEC, UL 508A, and Local
Codes.
D. Motor Circuit Protection:
1. All motors in the FANWALL Array shall be provided with an individual Motor Protection
for thermal overload protection. All motor starter (circuit) protectors shall be located in
main enclosure(s) rated NEMA 1 Indoor or NEMA 3R Outdoor depending upon location.
Electrical Enclosure(s) include Control Transformer, Lighting Transformer and will be
Externally Mounted, Recess Mounted or Located Inside the Cabinet (where allowed) as
required or as detailed on the plans.
2. Electrical enclosures must be factory-mounted and wired for a single point power
connection
E. Input Line Filters:
1. As required by electrical design, when using variable frequency drives provide Input Line
reactors with three percent (3%) impedance mounted externally if not already internal to
variable frequency drive.
F. Output Filters:
1. As required by electrical design, when using variable frequency drives where distance
and filtering is an issue, provide output line reactors as required. Size the output filter(s)
accordingly to manufacturer’s recommendations.
2.9
VIBRATION TESTING
A. A Factory Balance test shall be performed on the fan assembly to certify that the fan meets
the following vibration values:
Direct Drive - Spring Isolation Assembly
Rotational Vibration Amplitude
Speed
Peak to Peak
Up to and including 2000 rpm 0.50 mils
2000 + rpm0.25 mils
Vibration measurements shall be taken in three orthogonal directions: One taken parallel to
shaft in the horizontal plane and two taken perpendicular to the shaft in the horizontal and
vertical planes. The values will be checked with the levels being measured in mils peak to
peak.
B. During balancing, the fan shall be imposed with an operating resistance equal to the design
external static pressure.
C. A certificate of compliance signed by the manufacturers Quality Control Inspector shall be
attached to each fan assembly at the factory and incorporated into the operating and
maintenance manuals.
2.10
COILS
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
FAN WALL TYPE CUSTOM
AIR HANDLING UNITS
23 7325-8
08/26/15
A. Chilled and Hot Water, Steam or indirect Coils shall have .008” aluminum fins rated in
accordance with ARI 410 for water, steam or ethylene/propylene glycol water mixture. The
tubes shall have a minimum .035” wall thickness of seamless copper expanded into the fin
collars to provide a permanent mechanical bond. No metallic or thermal bonding materials
are acceptable. Return Bends shall be a minimum of one tube thickness greater than the
main tubes, brazed replaceable copper (or CuproNickel). “U” type shaped tubes is not
acceptable. Coil headers shall be non-ferrous seamless copper (cast iron headers are not
acceptable), and provided with brass or copper male pipe connections. Pipe connections
shall be same end connections. Each Coils supply & return connections shall be raised /
lowered a minimum 6” from the bottom / top of the coil to allow room for piping connection
hookup especially between stacked coils, coils near floors & coils near roofs. Each coil shall
be provided with capped vent & drain connections extended to the exterior of the cabinet. All
coils shall be fully drainable with no trapped tubes. Coils shall be counter flow design with
connections either left or right hand as specified. The use of internal restrictive devices such
as turbolater springs or ribbons to obtain turbulent is not acceptable.
B. Coil casings shall be minimum 16 gauge galvanized steel with formed flanges on all sides of
the coil with the tube sheets having pressed or extruded tube holes. The coil casing shall be
reinforced so that the maximum unsupported length is 60”. The reinforcements shall be of the
same material as the casing. Both ends of the coil to be sealed off from the main air stream
by full height blankoff’s on both the entering air and leaving air sides. Blankoff’s to be the
same material as the coil casing. Headers and return bends to be further insulated with a
closed cell neoprene gasket the full height & width of the coil casing to reduce condensation.
C. All coils are tested and rated in accordance with the Air Conditioning and Refrigeration
Institute (ARI) Standard 410 and certified in accordance with the ARI certification program. All
tubes shall be tested at a minimum 1500 PSIG and all assemblies tested under water at 350
PSIG and rated for 250 PSIG working pressures. Individual tube and core tests before
installation of header are not considered satisfactory. Hydrostatic tests alone will not be
acceptable.
D. Stacked Coils to be mounted with integral stacking flanges on the coil.
E. Coil Supply & Return piping connections extending through the cabinet wall shall be sealed
by caulking on the exterior of the casing.
2.11
PIPING
A.
2.12
Condensate Drain Lines: Type L drawn-temper copper tubing with soldered joints. Pipe to
the outside of the unit.
FILTERS
A. Filters shall be arranged for Face, Rear or side loading as indicated on the detail drawings.
Face loading is preferred where space allows. Face or rear loading to be in gasketed
Universal Holding Frames. The filter rack assemblies to blanked off to the sides, roof and
floor and properly sealed to minimize filter bypass
B. Filter section shall be factory fabricated as an integral part of the air handling unit. Filters to
be arranged for face (rear) loading into a gasketed Universal holding frame. Filters to be 4”,
Merv 13, UL Class 2. Provide (2) sets of filters.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
FAN WALL TYPE CUSTOM
AIR HANDLING UNITS
23 7325-9
08/26/15
C. Each filter bank to be provided with a Dwyer Series 2000 Magnehelic Air Filter Gauge.
Gauges to be flush mounted. Provide with weatherproof enclosure for filter gauge(s) on
outdoor units.
D. For Upstream Face-loaded Filters provide walk-in filter access sections upstream or
downstream of the filter rack(s) with adequate space for filter service.
E. Filter banks to be sized for a maximum filter face velocity as scheduled.
2.13
LIGHTS/CONTROL WIRING
A. Provide vapor proof, Compact Fluorescent, 23-watt light fixtures in each accessible section
complete with a protective metal cage and sealed enclosure. Lights to be wired to a common
Light Switch mounted in a junction box with Illuminated Switch; 120V GFCI Outlet and
Weatherproof Cover. 120/1/60V power supplied and wired By Others.
B. All factory-wiring wiring to lights, switches and outlets shall be in conduit and internal to the
unit. No external conduit runs for the lights are allowed.
C. Air handler manufacturer shall allow a minimum 1.5” clearance above the entire width of each
interior bulk headers (coils, filters, fan blankoff, etc.). This will be to allow wiring of any 120V
or 24V runs internally to the unit as required by the controls contractor, thus reducing the
number penetrations of the exterior panels.
D. If the unit is split for shipping or rigging, then junction boxes shall be furnished at each section
to allow the electrical contractor to make final connections in the field. Wiring to be clearly
labeled at junction points to facilitate reconnection.
2.14
DAMPERS
A. Control Dampers:
Furnish and install, at locations shown on plans, or in accordance with schedules, Low Leak
Dampers with published leakage data certified under the AMCA certified ratings program.
Low Leak Dampers shall be rated less than 6.2 cfm per sq. ft. of area at 4-in. w.g. pressure
difference through a 48” x 48” damper. Published leakage data shall include leakage
information for all available damper sizes at pressure differences from 1 in w.g. through 13 in
w.g. Standard Control Dampers shall be constructed of Formed Steel (extruded Aluminum)
blades and casing provided with vinyl or rubber edge seals and stainless steel edge seals.
(Low leak dampers shall be fabricated of minimum 5” x 1” x .125” 6063T5 extruded aluminum
hat channel with hat mounting flanges on both sides of the frame. Blades shall be airfoil type
extruded aluminum (maximum 6” depth) with integral structural reinforcing tube running the
full length of each blade. Blade edge seals shall be extruded vinyl double edge design with
inflatable pocket that enables air pressure from either direction to assist in blade to blade
seal. Blades shall be mechanically locked in extruded blade slots, yet be easily replaceable
in the field.) Adhesive or clip-on type blade seals are not acceptable. Bearings shall be noncorrosive molded synthetic. Axles shall be square or hexagonal (round is not acceptable) to
provide positive locking connection to blades and linkage. Linkage shall be concealed in the
frame.
2.15
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
FAN WALL TYPE CUSTOM
AIR HANDLING UNITS
23 7325-10
08/26/15
A. Division 26 shall provide, mount and wire a single Variable Frequency Drive "VFD" to each
fan array. Each VFD is to have a Nema 3R enclosure with a circuit breaker disconnect
device. A keypad and LED/LCD display shall be integral to each VFD for programming and
troubleshooting. Each VFD shall be certified and rated for operation in a temperature range of
-10ºC to 50ºC and a RH range of 5% to 95% non-condensing. Each VFD shall be certified for
operation at the jobsite altitude (show de-rating value in submittal). The VFD shall be capable
of starting into a rotating load (forward or reverse) and shall smoothly accelerate or
decelerate to the set point without experiencing component damage or causing a fault. Each
VFD shall be provided with a DC link choke, a 5% line reactor and a harmonic filter if
necessary to guarantee a total harmonic distortion of less than 5%. The VFD manufacturer
shall provide certified calculations to prove the 5% or less distortion, upon request by the
engineer.
B. For applications where the VFD is to be operating at various, but constant speeds, the air
handler supplier must coordinate with the VFD manufacturer and motor manufacturer to
determine if there is a need for the motor to be provided with either insulating bearings or a
shaft grounding system to prevent pitting of the bearings due to electrical discharge. For such
applications, if neither of the above is provide, the air handler manufacturer must warrant the
motor against bearing failure (including labor for removal and replacement) for a minimum
period of 5 years from date of start-up.
C. Each VFD must be started and set-up by a factory authorized service technician employed by
a factory certified organization. A start-up report, complete with all initial program parameter,
must be included in the O&M manuals that are provided by the contractor.
D. Approved VFD Manufacturers:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2.16
ABB
Danfoss Graham
Saftronics –Emerson Electric
Yaskawa
Cerus Industrial
SOUND POWERS LEVELS
A. The Sound Power levels at the air handling unit supply air discharge, return air intake, and
casing radiated shall not exceed the values shown on the schedule when the unit is operating
at maximum design airflow and Total Static Pressure.
B. It shall be the option of the contractor to provide a quieter fan, acoustical lining, sound traps
or other sound attenuating devices within the air handling unit(s) to supplement the alternate
design in order to meet the specified levels above. Contractor is responsible for all costs
associated with the supply and installation of larger fan(s), motor(s) or electrical service(s) to
overcome increased component and/or system effect static pressures. The use of external
sound treatment is not acceptable.
C. The air handling units sound power data shall be submitted for approval. The submittal shall
include a complete description of the methods and procedures used to develop the sound
power levels being submitted.
2.17
CLEANING AND WRAPPING FOR SHIPMENT
A. Unit shall be cleaned swept & vacuumed clean.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
FAN WALL TYPE CUSTOM
AIR HANDLING UNITS
23 7325-11
08/26/15
B. Cleaned unit shall be shipped on an open flat bed truck and covered by a tarp to protect from
road contamination prior to shipment.
2.18
DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING
A. Unit shall ship with all openings securely covered with wood and / or nylon reinforced plastic
wrap and to be watertight. Each unit (will be covered by a tarp) and securely strapped down
on an open flatbed truck.
B. Units must be stored in a clean dry area and protected from the weather and construction
traffic. Carefully follow manufacturers’ storage instructions if installation does not immediately
follow arrival at the job site.
C. Follow manufacturers rigging guidelines for movement and installation of equipment.
2.19
WARRANTY
A. Unit manufacturer to warrant it’s product to be free of defects in materials and workmanship
under normal use when installed and operated in accordance with factory recommendations
for a period of 18 months from date of shipment or 12 months after initial equipment start-up,
which ever occurs first. Equipment found to be defective should be replaced or repaired to
include all parts and labor. Component parts that require periodic replacement due to normal
wear such as filters, fan belts, etc. are not covered by the warranty.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions to receive equipment, for compliance with installation
tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of central-station air-handling units.
B. Examine roughing-in of steam, hydronic, condensate drainage piping, and electrical to verify
actual locations of connections before installation.
C. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2
INSTALLATION
A. Install custom air-handling units level and plumb, according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
1. Floor-Mounted Units: Support on concrete housekeeping curbs using neoprene pads.
Secure units to anchor bolts.
B. Arrange installation of units to provide access space around air-handling units for service and
maintenance.
3.3
CONNECTIONS
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
FAN WALL TYPE CUSTOM
AIR HANDLING UNITS
23 7325-12
08/26/15
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. The Drawings
indicate the general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. The following are
specific connection requirements:
1. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance.
2. Connection piping to air-handling units with flexible connectors.
3. Connect condensate drain pans using 1-1/4-inch NPS, Type M copper tubing. Extend to
nearest equipment or floor drain. Construct deep trap at connection to drain pan and
install cleanouts at changes in direction.
4. Hot- and Chilled-Water Piping: Conform to applicable requirements of Division 23
Section "Hydronic Piping." Connect to supply and return coil tappings with shutoff or
balancing valve and union or flange at each connection.
B. Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections.
The Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories. Make final
duct connections with flexible connections.
C. Electrical: Conform to applicable requirements of Division 23 Sections.
1. Connect fan motors to wiring systems and to ground. Tighten electrical connectors and
terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. Where
manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A and UL
486B.
2. Temperature control wiring and interlock wiring is specified in Division 23.
3.4
ADJUSTING
A. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation.
3.5
CLEANING
A. After completing installation, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction
debris, and repair damaged finishes including chips, scratches, and abrasions.
B. Clean fan interiors to remove foreign material and construction dirt and dust. Vacuum clean
fan wheels, cabinets, and coils entering air face.
3.6
COMMISSIONING
A. Manufacturer's Field Inspection: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to
perform the following:
1. Inspect field assembly of components and installation of central-station air-handling units
including piping, ductwork, and electrical connections.
2. Prepare a written report on findings and recommended corrective actions.
B. Final Checks before Startup: Perform the following before startup:
1. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed.
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
FAN WALL TYPE CUSTOM
AIR HANDLING UNITS
23 7325-13
08/26/15
2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections for
piping, ductwork, and electrical are complete. Verify that proper thermal overload
protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnects.
3. Perform cleaning and adjusting specified in this Section.
4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and verify free fan
wheel rotation and smooth bearings operations. Reconnect fan drive system, align belts,
and install belt guards.
5. Lubricate bearings, pulleys, belts, and other moving parts with factory-recommended
lubricants.
6. Set outside-air and return-air mixing dampers to minimum outside-air setting.
7. Comb coil fins for parallel orientation.
8. Install clean filters.
9. Verify that manual and automatic volume control, and fire and smoke dampers in
connected ductwork systems are in fully open position.
C. Starting procedures for central-station air-handling units include the following:
1. Energize motor; verify proper operation of motor, drive system, and fan wheel. Adjust fan
to indicated rpm. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design
conditions.
2. Measure and record motor electrical values for voltage and amperage.
3. Manually operate dampers from fully closed to fully open position and record fan
performance.
D. Refer to Division 23 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for air-handling system
testing, adjusting, and balancing.
3.7
DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage the services of a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's
maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to startup and shutdown,
troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive maintenance.
1. Review data in the operation and maintenance manuals. Refer to Division 1 Section
"Contract Closeout."
2. Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least 7 days' advance notice.
END OF SECTION 23 7325
UTAH STATE UNIVERSITY, FINE ARTS COMPLEX
SCENE SHOP ADDITION
DFCM PROJECT NO. 14385770
FAN WALL TYPE CUSTOM
AIR HANDLING UNITS
23 7325-14
08/26/15